Life Is Not Always What It Seems To Be...Watch The Videos And Read Below With An Open Mind...

The Truth is Sometimes Stranger Than Fiction!

 

 

 

 

Draft Jeb Bush
A charismatic and accomplished governor can save the Republican party.

By Artur Davis

Mitt Romney and Jeb Bush in 2005






In the early months of the election year, a polarizing president with a lackluster approval rating bided his time as the opposition party unraveled. Its nominating fight dissolved into chaos as the establishment front-runner collapsed, and an insurgent with a talent for galvanizing his party’s base surged, despite persistent fears about his electoral appeal beyond the party’s hardcore. A protracted primary fight ensued, with the insurgent and the party’s resistant establishment eviscerating each other for months; by the time it ran its course, a president who seemed imminently beatable was ahead by double digits. The story ends with that same president winning by an historic margin over a party that rejected its recent past in favor of a dangerously uncertain future.

This is a recounting of the 1972 election season. If it has the feel of a premonition, it’s because Republicans look dangerously on the verge of repeating the demolition derby that so weakened Democrats that year. Mitt Romney may be a better-constructed front-runner than Ed Muskie, but he is still a flawed contender whose candidacy seems at odds with his party’s mood and whose own half-answers have made his wealth seem shadowy and amoral. Newt Gingrich may be a far better-known quantity than the hapless George McGovern, but he still seems, like McGovern, more suited to the task of revolution than political persuasion. Republicans are, and should be, very worried.

Advertisement
Enter the last dream date that Republicans may have at their disposal. His name is Jeb Bush, and this time, there is a feasibility around the idea that seemed unthinkable months ago.

To be sure, the Jeb scenario will need more instability in order to flourish. The likeliest path involves Gingrich’s momentum carrying him through Florida; the February races in Arizona and Michigan dividing between Romney and Gingrich; Romney rebounding in March in moderate-leaning midwestern states such as Illinois and Wisconsin; Gingrich winning easily in the Deep South on Super Tuesday and Texas in early April, with Romney proving equally strong in New York and the rest of the Atlantic coastline, while states like Ohio and Indiana fail to resolve the split.

Imagine that California’s ultimate showdown leaves Gingrich with the slightest of edges, but with Romney remaining viable and in possession of a broader geographic base, far more internal support from GOP leadership, and a substantial chunk of delegates. To stop Gingrich, Romney might have no practical choice but to offer to throw his support to Bush, whose popularity would also implode Gingrich’s slim plurality.

Not one bit of it is implausible. Arguably, a deadlock is an entirely realistic outcome in a race where Romney’s institutional edges are considerable, but his vulnerabilities and Gingrich’s raw campaign skills are more than enough to offset that advantage. It is also all too likely that the result of a protracted bout would be two candidates so bruised that neither remains competitive with Obama. If so, there will be a sense of panic, and it is not hard to conceive that Romney could come under intense pressure to sacrifice himself to avert a November catastrophe.

The less probable outcome is that Jeb Bush would abandon a year of disclaimers to accept a draft in a brokered convention. But there are two reasons he might. The first is that an Obama landslide would devastate conservatism enough that it might be irreparable for a generation. One doesn’t have to subscribe to Gingrich’s Manichean rhetoric to concede that an Obama sweep would, for the first time in 76 years, institute government-centered, redistributionist economics as the country’s central governing philosophy. It would be, after all, the agenda that Obama and congressional Democrats had campaigned on, in contrast to the deliberately muted, ideologically vague platforms that elected Carter, Clinton, and Obama in 2008; or the growth-oriented, business friendly liberalism that JFK and LBJ embodied.

Second, Bush would have a pathway to victory in November. His brand of reform-oriented conservatism might actually be his party’s only pathway: Unlike Romney, whose leadership of Massachusetts produced one signature achievement — a hodgepodge of a health-care law that he likely wishes he could take back — Bush’s legacy is an issue that Republicans ought to own but are ignoring, education reform. He also turned Florida into a national laboratory for controlling health-care costs and reining in medical tort liability, both soft spots in Obama’s record.

At the same time, Bush has revealed a capacity for coalition-building that has eluded Gingrich. He is a hero of the conservative base who has had remarkable electoral appeal to Jewish and Hispanic voters. He combines support for a modified version of the DREAM Act with backing stronger border security — a middle ground that is both tough-minded and assimilationist — and happens to be entering his fourth decade of marriage to a Hispanic woman. It goes without saying that Bush gives Republicans the best shot of removing Florida from the Democratic column, and winning states with a strong Latino presence such as Arizona and Colorado.

The fact is that Jeb Bush bent Florida, a famously interest-group-ridden state, in a rightward direction; that’s an accomplishment Romney can’t begin to claim vis-à-vis Massachusetts. Bush is not just an authentic movement conservative, but a groundbreaker on an array of issues that drive votes, such as accountability for teachers and reining in the costs of private health insurance. While his record has blemishes that Democrats would exploit, from his stint in the Eighties lobbying for southern-Florida business interests to his ill-timed tenure at Lehman Brothers in 2007, this Bush is an adept, articulate campaigner who is unlikely to be tied in knots defending his history. Also, the statute of limitations seems to have expired on the ugliest sentiments around the last Bush presidency.

Jeb Bush should measure his reluctance against the risks looming for his party and, potentially, his country. The fact is that his party could be staring at an unavoidable disaster unless, in the interests of saving it, its best candidate comes out of retirement.

Artur Davis served four terms in Congress representing Alabamas 7th district.

 

Obama’s 2012 Resolution: Rule by Executive Order

January 4, 2012


The mainstream media have finally caught on to the president’s agenda,more than a year after this author exposed it in this pages. On New Year’s Day,the Los Angeles Times carried a story detailing
Barack Obama’s strategy for 2012:bypass Congress and rule by executive order. The Times quoted Obama adviser Josh Earnest’s curt euphemism that,“In terms of the president’s relationship with Congress in 2012…the president is no longer tied to Washington,D.C.”The newspaper then outlined the president’s agenda:

As the year unfolds,Obama will use executive authority to roll out more initiatives designed to boost the economy and assist struggling families,the White House aide said. Obama has already unveiled 20 such measures under the White House’s new slogan,“We can’t wait.”

Earnest said that the White House’s goal was to contrast the image of a “gridlocked,dysfunctional Congress”with “a president who’s leaving no stone unturned to try to find solutions to the difficult financial challenges and economic challenges facing this country.”

Earnest further revealed Obama will push for his “jobs”bill,try to bolster employment in the public sector,and focus on building jobs through —wait for it! —infrastructure. (Shovel ready jobs 2.0.) But he thinks he will do better to ignore Congress altogether and campaign,Truman-style,against a “do-nothing Congress.”

 MAJOR ED DAMES...REKNOWN REMOTE VIEWER..."THE KILLSHOT"

 

 November 14, 2011 – White Hats Report #32
OBAMAS' ARE DELIVERED A BLOW - BUSH SENIOR'S CABAL IS NEXT

Obama continues to travel giving speeches planning for his next election. He still has not consented and allowed any of the payments to patriotic Americans, which will get this country and the world economies back on track.

The Obamas on Wednesday, November 9th, 2011, were hand delivered the document below by high level government officials. It contains an IRS Report regarding the misappropriated funds. We want all readers to specifically note that per investigation and the document below, a large amount of funds were transferred to the Royal Bank of Canada into an account of Michelle Obama. In addition to the information the White Hats have previously reported and this document, we can further confirm that since November 9th, The Obamas have already illegally moved funds again out of these accounts.

We anticipate that Geithner will simply bury this legally filed report in a drawer. What will Obama and Michelle say when the account history of these funds is distributed to the White House staff, Congress, world leaders, our global readers and delivered into other legal authorities? The filing of this report alone to the IRS, if properly addressed, should sink him.

While we are musing over The Obamas, let us further entertain what the Bush family will think when someone begins to push to destroy the George H.W. Bush legacy over his own ill-gotten funds. These funds exceed 350 Billion Dollars deposited in various banks throughout the world, and the history of these funds is being prepared for distribution to legal authorities and for reporting to the world.

Senior’s state of mind may not let him fully understand, but now that his wife Barbara and son Jeb are taking over, how will they react to the fact that the Bush family legacy is destroyed as they suffer and pay for the actions of the father? How will they feel when the Bush name is removed from public places, airports, etc?

More to come…

http://www.scribd.com/fullscreen/72701447?access_key=key-262kyu7r388ttbdgmjr


IRS filing against Obama


Secret societies at war The war will soon be over Benjamin Fulford with Vinny Eastwood 25 Oct 2011

 

FREEMASON – ILLUMINATI COVENANT / PLEDGE
An illusion it will be, so large, so vast it will escape their perception.
Those who will see it will be thought of as insane.
We will create separate fronts to prevent them from seeing the connection between us.
We will behave as if we are not connected to keep the illusion alive.
Our goal will be accomplished one drop at a time so as to never bring suspicion upon ourselves.
This will also prevent them from seeing the changes as they occur.
We will always stand above the relative field of their experience for we know the secrets of the absolute.
We will work together always and will remain bound by blood and secrecy. Death will come to he who speaks.
We will keep their lifespan short and their minds weak while pretending to do the opposite.
We will use our knowledge of science and technology in subtle ways so they will never see what is happening.
We will use soft metals, aging accelerators and sedatives in food and water, also in the air.
They will be blanketed by poisons everywhere they turn.
The soft metals will cause them to lose their minds.
We will promise to find a cure from our many fronts, yet we will feed them more poison.
The poisons will be absorbed trough their skin and mouths, they will destroy their minds and reproductive systems.
From all this, their children will be born dead, and we will conceal this information.
The poisons will be hidden in everything that surrounds them, in what they drink, eat, breathe and wear.
We must be ingenious in dispensing the poisons for they can see far.
We will teach them that the poisons are good, with fun images and musical tones.
Those they look up to will help. We will enlist them to push our poisons.
They will see our products being used in film and will grow accustomed to them and will never know their true effect.
When they give birth we will inject poisons into the blood of their children and convince them its for their help.
We will start early on, when their minds are young, we will target their children with what children love most, sweet things.
When their teeth decay we will fill them with metals that will kill their mind and steal their future.
When their ability to learn has been affected, we will create medicine that will make them sicker and cause other diseases for which we will create yet more medicine.
We will render them docile and weak before us by our power.
They will grow depressed, slow and obese, and when they come to us for help, we will give them more poison.
We will focus their attention toward money and material goods so they many never connect with their inner self.
We will distract them with fornication, external pleasures and games so they may never be one with the oneness of it All.
Their minds will belong to us and they will do as we say.
If they refuse we shall find ways to implement mind-altering technology into their lives. We will use fear as our weapon.
We will establish their governments and establish opposites within. We will own both sides.
We will always hide our objective but carry out our plan.
They will perform the labor for us and we shall prosper from their toil.
Our families will never mix with theirs.
Our blood must be pure always, for it is the way.
We will make them kill each other when it suits us.
We will keep them separated from the oneness by dogma and religion.
We will control all aspects of their lives and tell them what to think and how.
We will guide them kindly and gently letting them think they are guiding themselves.
We will foment animosity between them through our factions.
When a light shall shine among them, we shall extinguish it by ridicule, or death, whichever suits us best.
We will make them rip each others hearts apart and kill their own children.
We will accomplish this by using hate as our ally, anger as our friend.
The hate will blind them totally, and never shall they see that from their conflicts we emerge as their rulers.
They will be busy killing each other.
They will bathe in their own blood and kill their neighbors for as long as we see fit.
We will benefit greatly from this, for they will not see us, for they cannot see us.
We will continue to prosper from their wars and their deaths.
We shall repeat this over and over until our ultimate goal is accomplished.
We will continue to make them live in fear and anger through images and sounds.
We will use all the tools we have to accomplish this.
The tools will be provided by their labor.
We will make them hate themselves and their neighbors.
We will always hide the divine truth from them, that we are all one.
This they must never know!
They must never know that color is an illusion, they must always think they are not equal.
Drop by drop, drop by drop we will advance our goal.
We will take over their land, resources and wealth to exercise total control over them.
We will deceive them into accepting laws that will steal the little freedom they will have.
We will establish a monetary system that will imprison them forever, keeping them and their children in debt.
When they shall band together, we shall accuse them of crimes and present a different story to the world for we shall own all the media.
We will use our media to control the flow of information and their sentiment in our favor.
When they shall rise up against us we will crush them like insects, for they are less than that.
They will be helpless to do anything for they will have no weapons.
We will recruit some of their own to carry out our plans, we will promise them eternal life, but eternal life they will never have for they are not of us.
The recruits will be called “initiates” and will be indoctrinated to believe false rites of passage to higher realms.
Members of these groups [Editor´s Note: the Illuminati] will think they are one with us never knowing the truth.
They must never learn this truth for they will turn against us.
For their work they will be rewarded with earthly things and great titles, but never will they become immortal and join us, never will they receive the light and travel the stars.
They will never reach the higher realms, for the killing of their own kind will prevent passage to the realm of enlightenment.
This they will never know.
The truth will be hidden in their face, so close they will not be able to focus on it until its too late.
Oh yes, so grand the illusion of freedom will be, that they will never know they are our slaves.
When all is in place, the reality we will have created for them will own them.
This reality will be their prison.
They will live in self-delusion.
When our goal is accomplished a new era of domination will begin. [N. of Ed.: the New World Order].
Their minds will be bound by their beliefs, the beliefs we have established from time immemorial.
But if they ever find out they are our equal, we shall perish then. THIS THEY MUST NEVER KNOW.
If they ever find out that together they can vanquish us, they will take action.
They must never, ever find out what we have done, for if they do, we shall have no place to run, for it will be easy to see who we are once the veil has fallen.
Our actions will have revealed who we are and they will hunt us down and no person shall give us shelter.
This is the Secret Covenant by which we shall live the rest of our present and future lives, for this reality will transcend many generations and life spans.
This covenant is sealed by blood, our blood. We, the ones who from heaven to earth came.
This covenant must NEVER, EVER be known to exist. It must NEVER, EVER be written or spoken of for if it is, the consciousness it will spawn will release the fury of the PRIME CREATOR upon us and we shall be cast to the depths from whence we came and remain there until the end time of infinity itself.

 

An Open Letter To Ron Paul
From Benjamin Fulford

From Benjamin Fulford
12-18-10
 
Dear Representative Paul,

My name is Benjamin Fulford. I am a spokesperson for the Black, White and Golden Dragon societies as well as for the Red and the Green. These ancient secret societies have a global command structure, partially visible in your local martial arts societies, that is capable of mobilizing a 100 million person army on very short notice in case of an emergency.
 
 
These ancient societies have gone from dormant to semi-active mode because through the successful wiretapping of meetings of your elite, they have learned of plans to start World War 3, kill at least 4 billion people and destroy much of the Northern hemisphere. You may confirm with your Pentagon or CIA sources that this is all very real.
 
 
The reason we are writing an open letter to you is to explain why the Federal Reserve -Board needs to be abolished and the global financial architecture needs to be revamped.
 
 
The United States government is bankrupt and has been kept running along these past decades by the goodwill of the peoples of the planet. That good will is running out.
 
 
Your financial elite have proposed either devaluing the US dollar or carrying out a hidden devaluation by replacing it with a new currency called the Amero. Both proposals have been rejected. The reason is that by far most US dollars ever created are no longer owned by Americans. Many, often poor, people would suffer enormously if these dollars suddenly lost half of their value.
 
 
Our groups have proposed an alternative plan. We have offered to pay back all US debt owed to China by returning gold that was stolen from there during the 20th century. In addition, we plan write off US debt to the rest of the world by taking the US dollars owned by non-Americans, backing them with gold and putting them under the control of a new international meritocratic organization. This organization would never create any fiat currency but merely act as a neutral clearing house for governments, corporations and plutocrats.
 
 
The newly debt less United States government would then be free to issue its own government controlled currency. Such a currency would have a lower international purchasing power than the US dollar now has. The result will be that Chinese goods will become more expensive for Americans while US exports will regain their competitiveness. This will allow the US to rebuild its real economy.
However, as the history of the yen and the Plaza Accord show, devaluation alone will not solve the US's chronic external deficit problem. The US deficit is also a structural problem caused by the fact that the military industrial complex does not produce trade-able goods.
 
 
Pentagon officials have also made it clear to us they would rather start a war than end up like Soviet era generals who suddenly found themselves driving taxis.
 
 
We therefore propose that the peoples of the world finance a gradual swords-to-plowshares transition of the military industrial complex. According to the American Association of Scientists, over 6,000 patents have been suppressed for "national security reasons." We believe an expert review of those patents would unearth a high-tech bonanza for the American people and the US economy that would help ease this transition.
 
 
We are also proposing the creation of a global economic planning agency. This agency would be run by the motto "we stand between desires and reality." The organization would try to surpass the sorry records of the World Bank and the IMF by carrying out an intensive campaign to end poverty, stop environmental destruction and set humanity on the course for exponential expansion into the future. There would be no burden placed on the American people and no threat to US sovereignty posed by this organization. Rather it should provide vast new opportunities for American individuals and corporations.
 
 
Finally, although this is purely an American domestic issue, we strongly recommend that you confiscate the funds stolen from the American people this past century by amoral, criminal financiers and return them to their rightful owners. Vladimir Putin was able to quintuple Russian living standards when he did a similar thing in Russia.
 
 
The final point we wish to make is that the peoples of the world desire peace. The desperate criminal cabal behind the Federal Reserve Board still wields enormous power and is still trying to start World War 3. We would like to request the help of the American peoples in ending this perverse threat to humanity and the planet.

Sincerely yours,

Benjamin Fulford

PS: If you would like the hear more, contact me through the US embassy in Tokyo.
 
Benjamin Fulford 090-3439-5558

 

 

What is the Super Congress?

From , former Contributing Writer


Capitol

The Super Congress met in Washington to solve the nation's debt crisis in 2011.

Shaun Heasley / Getty Images

Nov 20 2011

The term Super Congress refers to a select group of 12 members of both the U.S. House of Representatives and U.S. Senate chosen to identify ways to reduce the national debt by $1.2 trillion over 10 years.

The Super Congress, or super committee, was created under the Budget Control Act of 2011. The law was passed by the U.S. Congress in the first two days of August 2011 to increase the nation's $14.294 trillion debt ceiling in order to avoid a potential default. It was the fourth increase of the mandatory borrowing cap in President Barack Obama's first term.

The Super Congress consists of six members of the House and Senate, evenly divided between Republicans and Democrats. The House members were chosen by Speaker John Boehner and Minority Leader Nancy Pelosi. The Senate members were chosen by Majority Leader Harry Reid and Minority Leader Mitch McConnell.

The official name for the Super Congress is the Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction.

Super Congress Members

The members of the Super Congress, and those who selected them, are:

  • U.S. Sen. Max Baucus, a Democrat from Montana who chairs the Senate Finance Committee. He was chosen for the Super Congress by Reid.
  • U.S. Rep. Xavier Becerra, a Democrat from California who is a senior member of the House Ways and Means Committee. He was selected by Pelosi.
  • U.S. Rep. Dave Camp, a Republican from Michigan who chairs the House Ways and Means Committee. He was selected for the Super Congress post by Boehner.
  • U.S. Rep. James Clyburn, a Democrat from South Carolina and the third-ranking Democrat in the House. He was chosen for the post by Pelosi.
  • U.S. Rep. Jeb Hensarling, a Republican from Texas who chairs the House Republican Caucus. He serves as a co-chairman of the Super Congress. He was selected for the post by Boehner.
  • U.S. Sen. John Kerry, a Democrat from Massachusetts who ran unsuccessfully for president in 2004. He was chosen for the Super Congress by Reid.
  • U.S. Sen. Jon Kyl, a Republican from Arizona who is the second highest-ranking Republican in the Senate Republican Caucus behind McConnell. He was appointed to the Super Congress by McConnell.
  • U.S. Sen. Patty Murray, a Democrat from Washington who serves as chairwoman of the Democratic Senatorial Campaign Committee. Chosen by Reid, she will serve as co-chairman of the Super Congress.
  • U.S. Sen. Rob Portman, a Republican from Ohio who served as the White House budget director under President George W. Bush. He was appointed to the Super Congress by McConnell.
  • U.S. Sen. Pay Toomey, a Republican from Pennsylvania who once chaired the anti-tax group Club For Growth. He was appointed to the Super Congress by McConnell.
  • U.S. Rep. Fred Upton, a Republican from who chairs the House Energy and Commerce Committee. He was selected for the Super Congress post by Boehner.
  • U.S. Rep. Chris Van Hollen, a Democrat from Maryland. He was appointed to the Super Congress by Pelosi.

Super Congress Responsibilities

The Budget Control Act of 2011 immediately raised the nation's debt ceiling by $400 billion, to $14.694 trillion, so the federal government could meet spending obligations previously approved by Congress.

See also: Debt Ceiling History

But it required the Super Congress to find ways to reduce the national debt by $1.2 trillion before the end of 2011. If the panel's plan is approved by Congress, the debt ceiling can be increased by the same amount. If the committee fails in its mission, automatic spending cut measures will be triggered.

Proposals from the Super Congress would be placed on a fast track through the House and Senate, with no allowance for the legislation to be amended by lawmakers.

Socialist Party of America Releases The Names of 70 Democrat Members Of Congress Who Are Members Of Their Caucus

This should come as a surprise to absolutely no one. The radical Marxist-progressives (communists) took control of the democrat party some time ago. They’ve only become more emboldened with the election of Barack Obama, who was raised as a communist from birth.

With their new found leader, Barack Obama, the Socialist Party of America felt secure enough to announce the names of 70 democrats in Congress that belong to their caucus.

Other than Bernie Sanders of Vermont, who openly ran as a socialist, the rest of this lot ran as “moderate democrats.” I think it’s time we put the myth of the “moderate” democrat to bed. They are all Marxists, or Marxist leaning. They all are big government totalitarians hell-bent on destroying America, the Constitution, and our way of life. One needs no other proof than the way Congress has acted since the Marxist-democrats took control four years ago, and the tyranny that has been championed since Obama was sworn in.

Read the entire document here.

 

OPERATION MOUNTAIN GUARD

 [link to thetruthbehindthescenes.wordpress.com] 

 

Operation Mountain Guardian is a terrorism-based, full-scale emergency exercise scheduled to take place in numerous locations in the Denver metro area on Friday, September 23, 2011.

The exercise will involve first responders from 81 different agencies**, will be conducted at ten separate locations and will include loud noises, simulated weapons, smoke, emergency vehicles and other equipment that will be audible and visible throughout the day

The exercise is a Homeland Security Grant funded event made possible due to grant funding from the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) through FEMA Region VIII and the State of Colorado Governor’s Office of Homeland Security.

Operation Mountain Guardian will be held at the following locations throughout the Denver Metropolitan area:

Park Meadows Mall - Smedley Elementary School – Denver Union Station

Community College of Aurora (Lowry Campus) – Sky Ridge Medical Center

Denver Health Medical Center - University of Colorado Hospital

Catholic Charities (NW Denver) - Sports Authority Field at Mile High

and Denver International Airport

We wonder, why such a large-scale exercise is held, just four days before Obama arrives at Denver on September 27 and not only Obama (and his family). arrives in Denver, also NASA is represented with International Space Events, September 21 to 27 as well as the Military.

Also present in Denver from September 25 to 29

2011 ACEEE National Conference on Energy Efficiency as a Resource (September 25-27, 2011)

The Coca-Cola Company, NatureWorks and Cereplast headline the Biopolymers Symposium (September 26-28, 2011)

ControlLogix and RSLogix 5000 Training Seminar (September 27-29, 2011)

ieee-greencom (September 26-27, 2011)

6th Annual Biopolymers Symposium (September 26-28, 2011)

Strategies for Justice Conference (September 26-30, 2011)

EcoSys EPC (Enterprise Planning & Controls) (September 25-26, 2011)

Annual Educational Networking Conference (September 25-27, 2011)

2011 Homeland Security Symposium (September 26-27, 2011)

It gets even stranger

The United States Congress is on vacation from September 25th through October 2nd, 2011

The United Nations has an empty schedule from September 23rd through October 10th, 2011.

Pope Benedict will be in Germany from September 22nd-25th, but it is unclear where he will be on September 26-27th.

The UK Parliament is in recess from September 15th through October 10th, 2011.

Germany’s President’s schedule is empty after September 25, 2011.

The Australian Parliament will not be sitting on those days as well.

This has everything to do with Elenin?

Alignment Mercury – Sun – Elenin on September 25

Alignment Sun – Elenin – Earth on September 26-27

The government is moving equipment, troops, and resources all across the country in large numbers as well as they plan to hold a DEFCON 1 “Cocked Pistol” maximum readiness alert drill on 27 September which will be overseen by President Obama at one of the United States most secure bunkers located beneath the Denver International Airport.

Is the USA planning for some type of coming event?

Could it be Elenin? or the collapse of the economy? or a coming super quake?

Who knows for sure, but one thing is for certain. They are moving and the public is seeing it.

Stay tuned..

 

        PART 1 AC GRIFFITH                          PART 2 AC GRIFFITH                           PART 3 AC GRIFFITH                      PART 4 AC GRIFFITH     

    BP OIL - DEATH OF MILLIONS          CHEMTRAILS-NAVY-TOXIC POISON              ECONOMIC COLLAPSE                   WWW III - HERE-SCALAR   

 

Obama Ordered To Denver Bunker By US Military

Listen to this article. Powered by Odiogo.com 

A disturbing report prepared by General Alexey Maslov, the Senior Military Representative of the Permanent Mission of Russia to NATO, states that he has been notified by the Americans of their plan to hold a DEFCON 1 “Cocked Pistol” maximum readiness alert drill on 27 September which will be overseen by President Obama at one the United States most secure bunkers located beneath the Denver International Airport.

Under the SALT I Strategic Nuclear Arms Control Agreementsigned between Russia and the US, both parties are required to notify the other in all cases of such maximum readiness drills occurring, but are not required to state their reasons for doing so.

General Maslov states in his report, though, his concern over this drill is “heightened” due to last months nuclear attack on the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) branch of the intercontinental military tunnel complex between Washington D.C. and Denver, and which we reported on in our 24 August report Russia Reports Nuclear Explosions Hit Vast US Military Tunnel Network.

Important to note is that shortly after the devastating attacks on American on 11 September 2001, the Bush regime moved to completely militarize the CIA by placing as its Director former US Air Force General Michael Hayden who served in that capacity until February, 2009 when Obama then put in place the former US Army intelligence officer Leon Panetta to run this most powerful of spy agencies. After Panetta, Obama put Americas top general David Petraeus in charge of the CIA barely a week after the aforementioned nuclear attack upon it.

The fears of both the Bush and Obama regimes regarding the CIA were due to their complicity in the 11 September 2001 attacks upon America utilizing their al Qaeda terror network headed by their main asset Osama bin Laden, otherwise known by his code name of “Tim Osman,” that was run jointly with Pakistan’s Directorate for Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) and funded by the Saudi royal family.

Important to note is that Russian intelligence services were long aware of the CIA-ISI “Tim Osman” operation after it had been infiltrated by top FSB agent Viktor Bout who delivered to Marvin Bush, President George Bush’s younger brother, and Wirt Walker III, George Bush’s cousin the approximately 15 tonnes of Russian military PVV-5A Plastic Explosive plastic explosives used to bring down the World Trade Center buildings.

In our 1 September 2010 report US-Russia Bidding War For 9/11 “Merchant Of Death” Reaches $20 Billion we detailed this sordid plot and, in part, stated:

“Important to note about Marvin Bush and Wirt Walker III is that at the time of the 9/11 attacks they were both directors of the American security company named Stratesec (formally known as Securacom) which was given a $8.3 million contract to help provide security at the World Trade Center and which the weekend prior to the attacks completely closed this massive skyscraper complex for 36 hours to “upgrade” its security system.

Now Bout in being curious, to say the least, as to why the Bush Family needed so much Russian explosives for their “upgrade” of the World Trade Center complex was “invited” by Marvin Bush to come to New York City to watch “the big show”, an offer Bout did not refuse. And so the night prior to 9/11 Bout traveled to New York City where he was met by Bush “operatives” working for the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), who “coincidentally” had scheduled an emergency exercise for the morning of September 11, 2001 that all too soon became real.

Bout was given a FEMA security pass that gave him unhindered access to the aftermath of the catastrophic attacks upon the World Trade Center complex which these reports document he took full advantage of. Unfortunately for the Americans though was that Bout’s “visit” wearing his FEMA “credentials” was filmed by FEMA’s official videographer Kurt Sonnenfeld, who was the only film maker given unrestricted access to the 9/11 site.”

The “main conduit” for Saudi Arabian cash used to finance the “Tim Osman” operation was identified by Bout in his FSB reports as being Abdulaziz al-Hijji and his wife Anoud(a grand niece of Saudi King Abdullah ) who lived in Sarasota, Florida, and who just days prior to the 11 September 2011 attacks suddenly left all of their possessions and returned home. Though the US Federal Bureau of Investigation(FBI) was quick to state that the Hijji’s had no connection with the Saudi hijackers it is more than curious to note that nearly all of them were recorded visiting them in the days prior to the attacks.

The importance of noting the CIA-ISI-Saudi connection to the attacks upon America on 11 September 2001 with the Obama’s planned 27 September “Cocked Pistol” alert is due to General Maslov warning in his report that this unprecedented drill occurring in Denver on that date could very well likely be related to threats made against the United States by both Saudi Arabia and Israel over the upcoming UN General Assembly vote to declare Palestinian statehood.

Where Israel commands vast resources within the United States to elect government officials, including Presidents, and who have fallen out of favor with Obama over his polices towards Israel, former Saudi ambassador to the United States, Prince Turki al-Faisal warned yesterday that unless the Obama regime voted for Palestinian statehood, “Saudi Arabia would no longer be able to cooperate with America in the same way it historically has” and the “chances of another war in the region” would be assured.

As we had warned about in our 28 May report Obama Vows War On Saudi Arabia, Orders Thousands Of US Troops To Region, and our 23 June report Nuclear Attack On US Warned Imminent As Saudi War Nears, the United States plans for all-out global war are well in place and are now awaiting the “spark” that will set it off.

To if the date of 27 September when Obama will be in Denver will be the date this “spark” is set off it is not in our knowing. What is in our knowing, though, is that since the CIA transferred their headquarters to Denver in 2005 under the mysterious airport [second photo right] with bizarre murals dep4th photos right] picturing mass global death, particularly between Israelis and Palestinians, the questions as to who, or what, actually controls the United States today remains in question.

And when this information is coupled with the fact that icting [3rd and27 September is one of the most significant dates in American history because on that date, in 1777, after British troops captured Philadelphia, Lancaster, Pennsylvania became the United States capitol for that single day, the first time such a thing occurred in all of that nations history, and it is, also, the date that Comet Elenienters into its feared alignment with the Earth, Sun and Moon with many believing these conjunctions are responsible for catastrophic earthquakes and tsunamis, and nearly all of NASA’s top officials and scientists will be in Denver on that date too, one can be justifiably perplexed as to the many meanings these events have.

But, to the greater meaning of all of these things it has been best stated by Woodrow Wilson, the 28th President of the United States, who warned the American people about the future to come:

“Since I entered politics, I have chiefly had men’s views confided to me privately. Some of the biggest men in the U.S., in the field of commerce and manufacturing, are afraid of somebody, are afraid of something. They know that there is a power somewhere so organized, so subtle, so watchful, so interlocked, so complete, so pervasive, that they had better not speak above their breath when they speak in condemnation of it.”

And to understand these words are to understand everything, especially what is to come. No one, therefore, can say that they were never warned, only that they didn’t listen.

 

 

Ben Fulford, April 18, 2011…”Only one man now stands between humanity and freedom: Peter Hans Kolvenbach, the Black Pope”

Ben’s latest message includes a description of the activities of the Black Pope. And he is requesting funds to establish a “White Dragon Foundation”. Below are my highlights.

Please direct any questions and comments for Ben to him directly, at the email addresses below. If you wish to contact Ben to offer assistance, he has two email addresses posted on his websites, benjaminoffice88@gmail.com, and benjaminfulford@hotmail.com. If some of you wish to post a comment here and offer assistance, I will pass that on to Ben, but I would prefer that you email him directly.

Highlights

  • Peter Hans Kolvenbach, the self-described Black Pope…proposed the creation of a global dictatorship headed by himself…[and] is also apparently, the final authority behind the Western financial system whose signature has financed countless wars and other tragedies.
  • The White Dragon Society is pledged to stop the Satanists and free humanity.
  • …if we can set up a sovereign White Dragon Foundation… this would…trigger… the unleashing of trillions of dollars to be spent on eradicating poverty, ending war, stopping environmental destruction and setting humanity on the path of life-creation instead of life-destruction.
  • The White Dragon Society will initially act as a temporary vehicle to trigger the creation of a new financial system controlled by the principle of one human, one vote.
  • Kolvenbach took credit for the March 11th earthquake attack on Japan and threatened next to “sink Japan under the ocean.”
  • …the money will be spent on is on rounding up all the Satanists and putting them in jail before they kill billions of people.
  • We believe the American people need to establish their own government controlled currency as mandated by the constitution. White Dragon Society members have already pledged to donate gold to back up such a currency.
  • From now on, money will no longer be created “by fiat” or out of nothing.

—————————————————————————

Ben Fulford, April 18, 2011…Only one man now stands between humanity and freedom: Peter Hans Kolvenbach, the Black Pope

Last week members of the White Dragon Society monitored and recorded a conversation between Peter Hans Kolvenbach, the self-described Black Pope and a third party who shall remain anonymous because he was speaking under an oath of silence. During this conversation Kolvenbach claimed he was Satan’s representative on earth and proposed the creation of a global dictatorship headed by himself. Kolvenbach is officially known as the former Superior General of the Society of Jesus. He is also apparently, the final authority behind the Western financial system whose signature has financed countless wars and other tragedies. The aim of his Satanic or Lucifer-worshipping cult hiding within the Roman Catholic Church, was to create a global dictatorship ruled by a modern day Caesar. They were also planning to massacre over 4 billion humans in order to start their 1000 year Reich or rule. The White Dragon Society is pledged to stop the Satanists and free humanity.

So, it turns out that the long investigative trail that started with the Kennedy assassination and continued with the 911 truth movement, has finally uncovered the organization and individuals behind these events.

During the conversation that was monitored, Kolvenbach said he had a grave ready for this writer. My response is to cordially invite him to start the truth and reconciliation process by agreeing [to] be publicly interviewed about his past deeds in exchange for forgiveness.

The White Dragon Society also must now do something it has been extremely reluctant to do until now and that is to ask for money. Our members have risked their lives, careers and personal fortunes to free humanity and we are all at the end of our tethers. We need help.

We have been informed that if we can set up a sovereign White Dragon Foundation, that this would act as a trigger mechanism for the unleashing of trillions of dollars to be spent on eradicating poverty, ending war, stopping environmental destruction and setting humanity on the path of life-creation instead of life-destruction. It would also lead to the unblocking of all the frozen funds managed by other foundations, charities and individuals.

Since this writer is un-experienced in banking and financial matters, he would like to ask the help of subscribers to this newsletter who can all, if they so wish, consider themselves to be members of the White Dragon Society and founders of the White Dragon Foundation.

The first thing we need is voluntary legal help in setting a sovereign, charitable foundation. After this we would like to solicit pledges of assistance either in the form of money or labor.

As an initial pledge, I will donate a handful of blue-green crystals discovered by this writer and his Fiancee Tomomi Matsuzaki near a recently erupted volcano on March 20th, 2011 the day following the golden colored full moon of March 19th. The crystals have not yet been analyzed by a gemologist and so are of unknown composition but we swear they are beautiful and were created by God or nature if you prefer that term. We will also donate a symbol of the society, a pewter dragon purchased on Lankawi, Island in Malaysia, on the day of the January 19th full moon of the year 2011. We finally pledge the only other real asset we have: our lives.

The White Dragon Society will initially act as a temporary vehicle to trigger the creation of a new financial system controlled by the principle of one human, one vote. Such a system would operate in parallel and harmony with but not against, the financial systems that are already in place. Nor would it ever impinge on either national or individual sovereignty.

We have also been warned by both the Satanists and the Gnostics that we are running out of time. The Satanists pledge to unleash events that would make the Japanese earthquake and tsunami look like storm in a teacup within weeks. For example, during the recorded conversation Kolvenbach took credit for the March 11th earthquake attack on Japan and threatened next to “sink Japan under the ocean.” An Asian group threatens to take revenge by destroying Vatican City and the BIS as well as utterly annihilating the Calabrian Peninsula. The Gnostics are also threatening to unleash a “world destroying event,” on June 1st if humanity cannot get its act together by then.

We need to stop this madness before they can make good on these threats. This is just a suggestion but perhaps we can get the ball rolling immediately, on this full-moon day, April 18th, 2011 by having money sent care of Tomomi Matsuzaki in New York city via Western Union or any other method. The security question would be to ask her “who is Kiro.” We would need a volunteer in New York to help set up a legal vehicle for this money to be placed into. She would have to be one of the signatories because I know she would rather give up her life than betray the spirit of the foundation.

The first thing the money will be spent on is on rounding up all the Satanists and putting them in jail before they kill billions of people. Hiring the people to do this costs money because, law enforcement and military folk have families to feed and bills to pay just like the rest of us.

While this is happening, the Satanists will be racing to pre-empt us by trying to give control over the Federal Reserve Board to the IMF, which would still leave the de facto international currency, the US dollar, under the control of the Satanists. They will thus be able to continue their plans for dictatorial world domination.

We believe the American people need to establish their own government controlled currency as mandated by the constitution. White Dragon Society members have already pledged to donate gold to back up such a currency.

In addition, the US dollars owned by non-Americans will be backed by gold and commodities and continue to be used as a major trading currency.

From now on, money will no longer be created “by fiat” or out of nothing. Banking will no longer be under a single centralized form of control.

Anybody who carves a block of wood or grows a crop or does anything that somebody else wants to trade for will have created new and real money. Because money, in the end, is just a symbolic representation of human perception of reality and that reality was created by God or, nature, if you prefer the term.

David Wilcock Interviews Benjamin Fulford - 4 Parts From Left to Right

 

 

Nanotechnology: Tracking food from farm to fork…and you right along with it


Marti Oakley 

RFID NANOTECHNOLOGY PLACED IN FOOD!

______________________________________________

Noting “certain food-related ailments” this committee failed to ask the most obvious and relevant question: 

If these ailments are a result of the food we are eating…..what is the underlying problem with the food?  And why would finding a remedy for this increase in possibly deadly ailments include further contamination and adulteration of the food supply with nano-chips? 

_______________________________________________

I had come across an article in the Dairy Reporter last year, about the coming plans to insert nano-technology into food.  In the article from DR: Nanotechnology in food: What’s the big idea? By Caroline Scott-Thomas, 26-Jul-2010 this observation was made: 

“At IFT’s nanoscience conference last week, major industry players discussed how to avoid a rerun of the GMO debacle with consumers – with some saying that one solution could be to say nothing about introducing nanotechnology in foods and to do it anyway.”

We all have enough experience with today’s bio-pirates who are openly colluding with the USDA, FDA and anyone else in government, like “Dirty Harry” Reid NV (D), who single-handedly and unanimously cast the one vote needed to pass the fake food safety bill, to know that food safety and longer shelf life is most likely not what this technology is actually intended to do.  As it is, most products on the shelves of stores now are so chemically laden and contain so much gmo that I doubt spoilage is an option. After all….can chemicals, pesticides and herbicides actually rot?   

Most of what sits in our stores is not really food as we have known it.  It is a stew of sorts; chemicals, additives, flavorings, colorings, enhancers, preservatives, aspartame, neotame, and stuff we can’t even identify along with residual hormones, vaccines, antibiotics, herbicides and pesticides. It has been irradiated, sprayed with viruses and now covered in ammonia.  Reading any label for content makes one think you would be just as well off if you drank floor cleaner and it most likely might be a lot tastier although just as empty of nutrition.   

We also know, from experience, that no matter what kind of song and dance emanates from one of these foreign corporations (FAO/WHO) and Big Ag and the Bio-pirates that nothing is in the works that will not have an adverse application of some kind, which is most likely the true intent.  Of course my immediate reaction is first and foremost: What are these foreign corporations doing setting “standards in technology” (profit and control) that are to be foisted on the US? But ….I digress…. that’s a story for another day.

The potential for abuse of this technology being used adversely is huge. 

Big AG and the bio-pirates make no bones about their intent to track food from field to fork and at every step of the process in between which is why it is so imperative that they seize control of production and supply. It is really hard to control the food supply when you have not yet been able to lay claim to all of it no matter how cooperative “Dirty Harry” and his merry band of corporate hiney huggers were or are.  

In this report: FAO/WHO Expert meeting on the application of nanotechnologies in the food and agriculture sectors: potential food safety implications:

The industry is, therefore, always seeking new technologies to offer products with improved tastes, flavours, textures, longer shelf-life, and better safety and traceability.

  • to address certain food-related ailments, such as obesity, high blood pressure, diabetes, cardiovascular diseases, digestive disorders, certain types of cancer (e.g. bowel cancer) and food allergies

________

 What the report fails to address or even mention is that every medical disorder listed has been greatly exacerbated and occurs at an accelerated rate due to the chronic contamination and adulteration of food supplies with chemical, pharmaceutical and foreign toxins.  Noting “certain food-related ailments” this committee failed to ask the most obvious and relevant question: 

If these ailments are a result of the food we are eating…..what is the underlying problem with the food?  And why would finding a remedy for this increase in possibly deadly ailments include further contamination and adulteration of the food supply with nano-chips? 

I doubt any reasonable person would conclude that the underlying problem was a lack of RFID nano-chips, or a lack of organic nano’s, in the food supply. Or that there was any personal value in having your medication monitored by a satellite in the sky, at least for the reasons it would be done .  This is an invasion of privacy.

According to this report, this technology will be applied to animal feeds and water, right along with commercially available foods.  This way, no matter what you eat, you will be ingesting numerous versions of nanochips of one kind or another.  The committee does ponder the question as to whether an accumulation of nano’s could cause further health problems, possibly creating peripheral problems from accumulation.  Also, the committee is concerned about the possibility of the chips to escape the GI track and leech out into other internal organs. 

Nano-chips will be used to supposedly make food taste more like food by enhancing the flavor and texture.  Here again the obvious is avoided.  Natural food left uncontaminated by toxins, chemicals, pharmaceuticals, and whatever else could be thrown in, tends to taste……like food.  You don’t need enhancers, or nanoparticles to stimulate your taste buds to fool your brain into thinking you actually just ate something nutritious and tasty. 

Nanochips inserted as RFID is the last nail in the coffin of food freedom.  Having reduced the food supply and the available products to a substance that has to be enhanced or that has to be chemically pumped up to make you think it might really be food, is the problem.  And, it is an intentionally created system meant to eventually accommodate the insertion of RFID nanochips to detect not only what you are eating, but to extend surveillance of the individual.  Having reduced the commercial food supply to dangerously toxic concoctions, the report states, the intention and subsequent use of nanochips in food and pharmaceuticals will be used to monitor:

  • the application of nanotechnologies in all aspects of the primary production of foods of plant and animal origin;
  • the application of nanotechnologies in food processing, packaging and distribution;
  • the use of nanodiagnostic tools for detection and monitoring in food and agricultural production.
  • Nanotechnologies applied in the environment were also included if there was a potential direct impact on food safety through the environment to the food chain.
  • The Expert Meeting was asked not to cover occupational health matters surrounding the use and application of nanotechnologies in the food and agriculture sector 

______________________

RFID Nano’s are so small that once ingested they can circulate undetected by the immune system.  Kind of like an on-board gps for humans or anything else for that matter. 

The red flags should be flying right about now.  Here is the plan for field to fork, from fork to human monitoring and individual surveillance.  While I would truly like to think that the intentions of this committee of experts was to protect the food supply from further and unnecessary contamination, it is apparent the focus was instead, planning the future use of nanotechnology to track and control food production and its consumption. While many may argue this will help with traceability, it is a subterfuge meant to divert from the crux of the issue.

While some of what this committee addressed was the current use of organic nano technology which is said to be water soluble and which allows for greater absorption of nutrients, currently used in vitamins and supplements to some degree, and in some readily available food products, it is obvious the intent is to eventually track and control through nano-enabled RFID surveillance, the production and supply of food.  Organic nano technology and RFID nano technology are two divergent aspects that are intentionally discussed as though they are one and the same.  They are not. 

Whatever happened to just plain food? 

________________________________________ 

SOURCE

http://whqlibdoc.who.int/publications/2010/9789241563932_eng.pdf

http://ppjg.wordpress.com/?s=DAiry+Reporter+nanotechnology

EPA: FLUORIDE MUST BE PHASED OUT
Commentary, News  July 13, 2011

By Bob Tuskin

The EPA recently released a proposal to “phase out fluoride pesticide” which is an “insecticide and fumigant used on stored grain, such as wheat and oats; driedfruit; coffee and cocoa beans; and other foods”.

If EPA’s plan becomes final, many food uses of this fluoride-based pesticide would stop within 90 days.

Although this is a major break through, the EPA has not yet announced any plans for the removal of this dangerous poison from our water supply.

If you are reading this article and still think that fluoride is somehow good for you, perhaps you should take a look at a recent study that shows it can damage the brain.

- “The prolonged ingestion of fluoride may cause significant damage to health and particularly to the nervous system,” concludes a review of studies by researchers Valdez-Jimenez, et al. published in Neurologia (June 2011), reports New York State Coalition Opposed to Fluoridation, Inc. (NYSCOF).

The research team reports, “It is important to be aware of this serious problem and avoid the use of toothpaste and items that contain fluoride, particularly in children as they are more susceptible to the toxic effects of fluoride.”

“Fluoride can be toxic by ingesting one part per million (ppm), and the effects are not immediate, as they can take 20 years or more to become evident,” they write.

Most fluoridating U.S. public drinking water suppliers add fluoride chemicals to deliver 1 ppm fluoride (equal to about 1 milligram per quart) intending to benefit teeth and not to purify the water.

“Fluoridation clearly jeopardizes our children and must be stopped,” says attorney Paul Beeber, President, NYSCOF.  ”We can actually see how fluoride has damaged children’s teeth with dental fluorosis; but we can’t see the harm it’s doing to their brains and other organs. No U.S. researcher is even looking,” says Beeber.

Paul Beeber will be coming on The Bob Tuskin Show Thursday 7/14/11 to talk about the recent EPA proposal.

And if that is not enough check out the various resources at The Fluoride Action Networks website or athttp://www.jpands.org/vol10no2/kauffman.pdf .

In a letter from the Environmental Working Group they high lite this possible major step forward

The Environmental Working Group strongly supports EPA’s proposed order. It reflects a growing consensus that the American public is exposed to excessive fluoride. For decades, public health agencies have erroneously reassured the public that fluoride is entirely safe. As a result, generations of children have been exposed to amounts of fluoride that could damage teeth and bones and that emerging science indicates could harm thyroid function and increase risks of bone cancer.

EPA’s  2011  proposal came in response to objections filed by Environmental Working Group, Fluoride Action Network and Beyond Pesticides to the use of sulfuryl fluoride on food.  In the same month, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services proposed to reduce its recommended maximum level of fluoride in tap water from 1.2 to 0.7 parts per million, a 42 percent decrease.

Sulfuryl fluoride, manufactured by Dow AgroSciences and approved by EPA in 2004 as an alternative to ozone-depleting fumigant methyl bromide, is used for control of pests in  food storage and processing facilities. EPA statistics indicate that  sulfuryl fluoride is used in approximately 40 percent of  such facilities across the country. Once sprayed, sulfuryl fluoride breaks down into fluoride, which can contaminate food. Over-exposure to fluoride from oral ingestion has been associated with multiple adverse health effects, including dental fluorosis (mottling and loss of tooth enamel) and skeletal fluorosis (joint pain, stiffness and bone fractures).

EPA’s original permit to allow sulfuryl fluoride for use on foods relied on an outdated health risk assessment and significantly underestimated children’s exposures to fluoride from all sources. After a new exposure and risk assessment was done, the EPA Office of Pesticide Program concluded that the current legal limit of the pesticide residue on food does not adequately protect children from excessive fluoride exposures. After considering the aggregate exposures to fluoride from all sources, including drinking water and toothpaste, EPA found that sulfuryl fluoride does not meet the children’s health protection requirements set under the Food Quality and Protection Act of 1996, which regulates pesticide safety.

EPA’s decision to stop sulfuryl fluoride use is a step in the right direction, but, as EPA’s recent exposure assessment indicates, sulfuryl fluoride represents just a fraction of Americans’ overall fluoride exposure.  Children under the age of 7 are particularly at risk of excessive fluoride exposure. It is of great concern that even if sulfuryl fluoride is eliminated from their diets, many children will still ingest too much fluoride. Further reductions in fluoride exposure are necessaryto protect children’s health more fully.

EWG has provided detailed comments to Health and Human Services about the impact of new water fluoridation guidelines, including shortcomings of EPA’s new risk and exposure assessments for fluoride (copy of the letter is attached). Actions to reduce fluoride ingestion via drinking water and pesticide residues represent a step in the right direction toward protecting Americans from fluoride exposure.

Yet EWG found that a significant body of scientific evidence supports an even more dramatic reduction to protect the health of infants, children and others who are most vulnerable to the surprising array of health problems associated with this common water additive. We urge EPA’s Office of Pesticide Programs and Office of Water to join other agencies in committing to reduce substantially human exposures to fluoride from sources other than sulfuryl fluoride.

EPA’s decision to withdraw sulfuryl fluoride tolerances is significant both in regard to the particular pesticide tolerances involved and in the context of  reevaluating the health effects of fluoride.  It sets an important example for future initiatives to address cumulative exposures to pesticides from multiple sources, a concept that is on the  cutting edge of research and policy. EWG strongly supports EPA’s action on sulfuryl fluoride. Yet in order to protect Americans from over-exposure to fluoride, the agency must go further by lowering fluoride content in drinking water.

Sincerely,

Sonya Lunder, MPHEWG Senior Analyst
Olga V. Naidenko, PhDEWG Senior Scientist

The EPA has both national and county based representatives. What is needed is a true grassroots effort.  It is important that we work in our cities and counties to get it taken out of our water supply.

Many cities around the world have been successful in doing so, and many more are making major headway. I hope this EPA announcement will inspire the total abolition of this nasty poison.

Fear-based Terror Alerts to Become Mandatory On Cell Phones

  •  The Alex Jones ChannelAlex Jones Show podcastPrison Planet TVInfowars.com TwitterAlex Jones' FacebookInfowars store

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
May 10, 2011

Editor’s note: The plan to harass cell phone users with specious terror alerts is part of a larger agenda of fear-based social conditioning by the government. As we noted last month, the Department of Homeland Security announced a new system to replace the old color-coded one. Now so-called terror threats that inevitably turn out to be either false alarms or politically motived scams will be posted on Facebook and Twitter pages in addition to broadcast over television, radio and cell phones.

“The system is beginning to roll out the telecommunications takeover system,” explains Alex Jones. “Its been called the internet kill switch, in reality it is a total full spectrum media takeover system. The internet and hi tech communications is a double edge sword. It is a powerful tool to organize populations against tyranny but it also is the ultimate tool of state-run media. Designers, consumers and users built the modern web. Now the fight is on to keep it open and free.”

It’s not enough the government and its corporate media propaganda tool commandeer the television and radio with phony terror alerts and incessant nonsense about Muslim miscreants who are inspired by FBI agents provocateurs to talk about terrorism.

Soon it this propaganda will reach out to your cell phone. It will be mandatory to receive this propaganda.

CBS and the AP report today that next year the government will mandate all new cell phones will be required to have a chip that receives government propaganda and fear-mongering. Many smart phones already have technology easily commandeered by the state. Government propaganda will supersede all other calls.

Carriers AT&T and Verizon say they will implement the technology. Eighty-five percent of Americans over 18 own a cell phone.

Following the debunked Osama death raid, the government announced it will alert the public to emergencies via cell phones. The Federal Communications Commission and the Federal Emergency Management Agency said the system will warn people about terrorist attacks, natural disasters or other emergencies.

The new system will be in place in New York City and Washington by the end of the year and in cities across the country by the end of next year, according to CBS New York.

In addition to Amber Alerts and warnings of imminent doom from terrorists who hate us for our freedom, the system will send out “urgent blasts from the president,” according to theNew York Daily News.

General David Petraeus, the US commander in Afghanistan, is set to become CIA director as part of a major shake-up of President Obama's national security team, in which the agency's current director, Leon Panetta, will replace Robert Gates as Defence Secretary.

The long-rumoured changes, that could be announced by the White House today, are likely to take effect this summer, when the much-admired Mr Gates – the lone Republican holdover from the Bush administration – is expected to step down after five years in one of US government's most gruelling jobs.

As part of the overhaul, details of which were confirmed by White House officials yesterday, General John Allen, currently deputy head of US Central Command, will replace General Petraeus in Afghanistan. He will work with Ryan Crocker, one of America's most experienced diplomats, who is to become the new US envoy to Kabul.Though sweeping at first glance, the reshuffle signals a continuation of present policies – underlining the administration's determination to bring the decade-long war in Afghanistan to a successful conclusion, and to press on with the reforms at the Pentagon initiated by Mr Gates.

From the moment Barack Obama persuaded him to stay on in November 2008, the outgoing Defence Secretary has indicated he would not serve out the new President's entire first term. The change-over this summer will allow the required Senate confirmation hearings to be held before the 2012 election campaign gets into full swing, making the atmosphere on Capitol Hill even more contentious.

Nonetheless, Mr Gates's departure will be a sore loss for Mr Obama. Calm-mannered, vastly experienced, and frequently described as a "grown-up" who stood above the ego-driven fray of Washington politics, he offered a complete change of style from his bullying, controversial predecessor Donald Rumsfeld, removed by Mr Bush 24 hours after the Republican drubbing at the November 2006 midterm elections. By then, feuding between the State Department and the Pentagon had become almost the norm in Washington, to the detriment of policy-making. By contrast, relations between Mr Gates and Hillary Clinton, the Secretary of State, have been exemplary, while Mr Gates has moved to cut military spending by trimming the huge bureaucracy that oversees the department's $700bn annual budget.

Under Mr Panetta, however, it is likely to be more of the same. The former congressman became White House budget director and then President Bill Clinton's chief of staff before earning plaudits at the CIA. He is as skilled a bureaucratic operator as Mr Gates and well-suited to head the defence department when deficit cutting is the priority.

General Petraeus's switch to the CIA also sends a clear message. As the Army's top specialist in counter-insurgency operations, he will bring that expertise to the CIA – which already plays a central role in fighting terrorism.

His prestige will also come as a re-assurance to the Agency itself, buffeted by endemic feuding within the US intelligence establishment and whose reputation has yet to fully recover from the twin disasters of failing to anticipate the 9/11 attacks, and of being duped into believing Saddam Hussein had weapons of mass destruction.

Some analysts saw political implications in the move. General Petraeus, the architect and executor of the troop "surge" that averted disaster in Iraq, has been credited intermittently with political ambitions, however adamantly he denies them. Under this theory, therefore, President Obama has moved to neutralise a potentially dangerous rival for 2012, especially when the existing Republican field seems so thin.

The background of General Allen, who now takes over command of the Afghan campaign, is in the Marines. But he too is a strategist with a finely tuned political ear. In Kabul, he will be able to draw on the experience of Mr Crocker, who worked with General Petraeus in Iraq as part of a "dream team" to haul the country back from the brink.



 

DRILLING DOWN

Regulation Lax as Gas Wells’ Tainted Water Hits Rivers

Kevin Moloney for The New York Times

Wells for extracting natural gas, like these in Colorado, are a growing source of energy but can also pose hazards.

The American landscape is dotted with hundreds of thousands of new wells and drilling rigs, as the country scrambles to tap into this century’s gold rush — for natural gas.

Drilling Down

The Waste Problem

Articles in this series will examine the risks of natural-gas drilling and efforts to regulate this rapidly growing industry.

Multimedia
Todd Heisler/The New York Times

Thousands of wells like this one outside Pittsburgh extract gas by injecting huge amounts of water.

Readers' Comments

Readers shared their thoughts on this article.

The gas has always been there, of course, trapped deep underground in countless tiny bubbles, like frozen spills of seltzer water between thin layers of shale rock. But drilling companies have only in recent years developed techniques to unlock the enormous reserves, thought to be enough to supply the country with gas for heating buildings, generating electricity and powering vehicles for up to a hundred years.

So energy companies are clamoring to drill. And they are getting rare support from their usual sparring partners. Environmentalists say using natural gas will help slowclimate change because it burns more cleanly than coal and oil. Lawmakers hail the gas as a source of jobs. They also see it as a way to wean the United States from its dependency on other countries for oil.

But the relatively new drilling method — known as high-volume horizontal hydraulic fracturing, or hydrofracking — carries significant environmental risks. It involves injecting huge amounts of water, mixed with sand and chemicals, at high pressures to break up rock formations and release the gas.

With hydrofracking, a well can produce over a million gallons of wastewater that is often laced with highly corrosive salts, carcinogens like benzene and radioactive elements like radium, all of which can occur naturally thousands of feet underground. Other carcinogenic materials can be added to the wastewater by the chemicals used in the hydrofracking itself.

While the existence of the toxic wastes has been reported, thousands of internal documents obtained by The New York Times from the Environmental Protection Agency, state regulators and drillers show that the dangers to the environment and health are greater than previously understood.

The documents reveal that the wastewater, which is sometimes hauled to sewage plants not designed to treat it and then discharged into rivers that supply drinking water, contains radioactivity at levels higher than previously known, and far higher than the level that federal regulators say is safe for these treatment plants to handle.

Other documents and interviews show that many E.P.A. scientists are alarmed, warning that the drilling waste is a threat to drinking water in Pennsylvania. Their concern is based partly on a 2009 study, never made public, written by an E.P.A. consultant who concluded that some sewage treatment plants were incapable of removing certain drilling waste contaminants and were probably violating the law.

The Times also found never-reported studies by the E.P.A.and a confidential study by the drilling industry that all concluded that radioactivity in drilling waste cannot be fully diluted in rivers and other waterways.

But the E.P.A. has not intervened. In fact, federal and state regulators are allowing most sewage treatment plants that accept drilling waste not to test for radioactivity. And most drinking-water intake plants downstream from those sewage treatment plants in Pennsylvania, with the blessing of regulators, have not tested for radioactivity since before 2006, even though the drilling boom began in 2008.

In other words, there is no way of guaranteeing that the drinking water taken in by all these plants is safe.

That has experts worried.

“We’re burning the furniture to heat the house,” said John H. Quigley, who left last month as secretary of Pennsylvania’s Department of Conservation and Natural Resources. “In shifting away from coal and toward natural gas, we’re trying for cleaner air, but we’re producing massive amounts of toxic wastewater with salts and naturally occurring radioactive materials, and it’s not clear we have a plan for properly handling this waste.”

The risks are particularly severe in Pennsylvania, which has seen a sharp increase in drilling, with roughly 71,000 active gas wells, up from about 36,000 in 2000. The level of radioactivity in the wastewater has sometimes been hundreds or even thousands of times the maximum allowed by the federal standard for drinking water. While people clearly do not drink drilling wastewater, the reason to use the drinking-water standard for comparison is that there is no comprehensive federal standard for what constitutes safe levels of radioactivity in drilling wastewater.

Drillers trucked at least half of this waste to public sewage treatment plants in Pennsylvania in 2008 and 2009, according to state officials. Some of it has been sent to other states, including New York and West Virginia.

Yet sewage treatment plant operators say they are far less capable of removing radioactive contaminants than most other toxic substances. Indeed, most of these facilities cannot remove enough of the radioactive material to meet federal drinking-water standards before discharging the wastewater into rivers, sometimes just miles upstream from drinking-water intake plants.


Just as the CIA is behing Al Qaeda it is also behing the Muslim Brotherhood and the events in Egypt. 

The Obama administration and prominent members of Congress have begun pushing the idea that an intelligence failure prevented the US government from predicting massive civil unrest in Egypt and the Arab world. 

This new “debate” over the gathering of intelligence fills the mainstream media with red herrings, obscuring the fact (leaked by WikiLeaks and the Daily Telegraph) that the US government has secretly backed leading figures behind Arab opposition for at least three years. Strong evidence suggests that an Egyptian regime change has been planned for years. Leading opposition groups, civil society organizations and dissidents---including the Muslim Brotherhood---have been co-opted by front groups backed by the CIA, the Pentagon and the State Department, and wooed in earnest by members of both the Bush/Cheney and Obama administrations. The US government and its allies already have enduring ties to key figures on all sides of the Arab revolts, with the goal of controlling the process and preserving Anglo-American geostrategy. 

It is true that the Arab revolutions are real, and their depth and scope, and the speed at which they have ignited have unprecedented and extensive power does lie in the hands of mobilized peoples (if genuine and untainted dissidents grasp the specifics of the larger dynamic). It is also true that not all of the various political players were “in the loop”. But the idea of a general US “intelligence failure” is ludicrous, given years of ongoing US manipulation and intelligence penetration. 

What the Obama administration, Washington politicos and the US corporate media wish to create is the same deception as the one resulting from 9/11. That false flag operation was also not an “intelligence failure” but an intelligence “success” resulting from many years of preparation, and unmatched CIA power and penetration worldwide. Now, as then, there is an extensive history (that eliminates the “lack of foreknowledge” argument), specific warnings. 

Even if the “intelligence failure” idea, and the myth that both the CIA and Obama administration as a whole have been completely blind, are accepted at face value, what would an “informed” Obama administration have done about Egypt? The same thing it has already done: use whatever means necessary to protect vital US oil and military interests. 

The “failure” debate is a new tempest in a familiar old teapot: official scapegoats and cover-your-ass games, and new propaganda excuses to further justify even more covert operations and “improvements”.

Copyright: arcticle: Larry Chin, Global Research



Original article from: http://www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=va&aid=23101

Health Authorities Want Depression-Causing Drugs Added To Water Supply

Submitted by Annie White on February 15, 2011 – 12:22 pm

As if flouride and hexavalent chromium in public water supplies aren’t bad enough, health authorities are now pushing for the addition of drug statins as well. Drug companies claim that statins will lower cholesterol and prevent heart attacks and strokes, but researchers have proven that the drugs only benefit a quarter of people taking them. There are some very troubling side-effects, especially if there is no history of heart problems.

A new study by the Cochrane Library is highlighted in the following article. Their review of statin trials found symptoms of short-term memory loss, depression and mood swings,” that were purposely minimized by the drug companies funding the research. Statins have also been linked to a greater risk of liver dysfunction, acute kidney failure, cataracts and muscle damage.

The pharmaceutical companies’ powers are overflowing; we can actually see their influence trickling into federal health administration, down into municipalities, and flushing into our local water treatment centers

~Health Freedoms

Health authorities are pushing for drugs to be added to public water supplies that cause depression and memory loss, as a new study shows that the dangers of statins have been deliberately underplayed by drug companies, in a chilling throwback to how the population in Aldous Huxley’s Brave New World were mass medicated with Soma to keep them docile and easy to control.

Statins are taken by tens of millions of people worldwide, a boon for drug companies like Merck, whose chief executive Henry Gadsden back in 1975 dreamed of being able to sell a drug to people who had no immediately identifiable illness, or as Mike Adams writes, “They needed a way to sell drugs to healthy people.” Statins were born and the financial windfall for Big Pharma quickly followed.

Drug companies claim that statins have been proven to lower cholesterol and help prevent heart disease and strokes, leading many health experts to insist that they be artificially added to public water supplies, but dangerous side-effects buried by drug companies conducting statin trials have now come to light, in addition to the fact that “for three quarters of those taking them, they offer little or no value.”

A new study published in the Cochrane Library, which reviews drug trials, examined data from 14 drugs trials involving 34,000 patients and found evidence of “short-term memory loss, depression and mood swings,” that had been deliberately underplayed by the drug companies funding the research.

The researchers warn that, “Statins should only be prescribed to those with heart disease, or who have suffered the condition in the past. Researchers warn that unless a patient is at high risk of suffering a heart attack or stroke, statins may cause more harm than good.”

However, despite the fact that statins have also been linked to a greater risk of liver dysfunction, acute kidney failure, cataracts and muscle damage, health authorities have been pushing for the drug to be added to public water supplies as part of a mass medication program that is not only illegal without consent, but also threatens a plethora of unknown consequences.

Only last week, George Lundberg, MD, the editor of MedPageToday, which is a mouthpiece for the American Medical Association, wrote an op-ed entitled, Should We Put Statins in the Water Supply?

In May 2008, renowned cardiologist Professor Mahendra Varma called for statins to be artificially added to drinking water.

Putting statins in the water supply was also considered during a November 2008 discussionwhich featured Robert Bonow, M.D., of Northwestern University in Chicago, Gordon F. Tomaselli, M.D., of Johns Hopkins University in Baltimore, and Anthony De Maria, M.D., of the University of California at San Diego.

Also in November 2008, CNBC aired a segment lauding the effectiveness of statins, after which one of the hosts remarked, “Why don’t they just put statins in the water supply,” to which CNBC’s medical expert replied, “A lot of people have said that and they are in the water in fact.”

The idea of adding drugs to the water supply to biochemically manipulate the thoughts and emotions of populations has gone from the realm of science fiction in Aldous Huxley’s Brave New World, where people were mass medicated with Soma to keep them docile and easy to control, to an imminent reality.

Indeed, during a March 20, 1962 Berkeley University speech, Huxley spoke of how humans would be made to “love their servitude” via the state-sponsored introduction of mind-altering drugs.

There will be, in the next generation or so, a pharmacological method of making people love their servitude, and producing dictatorship without tears, so to speak, producing a kind of painless concentration camp for entire societies, so that people will in fact have their liberties taken away from them, but will rather enjoy it, because they will be distracted from any desire to rebel by propaganda or brainwashing, or brainwashing enhanced by pharmacological methods. And this seems to be the final revolution,” said Huxley.

In a 2008 paper titled, “Fluoride and the Future: Population Level Cognitive Enhancement,” Oxford professor Julian Savulescu explored how populations of the future could be mass-medicated through pharmacological “cognitive enhancements” added to the water supply.

In December 2009, we reported on how Japanese health authorities were considering adding trace amounts of lithium to public water supplies as a “mood stabilizer” in a bid to lower the suicide rate. Fox News medical expert Dr. Archelle Georgiou gave the concept tacit approval when she labeled the study an “interesting concept” and refused to even mention the moral aspects of mass drugging people against their will.

In his 1977 book Ecoscience, current White House science czar John P. Holdren also advocated adding sterilant drugs to the water supply as part of a program of “involuntary fertility control”.

Of course, a huge number of Americans are already being mass medicated against their will, from which one of a myriad of debilitating health effects includes lowered IQ and increased docility. Indeed, as Joseph Borkin documented in his book The Crime and Punishment of I.G. Farben, the first occurrence of artificially fluoridated drinking water on Earth was found in Germany’s Nazi prison camps. The Nazis explained that the reason for mass-medicating water with sodium fluoride was to sterilize women and coerce the victims of their concentration camps into calm submission.

By: Paul Joseph Watson

Alert: CBS Outlet Calls for Chemtrail Pics--Fire Away!

Thursday, February 03, 2011 20:58:23

http://designsmarter.typepad.com/.a/6a00d83451c8df69e20147e1317a4a970b-800wi

How long will we be polluted and blocked from the sun? It's enough!!!

by Zen Gardner

OK, they want photos. So, let's send them photos! The following article from an Atlanta CBS affiliate (I know..) ran a piece and is claiming to want to know more. So, let's give it to them.

Here's the story excerpt from the intelhub post on BIN today:

"Looks like the subject of chemtrails got some mainstream coverage out of Atlanta when a local CBS affiliate ran a story televising details.

CBS – “These are literally crimes against humanity, nature,” said Michael Murphy, a chemtrail researcher from Los Angeles. Murphy produced a documentary about the so-called chemtrail cover-up. He said he believes the chemicals in the chemtrails, aluminum, barium and others are making us sick.

CBS is requesting pictures to be sent to them of chemtrails along with comments.

CBS Atlanta wants your chemtrail pictures. Send them to pics@cbsatlanta.com.

Send away, people! I've sent a big batch and they've posted them! Maybe someone will listen!

More important---Then contact your local paper, weather channel, EPA office, local government, and say "Why aren't YOU doing something about publicising this outrage like they are?"

If you google your local papers for their contact information, you'll get a list of reporters and editors and their email addresses. Bcc them all! But be polite and let them know you're "so happy someone is finally willing to finally address this subject that's been in our faces for so long and polluting our skies etc." like this is gonna catch on. "Will someone here be brave enough too?"..or however you want to phrase it.

This is a chance to unload. We can at least try one more time, and maybe a tidal wave of Truth will hit the mark! Let's be response-able and do what we can. It holds people accountable and that changes a lot behind the scenes as well.

Hit it any way you can, and be true to the calling....Zen

PS. BIN will publish current chemtrail pics to help track where they are in real time to further expose their programDownload the app and it's pretty straightforward. There's loads of great chemtrail sites to help as well and use their info to help people know what's going on.

But whatever you do, post wherever you can, talk to people, take pictures, every little bit makes a BIG difference!

Revolutionary Change In Egypt -
Internal Or Made In USA?
By Stephen Lendman
1-31-11
 
US imperial policy includes regime change, affecting foes as well as no longer useful friends. Past targets included former Philippines leader Ferdinand Marcos, Iran's Shah (Mohammad Reza Pahlavi), and Iraq's Saddam Hussein, among others. According to some reports, Mubarak is next - aging, damaged and expendable.
 
George Friedman runs Stratfor, a private global intelligence service. On January 29, he issued a special Egypt report, saying:
 
On January 29, "Egypt's internal security forces (including Central Security Forces anti-riot paramilitaries) were glaringly absent" after confronting protesters forcefully for several days. Army personnel replaced them. Demonstrators welcomed them.
 
"There is more (going on) than meets the eye." While media reports focus on reform, democracy and human rights, "revolutions, including this one, are made up of many more actors than (Facebook and Twitter) liberal voices...." Some are, in fact, suspect, using social network sites for other than purported reasons.
 
Like Iran's 1979 revolution, "the ideology and composition of protesters can wind up having very little to do with the" behind the scenes political forces gaining power. Egypt's military may be preparing to seize it. Former air force chief/civil aviation minister Ahmed Shafiq is new prime minister, tasked with forming a new government, and intelligence head Omar Suleiman is Egypt's first ever vice president under Mubarak, effectively second in command.
 
Moreover, Defense Minister Field Marshall Mohammed Hussein Tantawi "returned to Cairo after a week of intense discussions with senior US officials." He heads the Republican Guard, responsible for defending major government and strategic institutions, the symbols of entrenched power. Also back is Lt. General Sami Annan. Both men with others "are likely managing the political process behind the scenes."
 
As a result, expect more political changes, military commanders apparently willing to give Mubarak time to leave gracefully, but not much as unrest won't subside until he's gone.
 
Egypt's military is key as "guarantor of regime stability." It's never "relinquished its rights to the state" no matter who's president, made easier with popular support, unlike the hated police. But it's not a monolithic force, nor can it shake its history of mid-level commanders like Gamal Abdel Nasser seizing power. In 1981, Islamists and junior officers assassinated Anwar Sadat, elevating Mubarak to the presidency.
 
"The history of the modern Egyptian republic haunts Egypt's generals today. Though long suppressed, an Islamist strand exists amongst the junior ranks of Egypt's modern military." It could include "a cabal of colonels," seeing a chance to seize power to address longstanding grievances, especially regarding US and Israeli policies, or perhaps promise change but maintain continuity.
 
So far, no coup d'etat signs have emerged. While Egypt's military remains disciplined under a chain of command, "those trying to manage the crisis from the top cannot forget" their country's history of successful mid-level commander coups. Given Egypt's growing instability, another one is possible.
 
Washington and Israel are maneuvering for control. Egypt's fate, believes Friedman, "lies in the ability of the military to not only manage the streets and the politicians, but also itself."
 
He also said plainclothes Egyptian security forces are destroying public property, media reports blaming it on protesters. It also bears repeating - an overt police presence is absent, and military forces aren't stopping demonstrations or enforcing curfews, appearing to back (or at least not oppose) dissident groups instead.
 
Omar Suleiman's Role
 
On January 29, New Yorker writer Jane Mayer headlined, "Who is Omar Suleiman? saying:
 
Well-known in Washington, he's poised to become president after Mubarak. As intelligence chief, he was CIA's "point man in Egypt for renditions," the agency's snatch and grab policy against "terror suspects from around the world," sending many to Egypt, perhaps to disappear as Marjorie Cohn explained in her book "Cowboy Republic: Six Ways the Bush Gang Has Defied the Law," quoting a former CIA agent saying:
 
"If you want a serious interrogation, you send a prisoner to Jordan. If you want them to be tortured, you send them to Syria. If you want someone to disappear (after torture and interrogation) - never to see them again - you send them to Egypt," a place of no return for many, Suleiman in charge as impresario.
 
America Backing Regime Change?
 
On January 28, London Telegraph writers Tim Ross, Matthew Moore and Steven Swinford headlined, "Egypt protests: America's secret backing for rebel leaders behind uprising," saying:
 
For the past three years, regime change plans have been ongoing, according to WikiLeaks released documents, accessed through the following link:
 
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/africaandindianocean/egypt/8289698/E
gypt-protests-secret-US-document-discloses-support-for-protesters.html
 
Dated February 2008 from the US Cairo embassy to Washington, they "disclose the extent of American support for" Mubarak opponents, saying "Egyptians need to replace the current regime with (the appearance of) a parliamentary democracy. Under undisclosed US control, of course, "several opposition forces - including the Wafd, Nasserite, Marama and Tagammu parties, and the Muslim brotherhood, Kifaya and Revolutionary Socialist movements - have agreed to support an unwritten plan for a transition to (a new order), involving a weakened presidency and an empowered prime minister and parliament, before the scheduled (September) 2011 presidential elections."
 
Though previously supporting Mubarak, the documents show US supporting backing forces while publicly praising him as an important ally. They also revealed regular contact with opponents throughout 2008 and 2009, planning regime change, but not what protesters have in mind.
 
In June 2006, the National Security Network (NSN) was established "to revitalize America's national security policy (by) developing innovative national security solutions (to counter) emerging threats...."
 
Arab populations have long heard variations on Washington's theme, repeated in a NSN January 27 press release, saying: "The Obama administration seeks to encourage political reforms without destabilizing the region."
 
In other words, democracy is messy and unreliable. Dictatorships are much easier to control, and when one despots proves unreliable or outlives his usefulness, replace him with another, perhaps smoothed by transitional authority.
 
Mubarak's time has passed. Business as usual is planned. Democratic rhetoric masks it, the same kind US audiences hear from leaders flouting it at home and abroad.
 
Comments on The Angry Arab News Service
 
Edited by Professor As'ad AbuKhalil, it provides daily commentaries on regional events. On January 29, it cited "Comrade Joseph" saying:
 
"I am very worried that the Americans have taken over the direction of the Egyptian revolution. Let us remember that all possible candidates to replace Mubarak (are US) handpicked....including (ElBaradei) as well as Army chief of staff Anan, or anyone else for that matter. Obama has proven once more that" America is the Arab world's strongest anti-democracy ally.
 
As a result, Arabs must be vigilant and "very cautious (about) what happens next. (America) wants to mortgage the freedom of all Arabs" to secure Western and Israeli interests.
 
Responding, AbuKhalil expressed less concern, saying: "there is (only) so much that the US can do to control the situation." However, he sees a "US coup at the top" because America and Israel want regime continuity without Mubarak. What follows depends on "how hard (Egyptians) press. (He) think(s) that they won't be fooled, even if the process of change take(s) a while, a year or more."
 
However events play out, they face formidable Washington and Tel Aviv adversaries, waging wars to solidify power, especially in strategically important places.
 
A Final Comment
 
Unless America plans war or wants foreign adversaries vilified, rarely ever do US media report overseas news, especially like Middle East uprisings. Notably, little about Tunisia, Jordan, Yemen or Algeria was covered. But Egypt's turmoil is main-featured on television and in print. Moreover, coverage includes unheard of pro-opposition views, meaning official Washington supports them.
 
In addition, though protesters want Mubarak out, anti-American signs aren't evident or reports of Washington's longstanding pernicious influence. Reform, however, requires ending it. Otherwise, new faces will continue old policies leaving deep-rooted hardships unaddressed.
 
In other words, everything will change but stay the same. Regional turmoil, especially Egypt's, will only reshuffle the deck to look different when, in fact, neoliberal exploitation will persist, covert forces well positioned to assure it.
 
Moreover, skilled Western and regional media will keep US and foreign audiences fooled, assuring support for new Washington favorites thought different from old ones, when, in fact, they're the same.
 


Millions Of Chinese Stunned After Government Makes Obama UFO Statment

Hundreds of millions of Chinese citizens remain stunned today after China’s official government television news station Xinhua made their unprecedented January 4th announcement that the American President, Barak Obama, was preparing to announce to the world the existence of extraterrestrial races currently on our planet and fueled by what they called was a “extraterrestrial disclosure race” now developing between China and the US.

Unfortunately for the American people, their propaganda media outlets have refused to allow them to know of this historic event, and even worse are keeping from these people the grave and dire situation facing our entire planet as we near what the ancients called “The End of Days”.

In our previous reports (Greenland Sunrise Shocks World As Superstorms Pound PlanetPoisonous Space Clouds Slamming Into Earth Cause Mass Bird And Fish DeathsPole Shift Blamed For Russian Air Disaster,Closure Of US Airport and Massive Earthquake Fears Rise After Mysterious Object Moves Nearer To Earth) we began detailing the rise of the global chaos now occurring, and when matched with the accounts of similar events in our Earth’s ancient past we stated:

“Now to fully understand what this Global catastrophe is all about one must look at exactly what the ancients wrote about it, and can be summarized as follows: 1.) Every few thousands years (3,500-5,000) a planetary size “object” sojourns through our Solar System causing chaos among the Planets. 2.) The timing of this mysterious objects appearance coincides with a human population grown so large and powerful it begins to threaten all other life on Earth. 3.) The events preceding this mysterious objects return include social upheaval, world wars, mass animal deaths and powerful Superstorms. 4.) The culminating event is this mysterious object coming so close to Earth that our planet’s rotation is stopped, reversed and re-started causing massive earthquakes and tidal waves that wipes out nearly all human civilization. 5.) Both immediately prior to and following the cataclysmic destruction of Earth the “gods” return to save a remnant of humanity and help it rebuild a shattered Earth.”

With Obama knowing that the ancient “gods” are returning to Earth to, once again, help protect humanity from the coming destruction of our planet he is, likewise, pitted against those in his own government intent upon keeping the truth from his people, and as evidenced by a recently released secret US State Department cable to their embassy in Ukraine which said: “It is critical all embassy staff understand that they are not to discuss under any circumstance concerns DOD [US Department of Defense] has with UFOs entering orbit, once again the seriousness of this matter cannot be overstated”.

To how grim the situation has become for our planet is nearly beyond comprehension, especially after 2010 became the worst year for natural disasters in all recorded modern human history and shows no signs of abating in 2011 as Superstorms continue pounding the globe from Brazil to Australia and a new Superstorm warned is preparing to hit the United States this week.

Even worse are new reports warning that our Earth’s magnetic poles have accelerated their movement and that the entire Continent of Africa is, literally, splitting in two, and as we quote from Cynthia Ebinger, a geologist from the University of Rochester in New York, who told Germany’s Spiegel Online News Service this past week: “The earth is in upheaval in northeastern Africa, and the region is changing quickly. The desert floor is quaking and splitting open, volcanoes are boiling over, and seawaters are encroaching upon the land. Africa, researchers are certain, is splitting apart at a rate rarely seen in geology.”

Not just to Africa, either, are concerns growing as new reports from the United States volcanic caldera Yellowstone region are reporting a rapid uplifting of land over 10 inches and one of America’s top physicists, Dr. Michio Kakuwarned world citizens this past week about the pending threat of enormous earthquakes that will destroy entire cities.

Most laughable, perhaps, of the West’s reaction to the coming global catastrophes, and the true reasons for it, was the warning issued this past week by Dr. Brad Carter, Senior Lecturer of Physics at the University of Southern Queensland, that by 2012 another Sun would appear in our Earth’s sky, and as we can read:

“Betelgeuse, one of the night sky’s brightest stars, is losing mass, indicating it is collapsing. It could run out of fuel and go super-nova at any time. When that happens, for at least a few weeks, we’d see a second sun, Carter says. There may also be no night during that timeframe. The Star Wars-esque scenario could happen by 2012, Carter says…”

What makes Dr. Carter’s “announcement” about a second Sun appearing in our sky by 2012 so laughable is that it is exactly what our ancient ancestors said would happen, and as documented by the Russian-American researcher Immanuel Velikovsky who in compiling the so called myths and legends of all of our Earth and its peoples going back thousands of years discovered:

- Planet Earth has suffered natural catastrophes on a global scale, both before and during humankind’s recorded history.

- There is evidence for these catastrophes in the geological record and archeological record. The extinction of many species had occurred catastrophically, not by gradual Darwinian means.

- The catastrophes that occurred within the memory of humankind are recorded in the myths, legends and written history of all ancient cultures and civilizations. Velikovsky pointed to alleged concordances in the accounts of many cultures, and proposed that they referred to the same real events. For instance, the memory of a flood is recorded in the Hebrew Bible, in the Greek legend of Deucalion, and in the Manu legend of India. Velikovsky put forward the psychoanalytic idea of “Cultural Amnesia” as a mechanism whereby these literal records came to be regarded as mere myths and legends.

- The causes of these natural catastrophes were close encounters between the Earth and other bodies within the solar system — not least what were now the planets Saturn, Jupiter, Venus, and Mars, these bodies having moved upon different orbits within human memory.

- To explain the celestial mechanics necessary to permit these changes to the configuration of the solar system, Velikovsky thought that electromagnetic forces might somehow play a greater role to counteract gravity and orbital mechanics.

To if Obama, like the Chinese government has told its citizens, will be allowed to truthfully tell the American people the truth about what is happening it is not in our knowing, other than to point out the obvious that no American President is truly in charge of anything, and as best exampled by Woodrow Wilson (1856-1924) 28th President of the United States who once warned his people: “Since I entered politics, I have chiefly had men’s views confided to me privately. Some of the biggest men in the U.S., in the field of commerce and manufacturing, are afraid of somebody, are afraid of something. They know that there is a power somewhere so organized, so subtle, so watchful, so interlocked, so complete, so pervasive, that they had better not speak above their breath when they speak in condemnation of it.”

Though President Wilson, and nearly all world leaders for that matter, remain in great fear of this “unseen power” we do not! In fact, for thousands of years our Order, and many other like ours, have battled against this evil and know it all too well.

This centuries old battle we have waged has not come without great personal cost, but a cost we judge well worth it if just a single life be saved. And to save these lives we must first battle through the many lies and prejudices deliberately implanted into human beings today, most especially those lies making people believe that we as a human race are separate from each other.

Our battle against these monsters who believe they rule over you also comes at great expense as they will exhaust nothing to suppress and keep hidden the truth from you, even to destroying those like us who stand against them.

The main “tactic” used against us, and all others like us, is to demonize with lies about who we are and what we really stand for so as to keep people from reading the truths we offer. They need no proof for their lies either, they just need to keep repeating them over, and over, and over, to the point where the “lies have become the truth” and creating a world that the Christian prophet Paul described as “For the time is coming when people will not endure sound teaching, but having itching ears they will accumulate for themselves teachers to suit their own passions.”

Unfortunately, for those people today seeking teachers and/or knowledge to fit into what they believe is true, instead of letting the truth create the world that really is, our words are all too frequently cast aside because they don’t “fit” into their worldview.

The great English author and journalist George Orwell (1903-1950) once wrote that “During times of universal deceit, telling the truth becomes a revolutionary act”. By our telling you the truth, and by extension you reading it, makes us both revolutionaries.

And as revolutionaries we both have responsibilities; ours is to continue to uncover and reveal to you the truths being kept hidden from you…and yours is to support our efforts to do that.

As recently exampled by WikiLeaks, whose founder has been “jailed and bailed” and has had his access to funds from his supporters cut off, and the 23-year-old US Soldier, Bradley Manning, who gave the secret US cables to Wikileaks and is now being tortured by his American jailers, and America’s main opposition newsman, Keith Olbermann, fired without warning from his top rated news show for opposing US wars in what is being described as a “right-wing turn”, to all of these and more, the forces arrayed against those telling the truth are not only formidable, they are ruthless.

Though the times we live in are, indeed, grave and dark, there is no excuse for you to any longer be without a side you are standing on, or principles that you are not standing for….those days are long gone because a new world is descending upon you with such speed and ferocity that without truthful knowledge you might as well just give up because you won’t have anything protecting you.

Source

 

MINORITY REPORT!!!!! 

 

Chronic Fluoride Poisoning mimics lyme (OT)  Topic List   < Prev Topic  |  Next Topic >
Reply< Prev Message  |  Next Message >
There is as much fluoride in powdered eggs as in toothpaste?

Dow Chemicals in their test of ProFume, their new fumigant for food
handling facilities found a residue of 754 ppm (parts per million)
of fluoride anion in powdered eggs. 1 They have petitioned the USDA
to permit a maximum of 900 ppm of fluoride anion residue in powdered
eggs, which was
granted in July of this year. Concentrations of
fluoride in toothpaste sold in the United States range from 1,000¡V
1,500 ppm. 2 Toothpaste comes with a warning ¡§Keep out of reach of
children under 6 years of age. If more than used for brushing is
accidentally swallowed, get medical help or contact a Poison Control
Center right away.¡¨ To reconstitute 1 egg you would need a
tablespoon of powdered eggs. 3 That is a lot more fluoride than
what is in toothpaste!

According to Geofrey Nochimson, MD, Consulting Staff, Department of
Emergency Medicine, Sentara Careplex Hospital, ¡§Ingested fluoride
initially acts locally on the intestinal mucosa. It can form
hydrofluoric acid in the stomach, which leads to GI irritation or
corrosive effects. Following ingestion, the GI tract is the earliest
and most commonly affected organ system.¡¨ 4 If eaten in enough
quantity, it can eat through the stomach lining. According to the
Minnesota Poison Control System, ¡§HydroFluoric Acid is a
particularly dangerous acid because of its unique ability among
acids to penetrate tissue.¡¨ They go on to say that this can cause
soft tissue damage, bone erosion, and electrolyte abnormalities. It
leaches calcium and magnesium from the body creating deficiency, and
is ¡§directly toxic to a number of cellular enzymes and metabolic
processes.¡¨ 5

I decided to look into this more to find out why on earth they would
allow so much fluoride to be consumed by the general public.

I found this on the USDA website: ¡§Sulfuryl fluoride (ProFume) is
considered by many to be the postharvest fumigant of the future,
replacing the soon-to-be-eliminated methyl bromide¡K Unlike methyl
bromide, which is being phased out because it was determined to be
an ozone depleting substance, sulfuryl fluoride is not an ozone
depleter.¡§6
On the EPA site I found the following, ¡§SUMMARY: This regulation
establishes a tolerance for residues of sulfuryl fluoride and of
fluoride anion in or on commodities in food processing facilities.
Dow AgroSciences LLC requested this tolerance under the Federal
Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA), as amended by the Food Quality
Protection Act of 1996 (FQPA).

DATES: This regulation is effective July 15, 2005. Objections and
requests for hearings must be received on or before September 13,
2005.¡¨ 7


How much fluoride will be in our food?

Here is some of what they have approved so far: ¡§residues for
fluoride anion on all processed food commodities where a separate
tolerance is not already established at 70 ppm;
cattle, meat, dried at 40 ppm;
cheese at 5.0 ppm;
cocoa bean, postharvest at 20 ppm;
coconut, postharvest at 40 ppm;
coffee, postharvest at 15 ppm;
cottonseed, postharvest at 70 ppm;
eggs, dried at 900 ppm;
ginger, postharvest at 70 ppm;
ham at 20 ppm;
herbs and spices, group 19 postharvest at 70 ppm;
milk, powdered at 5.0 ppm;
nut, pine, postharvest at 20 ppm;
peanut, postharvest at 15 ppm;
rice, flour, postharvest at 45 ppm;
and vegetables, legume, group 6, postharvest at 70 ppm.¡¨ 7


What does the EPA/USDA think is a toxic amount of fluoride?

When they talk about toxicity, they say ¡§A MCL is an enforceable
level that is set as
closely as feasible to the Maximum Contaminant Level Goal (MCLG) of
a contaminant. The MCLG is the maximum level of a contaminant in
drinking water at which no known or anticipated adverse effect on
the health of persons would occur, and which allows an adequate
margin of safety. MCL goals are non-enforceable health goals. For
fluoride, both the MCL and the MCLG have been set at 4.0 ppm (4
milligrams/liter (mg/L)). EPA
chose the MCL value to protect against crippling skeletal fluorosis
effects that were only seen where there was daily consumption of 20
mg or more of fluoride for 20 or more years. (50 FR 47142) (November
14, 1985). A 4 mg/L level in water is designed to limit total daily
exposure to approximately 8 milligrams day (mg/day).¡¨

¡§The Institute of Medicine (IOM) examined fluoride in 1997 and
recommended a no-observed-adverse-effect-level (NOAEL) for use in
evaluating the risk posed by fluoride exposure. Its examination of
the available data identified a NOAEL of 10 mg/day as relates to
fluoride intake and skeletal fluorosis. The IOM further pointed out
that exposures of 10 or more years are required to develop this
condition and therefore concluded that skeletal fluorosis is not a
concern for children under the age of 8. Their analysis results in a
tolerable upper intake level of 10 mg/day for children age 8 and
above and adults...therefore, the safe dose level for skeletal
fluorosis based on the IOM (Institute of Medicine) analysis is 10
mg/day.¡¨7

¡§Sulfuryl fluoride has been classified as ¡§not likely to be
carcinogenic to humans¡¨ and there is no evidence showing an
increased risk of cancer following exposure to fluoride. Therefore,
EPA has not conducted an assessment of cancer risk from dietary
exposures
for either sulfuryl fluoride or fluoride anion.¡¨ 7

Chronic Fluoride Poisoning
This contradicts the website of the Faculty of Medicine and
Dentistry of The University of Western Ontario where it says, ¡§In
the broadest sense, the term "Fluorosis" describes a state of
toxicity of the trace element, Fluorine (commonly referred to in its
ionic state as Fluoride) within an organism¡KHumans appear to vary
considerably with respect to their susceptibility to Fluorosis. As a
general guideline, prolonged total Fluoride intake exceeding 1.0
mg/day can produce clinical signs of Fluorosis in adults. ¡¨ The
site goes on to say, ¡§Generally speaking, human Fluoride toxicity
will manifest as any combination of;
„X Dental Fluorosis: the most obvious and easily diagnosed form
of Fluorosis by a characteristic bilateral white mottling of the
dentition. Dental Fluorosis is usually caused by over-exposure to
Fluoride when the dental enamel is actively mineralizing during
early childhood.
„X Skeletal Fluorosis: involves abnormal mineralization of
bone and soft tissues and/or the disruption of normal activity of
the osteocytes. For this reason, Skeletal Fluorosis often
mimics "generic" osteoarthritis and/or osteoporosis in relatively
young adults.
„X Systemic Fluorosis: due to the chemical nature of Fluoride
and its action(s) within mammalian systems which are not limited to
teeth and bone, Fluoride toxicity may potentially be linked to every
major multiple cause ailment of the 20th century from cancer to
Attention Deficit Disorder.
Fluoride toxicity may be acute or chronic, with affects ranging from
cosmetic damage, to disability and even death. With the exception of
Dental Fluorosis, Fluoride-related illness is often attributed to
other diseases or syndromes (i.e. osteoarthritis for Skeletal
Fluorosis, cardiovascular failure for death by acute Fluoride
poisoning) making Fluorosis in itself very difficult to track
epidemiologically in the absence of an ecosystem health framework.¡¨ 8

How to tell if you have fluorosis? Here¡¦s what they said:
¡§What are the symptoms of Fluorosis?
Though apparently vague and non-specific, most of the symptoms of
Fluoride toxicity point towards some kind of profound metabolic
dysfunction, and are strikingly similar to the symptoms of
Hypothyroidism
.

Symptoms of Fluorosis

1. Learning Disorders/Difficulty
Concentrating/Incoherence/Memory Loss/Confusion
2. Body Temperature Disturbances/Cold Shivers
3. Chest Pains
4. Heart Palpitations
5. Depression
6. Dizziness/Vertigo
7. Dyspepsia
8. Excessive Sleepiness/Fatigue
9. Headaches/Migraines
10. Joint Pains
11. Nausea
12. Restlessness
13. Sensitivity to Light
14. Shortness of Breath
15. Difficulties Swallowing
16. Thirst
17. Tinnitus
18. Visual Disturbances

Major Related Diagnoses: Alzheimer's Disease/demyelinizing diseases,
anemia, arthritis, breast cancer, carpal tunnel syndrome, decrease
in testosterone/spermatogenesis, altered vas deferens/testicular
growth, decreased dental arch, dental crowding, delayed tooth
eruption, diabetes insipidus, diarrhea, Down Syndrome, early onset
of puberty, eosinophilia, eye/ear/nose disorders, fever, gastro-
intestinal disturbances, gingivitis, heart disorders, hypertension,
hypoplasia, hypothyroidism/thyroid cancer, kidney dysfunction,
osteosarcoma, low birth weight, candidiasis, multiple sclerosis,
oral squamous cell carcinoma, Parkinson's Disease, seizures, slurred
speech, skin irritations, ankylosing spondylitis, telangiectasia,
thrombosis, ulcerative colitis, uterine cancer, vaginal bleeding,
weak pulse.¡§ 8


Fluoride and the Thyroid

A major point of disturbance about the USDA¡¦s tolerance of 8 ¡V 10
mg/day of fluoride is that it only takes 2 ¡V 5 mg/day to disrupt the
thyroid. Here¡¦s what Fluoride Alert has to say:
¡§Starting in the 1930s and extending through to the 1970s, fluoride
was utilized by European and South American doctors as a drug to
treat HYPER-thyroidism (over-active thyroid).

Of concern today in the United States, and other highly fluoridated
countries, is the fact that some people are now regularly receiving
doses of fluoride that overlap, and exceed, the doses once shown to
reduce the activity of the thyroid.

Whereas doses of 2 to 5 mg/day of fluoride were shown effective at
depressing thyroid function, adults in fluoridated communities in
the U.S. are now regularly receiving between 1.6 and 6.6 mg/day
according to a 1991 report from the Department of Health and Human
Services.
While it may be that the thyroid in a patient with hyperthyroidism
is particularly susceptible to the anti-thyroid actions of fluoride,
there is concern that current fluoride exposures may be playing a
role in the widespread incidence of HYPO-thyroidism (under-active
thyroid) in the U.S.

Hypothyrodisim, most commonly diagnosed in women over 40, is a
serious condition with a diverse range of symptoms including:
fatigue, depression, weight gain, hair loss, muscle pains, increased
levels of "bad" cholesterol (LDL), and heart disease.. The drug
(Synthroid) used to treat hypothyroidism is now one of the top five
prescribed drugs in the U.S.¡¨ 9

The USDA document did not mention effects on the thyroid, or any of
the symptoms described by the University of Western Ontario. One
has to assume that they did not analyze for safety of the long-term
effects of such high fluoride consumption as it relates to our
thyroids, bones, or other body organs.

"Black Swan"-- Hollywood Preaches Satanism

January 16, 2011


Natalie_Portman_Black_Swan.jpgDo we need additional proof that mankind is  controlled by a satanic cult? 

The Illuminati uses movies (and entertainment in general) to spread its occult dogma. Most critics are simply too dense to recognize the truth and sound the alarm.
 
Christianity is forbidden in the public sphere but spreading Satanism is OK? So that's "secular" society.

One woman we know who saw this movie was so disturbed, she broke down at work the next day.  

BTW, doesn't Portman look ridiculous in this picture?  



by Marcos
(for henrymakow.com)


Black Swan is one of those movies that leave you with a sick feeling in your gut. The reason is that it makes a very convincing case in favor evil.

The movie stars Natalie Portman (née Natalie Harshlag, from Jerusalem), directed by a Jew from Brooklyn who lived in a kibbutz in Israel, Darren Aronofsky and produced by a company named "Phoenix". Aronofsky had his debut with the movie "Pi", whose main theme kaballah and Jewish occult numerology.

 
PLOT (SPOILER ALERT!)

Nina (Portman) is a ballet dancer in New York. The movie starts with a dream where Nina dances with a seductive male dancer, an Antonio Banderas type who suddenly changes into a demon, horns and all. 

Nina still sleeps in her childhood bedroom, surrounded by plush dolls and pink decorations. She is anorexic, has no boyfriend, is possibly schizophrenic and scratches herself until she bleeds. Her mother is a disciplinarian who wants Nina to be the first dancer in the company. 

Thomas Leroy (Vincent Cassel) is the French director who has just fired the first dancer from the company, Beth (Wynona Rider, nee Horowitz), after having seduced her. 

Beth is approaching 30, and is disposable. After being fired, she is hit by a car and goes to the hospital. Thomas decides that he will produce the ballet "Black Swan" with the same dancer playing good white swan and the evil black swan. Nina is his choice, but he thinks she is too good and sweet and, although she can be the best white swan, she needs to find her evil nature in order to play the black swan. 

Nina meets a bad girl named Lily (Mila Kunis, another Jewish actress), a dancer and competitor for the role. She has a tattoo of black swan's wings on her back, meaning she already belongs to evil. 

She takes Nina to a bar and a disco, introduces her to drugs, casual sex with men and has lesbian sex with her afterward. Because of the wild party, Nina is late to the rehearsal and almost loses the role to Lily herself. In the movie, we don't know if Nina is imagining everything or if it really happened. 

During opening night, Nina plays the White Swan and falls on stage. At her dressing room, during interlude, she is mocked by one of the dancers, who tells her she will fail and starts a fight. 

Nina pushes her to a wall mirror, which shatters. She then proceeds to stab the dancer with a glass piece and changes into a demonic black swan. She performs wonderfully and, at the end, we find that in reality she stabbed herself and is dying. Her last words are: "Now I am perfect." 

hillary-clinton-and-natalie-portman.jpg(Natalie, put on a bra! Hillary can't concentrate!) 

ANALYSIS

Black Swan is a movie about mind control and demonic possession. Its main message is that you can't achieve greatness without selling your soul to the devil and connecting with the evil inside. 


Nina's controller is her mother. She was unable to develop and is still a child psychologically and sexually. Her bedroom's wallpaper is covered with butterflies, a reminder of Monarch programming.

When she is ripe and technically disciplined, her handler, Leroy ("The King" in French) enters her life and introduces her to evil, with the help of Lily (Lilith?). 

He seduces her but doesn't have sex with her. He just awakens her lust and greed. In a key scene, we see Leroy and Nina at his flat, where a stylized Baphomet is displayed on the wall. 

Her gala night also takes place in a building where we see a huge statue of a black angel, obviously Lucifer. Nina is being invited to Satan's side, and the reward is fame and success. 

There are occult signals all over the movie, starting with the black and white duality and going through mirrors.

Nina and her mother have their mirror images switched in one scene, meaning the mother has to program the daughter to be a replica of herself. 

In the end, when Nina shatters the mirror, it means she broke her personality in multiples and is ready to be possessed. She graphically changes into a demon in the screen. 

It is very possible that Portman will get an Oscar for the role, in confirmation of what the movie teaches. She is an insider. That would make the movie more a ritual than fiction, much like Madonna's kiss on Britney Spears. On the internet, Portman is well known as a mind control puppet.


CONCLUSION

Perhaps we should pay attention to the "failed" dancer Beth, who Nina replaced.  Like other mind control slaves, she loses her programming as she gets near to age 30, and is discarded or killed. 

After Nina tells Beth that she wanted to be "perfect" like her, Beth says: "Perfect? I am nothing."  That's the fate of those who believe Satan's lies.

ILLUMINATI SYMBOLISM

hillary clinton
© unknown

That's the report, and rumors so far have it that former New Mexico governor and Presidential candidate Bill Richardson is her likely replacement. Which is odd given that just a day ago chief White House flak Robert Gibbs was saying that there would be no significant changes in Obama's cabinet going into the second half of his term, though David Axelrod is being quoted as saying there will be changes. 

Hillary stepping down would certainly be a big change.
 
US "Hi" Bill Richardson, who just returned from a trip to North Korea, is likely to be tapped to succeed Hillary Clinton to become the next U.S. Secretary of State, Yonhap News Agency said Saturday citing a report. 

"Numerous sources are pointing toward New Mexico Governor Bill Richardson as possibly replacing Hillary Clinton as Secretary of State in 2011," Examiner.com said. 

The possibility is opening up, with some circumstantial signs backing up the view. 

For example, the current U.S. Secretary of State Hillary Clinton's husband, Bill Clinton, is suffering from heart conditions and she is said to want to spend more time with her family, it said. 

If Hillary Clinton steps down, Richardson is likely to be one of the strongest candidates for the position. The New Mexico Governor has a background in diplomacy. He previously served as U.S. ambassador to the United Nations as well as energy secretary under President Clinton. 

Richardson also acted as a troubleshooter a few times before when American civilians became hostages in North Korea, by visiting North Korea and rescuing them.
Something here doesn't pass the smell test. Bill Clinton certainly seems healthy enough to be out in the public eye, so I don't buy for a minute that Hillary would be stepping down over family concerns, and with Gibbs and Axelrod giving conflicting answers to questions about the cabinet one has to wonder if there isn't some sort of internal conflict. 

Not that there hasn't been conflict between the Obama and Clinton camps all along. 

By the way, Richardson might be a fairly controversial pick. He was up for a position in the Obama administration originally but had to withdraw due to controversy over an alleged quid pro quo arrangement between himself as Governor of New Mexico and a contractor/political contributor. 

Richardson's nomination as Secretary of State would need to be approved by the Senate.

Hillary Clinton ordered diplomats to spy on UN: WikiLeaks docs
http://www.rawstory.com/rs/2010/11/clinton-ordered-diplomats-spy-un/
By Daniel Tencer
Sunday, November 28th, 2010 -- 2:08 pm



A classified directive signed by Secretary of State Hillary Clinton ordered US diplomats to spy on the highest-ranking officials in the United Nations, according to documents obtained from the latest WikiLeaks document dump.

The targets of the spying reportedly included UN Secretary General Ban Ki Moon, as well as the ambassadors of the permanent members of the UN Security Council -- China, Russia, France and the UK.

Even as its servers were under a denial-of-service attack Sunday, making it virtually impossible to reach its Web site, the whistleblower group WikiLeaks began releasing the first batch of US government documents -- many of them State Department cables -- expected to cause embarrassment or even a straining of relations among the US's diplomatic partners.

The Guardian, which along with the New York Times, Germany's Der Spiegel, France's Le Monde and Spain's El Pais received the WikiLeaks materials in advance, dug up a cable signed by Clinton in June of 2009, "demanding forensic technical details about the communications systems used by top UN officials, including passwords and personal encryption keys used in private and commercial networks for official communications."

The order "appears to blur the line between diplomacy and spying," write the Guardian's Robert Booth and Julian Borger.

[The directive] called for detailed biometric information "on key UN officials, to include undersecretaries, heads of specialised agencies and their chief advisers, top SYG [secretary general] aides, heads of peace operations and political field missions, including force commanders" as well as intelligence on Ban's "management and decision-making style and his influence on the secretariat". A parallel intelligence directive sent to diplomats in the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Uganda, Rwanda and Burundi said biometric data included

 

 DNA, fingerprints and iris scans.

Washington also wanted credit card numbers, email addresses, phone, fax and pager numbers and even frequent-flyer account numbers for UN figures and "biographic and biometric information on UN Security Council permanent representatives". 


According to Der Spiegel, the US wanted wanted to obtain information on the plans and intentions of UN Secretary General Ban Ki-moon and his secretariat relating to issues like Iran."

The detailed document also reveals which UN issues most interested the US government. These included: "Darfur/Sudan," "Afghanistan/Pakistan," Somalia, Iran and North Korea. Other top issues included Paraguay and the Palestinian Territories, eight West African states including Burkina Faso, Mauritania and Senegal, as well as various states in Eastern Europe. 

The Guardian authors suggest that the order -- which was sent to 33 US embassies and consulates and reportedly engaged the CIA, Secret Service and FBI in the effort -- was meant as a prelude to "surveillance or hacking operations," given the demands for passwords and encryption keys.

The Telegraph reports the WikiLeaks document dump will take place in stages over the next week:

[T]he first tranche of documents, to be published in full tomorrow after an initial release tonight, are expected to feature "lively commentaries" by US diplomats on world leaders, including Nelson Mandela, Robert Mugabe, the Zimbabwean president, Hamid Karzai, the president of Afghanistan, and Libya's Colonel Muammar Gaddafi of Libya.

Coalition sources say Tuesday's haul will deal with North and South Korea, as well as Guantánamo Bay, while Wednesday's tranche will include comments on Pakistan and counter-piracy operations in Djibouti.

Thursday will see attention focus on the Canadians and their "inferiority complex" while corruption allegations in Afghanistan will be under the spotlight on Friday. Saturday will cover Yemen while next Sunday will see the focus shift to China.

WikiLeaks, Hillary Clinton, and the Smoking Gun

The leaked cables make it impossible for Hillary Clinton to continue as secretary of state.

Hillary Clinton. Click image to expand.A U.S. diplomat must possess patience, poise, and tact. He must also be attentive to cultural differences, a good observer, and proficient in several languages. When called upon, he must use his skills as a negotiator in the national interest. And, as the latest dump of WikiLeakstells us, if the dip works for Secretary of State Hillary Clinton, he must also be prepared to spy on his fellow diplomats.

To be fair to Clinton, she isn't the first secretary of state to issue cables telling U.S. foreign service officers to spy on other diplomats. According to the leaked diplomatic cables, Condoleezza Rice likewise instructed State Department diplomats to collect such intelligence, and I wouldn't be surprised if previous secretaries of state encouraged if not instructed their diplomats to push information-collection all the way to intelligence-gathering.

But what makes Clinton's sleuthing unique is the paper trail that documents her spying-on-their-diplomats-with-our-diplomat orders, a paper trail that is now being splashed around the world on the Web and printed in top newspapers. No matter what sort of noises Clinton makes about how the disclosures are "an attack on America" and "the international community," as she didtoday, she's become the issue. She'll never be an effective negotiator with diplomats who refuse to forgive her exuberances, and even foreign diplomats who do forgive her will still regard her as the symbol of an overreaching United States. Diplomacy is about face, and the only way for other nations to save face will be to give them Clinton's scalp.

Advertisement

How embarrassing are the WikiLeaks leaks? A secret cable from April 2009 that went out under Clinton's name instructed State Department officials to collect the "biometric data," including "fingerprints, facial images, DNA, and iris scans," of African leaders. Another secret cabledirected American diplomats posted around the world, including the United Nations, to obtain passwords, personal encryption keys, credit card numbers, frequent flyer account numbers, and other data connected to diplomats. As the Guardian puts it, the cables "reveal how the US uses its embassies as part of a global espionage network."

Additionally, Clinton's State Department specifically targeted United Nations officials and diplomats posted to the United Nations. Among the targeted were Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon and permanent security-council representatives from China, Russia, France, and the United Kingdom, as this secret cable from July 2009 lays out. The State Department also sought biometric information on North Korean diplomats, security-council permanent representatives, "key UN officials," and other diplomats at the United Nations.

Of course, U.S. diplomats have always collected information, no matter where posted. And, as the New York Times reports today, the United States has routinely placed intelligence officers abroad under the diplomatic cover of a State Department posting. But the price of a diplomat (or undercover intelligence officer) overstepping to engage in what the host nation considers to be spying has always been expulsion or, as illustrated earlier this month in Norway, a demand that the U.S. ambassador explain the "spying."

As the Times and other publications report, international treaties make the United Nations a spy-free zone—or at least they're supposed to make it spy-free. "In one 2004 episode, a British official revealed that the United States and Britain eavesdropped on Secretary General Kofi Annan in the weeks before the invasion of Iraq in 2003," the Timesreports. Anne Applebaum writes in Slate today that nobody should be honestly horrified at the image of the United States spying in the United Nations. Nobody in the diplomatic community is. But that doesn't mean that they're not going to take advantage of the moment to demand retribution that will shame the high-and-mighty United States.

There is no way that the new WikiLeaks leaks don't leave Hillary Clinton holding the smoking gun. The time for her departure may come next week or next month, but sooner or later, the weakened and humiliated secretary of state will have to pay.

******

Save face by sending your leaked cables to slate.pressbox@gmail.com. Should I resign my Twitter feed? (E-mail may be quoted by name in "The Fray," Slate's readers' forum; in a future article; or elsewhere unless the writer stipulates otherwise. Permanent disclosure: Slate is owned by the Washington Post Co.)


Meet Navy-NOAA heads killing millions sea animals

December 6th, 2010



Today, Rosalind Peterson reached out to encourage Californians' participation at two December meetings in which the U.S. Navy and NOAA will address its 5-year Warfare Testing program that includes killing millions of sea animals off the California and Hawaiian coasts. High-tech weapons applied to animals will then be used on humans.

NOAA issued the permit and Letter of Authorization to the Navy, finalized November 12, 2010, part of which is below. It protects no National Marine Sanctuaries, Marine Reserves, Biologically Sensitive Areas and does not stop the Navy from testing new weapons systems (including sonar), during gray whale migrations or salmon migrations.

U.S. Congressman Thompson's request for the U.S. Navy and NOAA to meet with the public in Mendocino and Humboldt Counties in December 2010 has been accepted.

Peterson writes: "This is to notify everyone that NOAA and the U.S. Navy will be meeting with the public on the issue of the U.S. Navy Warfare Testing activities planned for the NWTRC. U.S. Congressman Thompson has organized these public meetings for residents of both Humboldt & Mendocino Counties. Representatives from Marin County are invited to attend these public events."

"In the future, these plans can be altered on any date by the U.S. Navy or NOAA placing the information in the U.S. Federal Register. And the Navy does not need to notify anyone, including fishermen or ocean tourists, that these events are underway."

Furthermore, Peterson highlights, "the NOAA permit requires only Navy reports on its impacts in the NWTRC and relies, according to U.S. Congressman Thompson, upon mitigation measures effective only 9% of the time."

NOAA held no workshops to determine biologically sensitive areas in the NWTRC during 2010 according to Peterson and the NAVY/NOAA has plans for 2011 sponsored workshops, to be completed by November 2011.

Peterson wants these workshops 1) to be held in Humboldt County, California so her associated marine biologists and scientists can participate and 2) that they be held in January or February 2011, instead of waiting until the end of the 2011, before completion.

No National Marine Sanctuaries, marine reserves or biologically sensitive areas are protected in the ongoing 5-Year Warfare testing now underway in Southern California or Hawaiian Islands according to Peterson.

Below is the letter of authorization for the 2010-2011 war-testing.

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION
NATIONAL MARINE FISHERIES SERVICE
Letter of Authorization
The Commander, u.S. Pacific Fleet, 250 Makalapa Drive, Pearl Harbor, HI 96860-7000, and persons operating under his authority (i.e., Navy), are authorized to take marine mammals incidental to Navy exercises conducted in the Northwest Training Range Complex in
accordance with 50 CFR Part 218, Subpart M--Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to U.S. Navy Training in the Northwest Training Range Complex (NWTRC) subject to the provisions of the Marine Mammal Protection Act (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.; MMPA) and the following conditions:


1. This Authorization is valid for the period November 12, 2010, through November 11, 2011.
2. This Authorization is valid only for the unintentional taking of the species of marine mammals and methods of take identified in 50 CFR § 218.112(c) and Condition (5) of this Authorization incidental to the activities specified in 50 CFR § 218.110(c) and Condition (4)(a)

of this Authorization and occurring within the NWTRC, (as depicted in Figure ES-l in the Navy's Final Environmental Impact Statement for the NWTRC), which is bounded by 48°30' N. lat.; 130°00' W. long.; 40°00' N. lat.; and on the east by 124°00' W. long or by the shoreline where the shoreline extends west of 124°00' W. long (excluding the Strait of Juan de Fuca (east of 124°40' W. long), which is not included in the Offshore area).
3. This Authorization is valid only if the Holder of the Authorization or any person(s) operating under his authority implements the mitigation, monitoring, and reporting required pursuant to 50 CFR §§ 218.114 & 218.115 and implements the Terms and Conditions of this
Authorization.
4. (a) This Authorization is valid for the activities identified below within the estimated amounts:
(1) The use of the following nlid-frequency active sonar (MF AS) and high frequency active sonar (HF AS) sources for u .S. Navy anti-submarine warfare (ASW) training:
(i) AN/SQS-53 (hull-mounted sonar) - 43 hours

(ii) AN/SQS-56 (hull-mounted sonar) - 65 hours
(iii) ANIBQS-15 (submarine navigational sonar) - 42 hours
(iv) SSQ-62 (sonobuoys) - 886 sonobuoys
(v) SSQ-125 (AEER sonobuoy) - 149 sonobuoys (total combined with EERlIEER)
(vi) MK-48 (heavyweight torpedoes) - 2 torpedo events
(vii) Range Pingers - 180 hours
(viii) PUTR Uplink - 150 hours
(2) The detonation of the underwater explosives indicated in (i) conducted as part of the training exercises indicated in (ii):
(i) Underwater Explosives (Net Explosive Weight):
(A) 5" Naval Gunfire (9.5 lbs)
(B) 76 mm rounds (l.6Ibs)
(C) Maverick (78.5 lbs)
(D) Harpoon (448 lbs)

(E) MK -82 (238 lbs)
(F)) MK-48 (851 lbs)
(G) Demolition Charges (2.5 lbs.)
(H) AN/SSQ-ll OA (EERlIEER explosive sonobuoy - 5 lbs)
(I) HARM;
(1) Hellfire;
(K) SLAM; and
(L) GBU 10,12, and 16.
(ii) Training Events:
(A) Surface-to-surface Gunnery Exercises - 340 exercises
(B) Bombing Exercises - 30 exercises
(C) Sinking Exercises - 2 exercises

(D) Extended Echo Ranging and Improved Extended Echo Ranging
Systems (EERlIEER) - 149 lEER sonobuoy deployments (total combined with EERlIEER).
(b) This authorization is also valid for the activities and sources listed in 4(a) should the amounts (i.e., hours, dips, number of exercises) vary from those estimated in 4( a), provided that the variation does not result in exceeding the amount of take indicated in 5 (a), below.
5. (a) The incidental take of marine mammals under the activities identified in 4, above, and § 218.l10(c) is limited to the species listed in 5(b) and 5(c) below, by the indicated method of take and the indicated number of times (estimated based on the authorized amounts of sound source operation), but with the following allowances for annual variation in activities:
(1) 2010 annual take (a post-calculation/estimation of which must be provided in the 2011 LOA application) of any species of marine mammal may not exceed the anlount identified in 5 (b) and 5( c), below, for that species by more than 25%
(2) 2010 annual take total of all marine mammal species combined may not exceed the estimated total, indicated in 5(b) and 5( c), by more than 100/0

(3) the total take of any species over the course of five years may not exceed the amounts indicated in 50 CFR 218.112(c)(I), which is 10% above the numbers indicated
2
in 5(b) and 5( c) below multiplied by 5 for each year of the rule. A running calculation/estimation of takes of each species over the course of the years covered by the rule must be maintained.
(b) Level B Harassment:
(1) Mysticetes:
(i) Humpback whale (Megaptera novaeangliae) - 15
(ii) Fin whale (Balaenoptera physalus) - 40
(iii) Blue whale (Balaenoptera musculus) - 11
(iv) Minke whale (Balaenoptera acutorostrata) - 9

(v) Gray whale (Eschrichtius robustus) - 4
(vi) Sei whale (Balaenoptera borealis) - 1.
(2) Odontocetes:
(i) Sperm whales (Physeter macrocephalus) - 84
(ii) Killer whale (Orcinus orca) - 14;
(iii) Pygmy or dwarf sperm whales (Kogia breviceps or Kogia sima) - 4
(iv) Mesoplodont beaked whales - 15
(v) Cuvier's beaked whales (Ziphius cavirostris) - 14
(vi) Baird's beaked whales (Berardius bairdii) - 13
(vii) Striped dolphin (Stenella coeruleoalba) - 40
(viii) Risso's dolphin (Grampus griseus) - 100
(ix) Northern right whale dolphin (Lissodelphis borealis) -741
(x) Pacific white-sided dolphin (Lagenorhynchus obliquidens) - 571

(xi) Short-beaked common dolphin (Delphinus delphis) - 1256
(xii) Short-finned pilot whale (Globicephala macrorvnchus) - 2
(xiv) Dall's porpoise (Phocoenoides dalli) - 4752
(xv) Harbor Porpoise (Phocoena phocoena) - 119274.
(3) Pinnipeds:
(i) Pacific harbor seal (Phoca vitulina) - 586
(ii) California sea lion (Zalophus californianus) - 286
(iii) Northern fur seal (Callorhinus ursinus) - 1365
(iv) ) Steller sea lion (Eumetopias jubatus) - 91
(c) Level A Harassment:
(1) Fin whale - 1;
(2) Sperm whale - 1;
(3) Dall' s Porpoise - 3;
(4) Harbor Porpoise - 1
(5) Northern right whale dolphin - 1;
3
(6) Short-beaked common dolphin

Peterson advises hat the new 5-Year warfare testing range initiated in the U.S. Federal Register on July 15, 2010 that connects the area between the Hawaiian and Southern California Warfare Testing ranges," ever-increasing impacts will be felt with regard to breeding habitats, which are not now protected in the NWTRC, marine food supply areas, and migration routes will be even more heavily impacted by this new range.

"Also added in 2010 is the 5-Year Warfare Testing program in the Marianas Islands."

Learn more: See Rosalind Peterson's website:http://www.agriculturedefensecoalition.org/?q=us-navy

Any questions need to be lodged at U.S. Congressman Mike Thompson's Office in Washington, DC: 866. 220-0044

Contact Rosalind Peterson at Post Office Box 499, Redwood Valley, CA 95470, Phone: 707.485.7520. E-Mail:info@californiaskywatch.com

Also see:

Link to U.S. Navy Final Environmental Impact Statement & Rule of Decision (ROD):
http://www.nwtrangecomplexeis.com/Documents.aspx

Links to NOAA Permit for the "taking" of marine mammals in the NWTRC & their Letter of Authorization:
http://edocket.access.gpo.gov/2010/2010-27540.htm - November 10, 2010 NOAA Permit

Links to all NOAA documentation on NWTRC and other Warfare Testing Ranges in the Pacific, Atlantic, and the Gulf of Mexico - Current Status:http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm

Final Rule: http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/pdfs/fr/fr75-69296.pdf NWTRC

Final Monitoring Plan:http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/pdfs/permits/nwtrc_monitoring_plan_final.pdf

New Information from NOAA - U.S. Federal Register:http://edocket.access.gpo.gov/2010/2010-28282.htm
Marine Mammals Status Change Requested

Further information about the two upcoming important meetings can be found at:

1)http://mikethompson.house.gov/News/DocumentSingle.aspx?DocumentID=216749
U.S. Navy Public Meeting Schedule - NWTRC Mendocino & Humboldt Counties, CA
2)http://mikethompson.house.gov/News/DocumentSingle.aspx?DocumentID=216750
Dr. Jane Lubchenco - NOAA Meeting in Mendocino County on December 9, 2010 - NWTRC

 http://www.veritasshow.com/pastshows.html

Will be able to listen to the current show with Clif High-WEBBOT, as of November 4th, for FREE for one week. Read the top of the page and follow directions. This is a must listen to show. Quite alot of info.

 

 So, is Obama, the Executive Branch and Congress, and G-D knows who else are 'Flyin' The Coop' most likely before mid-elections. Why? The Dollar will crash and the government will fall....Just an opinion. But, why is our government booking 800 rooms in Mumbai?????? I guess a good hideout. We will find out soon enough. Stay Tuned!!!!!!! He has a 35 warship Almada with him that was sent to Costa Rica when the Oil Rig Blew in the Gulf. He has taken 3,000 staff and CEO's with him. The Marines that were sent to Costa Rica are with him too! Do you think there is something wrong with this picture? The US is in for a very BIG CRISIS EVENT. Clif High of the WEB BOT is saying there is an enormous tipping point between November 5th and November 14th. Everyone....take care of yourself and your loved ones. BE PREPARED!!!!!!


Obama is expected to fly by a helicopter -- Marine One -- from the city airport to the Indian Navy's helibase INS Shikra at Colaba in south Mumbai.

Two jets, armed with advanced communication and security systems, and a fleet of over 40 cars will be part of Obama's convoy.

Around 800 rooms have been booked for the President and his entourage in Taj Hotel and Hyatt.

The President will have a security ring of American elite Secret Service, which are tasked to guard the President, along with National Security Guards (NSG) and personnel from central paramilitary forces and local police in Mumbai and Delhi.

Similar arrangements will be in place in Delhi, with the Air Force One to be kept in all readiness throughout Obama's stay here from Sunday afternoon to Tuesday morning.

Maurya Hotel, where the President will stay, has already been swarmed by American security personnel and protective measures have been put in place.

Security drills have already been carried out at the hotel as well as Rajghat, where he will visit. 

Sources said 13 heavy-lift aircraft with high-tech equipment, three helicopters and 500 US security personnel have arrived in India ahead of Obama's visit.

The US security has also brought interception and obstruction device, sniffer dogs, rescue gadgets.

Apart from Obama's Air Force One, a few private luxury jets carrying top American corporate leaders, who are part of Obama's entourage, are also expected to arrive in India in the next 2-3 days.

All high-rise buildings in the vicinity of Mumbai's Taj Mahal hotel and Delhi's Maurya Sheraton hotel, where the US President will stay, are being sanitised and security personnel will be positioned on rooftops to prevent any air-borne attack.

The Ridge area - opposite Delhi's Maurya Sheraton hotel - has been illuminated by floodlights as part of the heightened security drill.

The Home Ministry has already issued an alert for Mumbai and Delhi asking authorities to take extra precautions during Obama's visit as well as on Diwali on Friday.

DANGER ZONE? REPORT SAYS 34 WARSHIPS WILL JOIN OBAMA IN INDIA

An Indian news outlet has already claimed that the U.S. is spending $200 million per day for the president’s three-day trip to Mumbai, and the BBC detailed the country’s decision to strip its trees of coconuts so as to protect the president. Now, that same Indian TV station is claiming more details about additional safety measures: it says 34 U.S. warships will accompany the president and patrol the surrounding waters.

According to New Delhi TV, the ships, which include an air craft carrier, “will patrol the sea lanes off the Mumbai coast during his two-day stay there beginning Saturday.”

The ships aren’t the only measures being taken. NDTV lists what, and who, else will be making the trip:

  • Air Force and Marine One
  • Two jets, armed with advanced communication and security systems
  • Over 40 cars which will be part of the president’s convoy
  • 13 heavy-lift aircraft with high-tech equipment,
  • Three helicopters
  • 3,000 total people including Secret Service agents, U.S. government officials, and journalists
  • 500 US security personnel
  • 800 rooms have been booked for those people
  • An interception and obstruction device
  • Sniffer dogs
  • “Rescue gadgets”

“Communications set-up, nuclear button, a fleet of limousines and majority of the White House staff will be in India accompanying the President on this three-day visit that will cover Mumbai and Delhi,” NDTV explains.

But the measures have some scratching their heads, not just because of the cost, but because of the risk those measures reveal about the trip.

On his radio show Thursday, Glenn Beck wondered aloud why the president is spending so much money to go on a seemingly needless and dangerous trip:

Barack Obama's Indian delegation 'books 800 rooms in Mumbai'

Barack Obama and his travelling delegation have book at least 800 rooms for the president's trip to Mumbai, according to reports, including the entire Taj Mahal hotel.

 
Taj Mahal hotel in Mumbai
Barack Obama's Indian delegation has booked the entire Taj Mahal hotel Photo: ALAMY

The president, who is scheduled to set off on a twice-postponed Asian tour with his wife Michelle after next week's midterms, has reportedly block-booked all 570 rooms in the Taj Mahal hotel as a security measure. On top of that, US navy ships will also be deployed, as the president is staying in a hotel by the ocean.

The 2008 Mumbai terrorist attacks which claimed at least 173 lives, ended with a siege at the Taj Mahal hotel.

"Obama's contingent is huge," a senior Indian security official told the newspaper. "There are two jumbo jets coming along with Air Force One, which will be flanked by security jets. The President's convoy has 45 cars."

The Economic Times also reported that Mr Obama'sdelegation is so large that another 300 rooms have reportedly been booked in other luxury Mumbai hotels.

The scale and cost of the visit is certain to provoke criticism from Mr Obama's Republican foes in the US at a time when the country is mired in economic difficulties, with unemployment standing at nearly 10 per cent.

The report also claimed Mrs Obama has been invited to visit Mumbai's red-light district, the largest in the world, to meet prostitutes and hear about their lives.

Everything Is A Lie: The Deliberate Intent To Deceive People Is At An All Time High

From pollution to politics, the era of deception and duplicity has reached new heights and hijacked almost every form of media in the world. In the last frontiers for truth such as the internet, disinformation operations are in full swing to discredit and destroy any semblance of authentic and factual information available to the public.

How many more lies will people around the world accept as truth? Some say a global awakening is taking place, but at what cost? Will it take the destruction of most of the earth and its resources before people are enlightened? 

The escalating media and political reports are so far fetched, cunning, and so beyond reality, it's as if each is trying to top the other with one sinister plot after the next. To demonstrate the outright lies by national governments and the media, let's take three examples from the last year alone, including the H1N1 scandal, airport body scanners and the BP oil disaster. 

The H1N1 Scandal

Last year, the H1N1 scandal reached its pinnacle in the fall of 2009 when the world united on the internet with a consensus and practical understanding of the World Health Organization's 
orchestratration to deceive the masses. From radio, internet, television, newspapers, magazines, outdoor posters, signage and promotions, you could not escape the flu hype campaigns so diligently pursued by all the malicious agendas at play who only wanted one thing - to promote a dangerous H1N1 vaccine. After hundreds of reports exposed the criminal activity by all levels of government, we left the same people in power to do it all over again. 

According to preliminary reports, another round of pandemic vaccine campaigns are scheduled for the 2010/2011 season and they're already underway. However, there appears to be a recombination that has 
changed the H1N1 lab created virus into a more lethal form and it is not a hoax, but it may be yet another CDC lab experiment

The CDC has recently issued a 
Health Advisory in connection with two summer outbreaks of H3N2 in Iowa. Other reports from Russia and Indiaindicate that a real epidemic may be upon us if the virus steadily recombines and acquires new genetics. Even though a new strain may haveaccidentally evolved in eggs, reassortment of H1N1-H5N1 has been alegitimate concern for years. The WHO first suggested the reassortment of H1N1-H5N1 in 2004

If this is really the case, how will the public react after all the lies from health agencies who have sworn to protect us? Will they hype another vaccine and if so, will the public even respond?

Body Scanners 

They've been approved all over the world and marketed as the next greatest airport scanning technology. The U.S., U.K., Russia, Australia, Europe and Canada have all installed airport body scanners which have potentially devastating health effects. 

Many of these scanners are reportedly using terahertz (THz) waves, the radiation that fills the slot in the electromagnetic spectrum between microwaves and infrared. Evidence suggests that although the forces generated are tiny, resonant effects allow THz waves to unzip double-stranded DNA, creating bubbles in the double strand that could significantly interfere with processes such as gene expression and DNA replication.

As the path toward rolling out wider use of whole-body scanners in U.S. airports ran through the White House, Obama expedited their deployment because the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and Transportation Security Administration (TSA) didn't need legislation from Congress to start using the devices at any of the 560 U.S. airports.

The White House ignored all the scientific evidence presented which suggested negative health effects. Politicians and regulatory agencies then covered up the bad publicity on naked body scanners and focused on the presumed benefits under the guise of public safety. 

Privacy commisioners and airport authorities have also insisted that there were no risks of images being stored or personal details being revealed to security screeners. Now there's new evidence to show that the scanners can do just that.

According to a 
CNET report, another federal agency, the U.S. Marshall's service, admitted that it had actually stored over 30,000 images recorded by a full-body scanner used at a Florida courthouse.

A watchdog group called the Electronic Privacy Information Center(EPIC) obtained over 100 of the images and states on its web site that, "The images, which are routinely captured by the federal agency, prove that body scanning devices store and record images of individuals stripped naked." The group has filed a lawsuit to suspend the deployment of body scanners at airports. 

EPIC also discovered that the TSA actually specified to manufacturers that the machines have the ability to send and store images. The TSA says that these functions are only for testing and training and 
insists on its web sitethat the airport body scanners are delivered to airports with storage and recording functions disabled.

Again, the upper levels of the echelon are caught lying and deceiving, yet they are still left to their own devices to further manipulate and continue misrepresenting facts to the gullible public.

BP Oil Disaster 

When news unfolded about the April 20, 2010 BP oil disaster, it went from bad to worse. Instead of immediately mobilizing for action in the face of a massive public health threat, the response was to cover-up, deny and respond with ignorance. After all the public will always believe them, or so they thought.

The Obama administration, Interior Secretary Ken Salazar, U.S. Coast Guard commandant admiral Thad Allen, energy and climate-change policy adviser Carol Browner, BP and all their contituents conspired to deliberately mislead the public from the inception of the disaster to present day. What's worse is they all agreed to further disseminate toxins in the Gulf by spraying 1.8 to 2 million gallons of the neurotoxin Corexit which was exposed by over a hundred scientiststoxicologists and other experts who have unequivocally classified the irresponsible aerial spraying of the chemical dispersant as a large-scale, uncontrolled non-consensual human and environmental experiment is being conducted in the Gulf region.

The media was grossly censoring the extent of the devastation in the Gulf. The poisons--oil and corexit are destined to spread globally, but honest reporting was and still is restricted, and many independent investigators have been arrested. Read 30 Facts Evidencing that The Gulf Oil Crisis Was Planned.

On June 12, 2010, The Institute of Atmospheric Sciences and Climate (ISAC) released "Risk of Global Climate Change By BP Oil Spill", a document detailing how the BP spill may cause irreparable damage to the Gulf Stream global climate thermoregulation activity. Read Gulf Loop Current Destroyed: May Lead To Shut Down of Atlantic Thermoregulation, Rapid Cooling.

According to Dr. Gianluigi Zangari, an Italian theoretical physicist, and major complex and chaotic systems analyst at the Frascati National Laboratories in Italy, the Loop Current in the Gulf of Mexico has stalled as a consequence of the BP oil spill disaster. Zangari notes that the effects of this stall have also begun to spread to the Gulf Stream. This is because the Loop Current is a crucial element of the Gulf Stream itself and why it is commonly referred to as the “main engine” of the Stream.

The concern now, is whether or not natural processes can re-establish the stalled Loop Current. If not, we could begin to see global crop failures as early as 2011.

Zangari's assessment is based on daily monitoring of real-time data oceanographic satellite public data feeds called “Real-Time Mesoscale Altimetry” from the Jason, Topex/Poseidon, Geosat, Follow-On, ERS-2 and Envisat satellites.

These satellite feeds are captured and made publicly available by NASA, NOAA and by the Colorado Center for Astrodynamics Research (CCAR) at the University of Colorado at Boulder.

The CCAR is now being accused of scientific fraud and tampering of data directly associated with the events surrounding the Loop Current phenomenon and its current anomalies. Various reporters have spear-headed the charge including radio personality Dr. Bill Deagle who has featured Dr. Zangari on his radio show The Nutrimedical Report where he detailed the events leading up to the destruction of the Loop Current in the Gulf. 

Dr. Zangari has stated that he will no longer use CCAR data due to its unreliability.

Organized and Professional Disformation Operations

Well-funded and highly-organized disinformation operations are in full-swing throughout the internet. From forums to comment boards and even professional websites that have only one purpose: Defame, distract, and destroy the truth. 

However organized, the tactics are very predictable in a world filled with lies and half-truths. This, sadly, includes every day news media, one of the worst offenders with respect to being a source of disinformation. 

Disinformation campaigns are launched against those seeking to uncover and expose the truth and/or the conspiracy. The H1N1 scandal was a prime example of how hundreds of operations can be launched to sway opinions on the facts. For every fact-based article on the 
realities of the H1N1 vaccine, there were both very primitive and sophisticated counters on message boards, comment forums and hundreds of alternative and mainstream websites. 

Stephen Barrett's 
Quackwatch.com and supporters such asskeptic.org.uk and skepticblog.com are examples of websites who promote both synthetic and organic disinformation on almost any topic that does not concur with mainstream thought.

There are specific tactics which disinfo artists tend to apply, as H. Michael Sweeney has brilliantly detailed. Also included with this material are eight common traits of the disinfo artist which may also prove useful in identifying players and motives. The more a particular party fits the traits and is guilty of following the rules, the more likely they are a professional disinfo artist with a vested motive. People can be bought, threatened, or blackmailed into providing disinformation, so even "good guys" can be suspect in many cases.

A rational person participating as one interested in the truth will evaluate that chain of evidence and conclude either that the links are solid and conclusive, that one or more links are weak and need further development before conclusion can be arrived at, or that one or more links can be broken, usually invalidating (but not necessarily so, if parallel links already exist or can be found, or if a particular link was merely supportive, but not in itself key) the argument. The game is played by raising issues which either strengthen or weaken (preferably to the point of breaking) these links. It is the job of a disinfo artist to interfere with these evaluation... to at least make people think the links are weak or broken when, in truth, they are not... or to propose alternative solutions leading away from the truth. Often, by simply impeding and slowing down the process through disinformation tactics, a level of victory is assured because apathy increases with time and rhetoric.

It would seem true in almost every instance, that if one cannot break the chain of evidence for a given solution, revelation of truth has won out. If the chain is broken either a new link must be forged, or a whole new chain developed, or the solution is invalid an a new one must be found... but truth still wins out. There is no shame in being the creator or supporter of a failed solution, chain, or link, if done with honesty in search of the truth. This is the rational approach. While it is understandable that a person can become emotionally involved with a particular side of a given issue, it is really unimportant who wins, as long as truth wins. But the disinfo artist will seek to emotionalize and chastise any failure (real or false claims thereof), and will seek by means of intimidation to prevent discussion in general.

It is the disinfo artist and those who may pull their strings (those who stand to suffer should the crime be solved) MUST seek to prevent rational and complete examination of any chain of evidence which would hang them. Since fact and truth seldom fall on their own, they must be overcome with lies and deceit. Those who are professional in the art of lies and deceit, such as the intelligence community and the professional criminal (often the same people or at least working together), tend to apply fairly well defined and observable tools in this process. However, the public at large is not well armed against such weapons, and is often easily led astray by these time-proven tactics. Remarkably, not even media and law enforcement have NOT BEEN TRAINED to deal with these issues. For the most part, only the players themselves understand the rules of the game.

Twenty-Five Rules of Disinformation

1. Hear no evil, see no evil, speak no evil.

Regardless of what you know, don't discuss it -- especially if you are a public figure, news anchor, etc. If it's not reported, it didn't happen, and you never have to deal with the issues.

2. Become incredulous and indignant.

Avoid discussing key issues and instead focus on side issues which can be used to show the topic as being critical of some otherwise sacrosanct group or theme. This is also known as the 'How dare you!' gambit.

3. Create rumor mongers.

Avoid discussing issues by describing all charges, regardless of venue or evidence, as mere rumors and wild accusations. Other derogatory terms mutually exclusive of truth may work as well. This method which works especially well with a silent press, because the only way the public can learn of the facts are through such 'arguable rumors'. If you can associate the material with the Internet, use this fact to certify it a 'wild rumor' from a 'bunch of kids on the Internet' which can have no basis in fact.

4. Use a straw man.

Find or create a seeming element of your opponent's argument which you can easily knock down to make yourself look good and the opponent to look bad. Either make up an issue you may safely imply exists based on your interpretation of the opponent/opponent arguments/situation, or select the weakest aspect of the weakest charges. Amplify their significance and destroy them in a way which appears to debunk all the charges, real and fabricated alike, while actually avoiding discussion of the real issues.

5. Sidetrack opponents with name calling and ridicule.

This is also known as the primary 'attack the messenger' ploy, though other methods qualify as variants of that approach. Associate opponents with unpopular titles such as 'kooks', 'right-wing', 'liberal', 'left-wing', 'terrorists', 'conspiracy buffs', 'radicals', 'militia', 'racists', 'religious fanatics', 'sexual deviates', and so forth. This makes others shrink from support out of fear of gaining the same label, and you avoid dealing with issues.

6. Hit and Run.

In any public forum, make a brief attack of your opponent or the opponent position and then scamper off before an answer can be fielded, or simply ignore any answer. This works extremely well in Internet and letters-to-the-editor environments where a steady stream of new identities can be called upon without having to explain criticism reasoning -- simply make an accusation or other attack, never discussing issues, and never answering any subsequent response, for that would dignify the opponent's viewpoint.

7. Question motives.

Twist or amplify any fact which could be taken to imply that the opponent operates out of a hidden personal agenda or other bias. This avoids discussing issues and forces the accuser on the defensive.

8. Invoke authority.

Claim for yourself or associate yourself with authority and present your argument with enough 'jargon' and 'minutia' to illustrate you are 'one who knows', and simply say it isn't so without discussing issues or demonstrating concretely why or citing sources.

9. Play Dumb.

No matter what evidence or logical argument is offered, avoid discussing issues except with denials they have any credibility, make any sense, provide any proof, contain or make a point, have logic, or support a conclusion. Mix well for maximum effect.

10. Associate opponent charges with old news.

A derivative of the straw man -- usually, in any large-scale matter of high visibility, someone will make charges early on which can be or were already easily dealt with - a kind of investment for the future should the matter not be so easily contained.) Where it can be foreseen, have your own side raise a straw man issue and have it dealt with early on as part of the initial contingency plans. Subsequent charges, regardless of validity or new ground uncovered, can usually then be associated with the original charge and dismissed as simply being a rehash without need to address current issues -- so much the better where the opponent is or was involved with the original source.

11. Establish and rely upon fall-back positions.

Using a minor matter or element of the facts, take the 'high road' and 'confess' with candor that some innocent mistake, in hindsight, was made -- but that opponents have seized on the opportunity to blow it all out of proportion and imply greater criminalities which, 'just isn't so.' Others can reinforce this on your behalf, later, and even publicly 'call for an end to the nonsense' because you have already 'done the right thing.' Done properly, this can garner sympathy and respect for 'coming clean' and 'owning up' to your mistakes without addressing more serious issues.

12. Enigmas have no solution.

Drawing upon the overall umbrella of events surrounding the crime and the multitude of players and events, paint the entire affair as too complex to solve. This causes those otherwise following the matter to begin to loose interest more quickly without having to address the actual issues.

13. Alice in Wonderland Logic.

Avoid discussion of the issues by reasoning backwards or with an apparent deductive logic which forbears any actual material fact.

14. Demand complete solutions.

Avoid the issues by requiring opponents to solve the crime at hand completely, a ploy which works best with issues qualifying for rule 10.

15. Fit the facts to alternate conclusions.

This requires creative thinking unless the crime was planned with contingency conclusions in place.

16. Vanish evidence and witnesses.

If it does not exist, it is not fact, and you won't have to address the issue.

17. Change the subject.

Usually in connection with one of the other ploys listed here, find a way to side-track the discussion with abrasive or controversial comments in hopes of turning attention to a new, more manageable topic. This works especially well with companions who can 'argue' with you over the new topic and polarize the discussion arena in order to avoid discussing more key issues.

18. Emotionalize, Antagonize, and Goad Opponents.

If you can't do anything else, chide and taunt your opponents and draw them into emotional responses which will tend to make them look foolish and overly motivated, and generally render their material somewhat less coherent. Not only will you avoid discussing the issues in the first instance, but even if their emotional response addresses the issue, you can further avoid the issues by then focusing on how 'sensitive they are to criticism.'

19. Ignore facts presented, demand impossible proofs.

This is perhaps a variant of the 'play dumb' rule. Regardless of what material may be presented by an opponent in public forums, claim the material irrelevant and demand proof that is impossible for the opponent to come by (it may exist, but not be at his disposal, or it may be something which is known to be safely destroyed or withheld, such as a murder weapon.) In order to completely avoid discussing issues, it may be required that you to categorically deny and be critical of media or books as valid sources, deny that witnesses are acceptable, or even deny that statements made by government or other authorities have any meaning or relevance.

20. False evidence.

Whenever possible, introduce new facts or clues designed and manufactured to conflict with opponent presentations -- as useful tools to neutralize sensitive issues or impede resolution. This works best when the crime was designed with contingencies for the purpose, and the facts cannot be easily separated from the fabrications.

21. Call a Grand Jury, Special Prosecutor, or other empowered investigative body.

Subvert the (process) to your benefit and effectively neutralize all sensitive issues without open discussion. Once convened, the evidence and testimony are required to be secret when properly handled. For instance, if you own the prosecuting attorney, it can insure a Grand Jury hears no useful evidence and that the evidence is sealed an unavailable to subsequent investigators. Once a favorable verdict is achieved, the matter can be considered officially closed. Usually, this technique is applied to find the guilty innocent, but it can also be used to obtain charges when seeking to frame a victim.

22. Manufacture a new truth.

Create your own expert(s), group(s), author(s), leader(s) or influence existing ones willing to forge new ground via scientific, investigative, or social research or testimony which concludes favorably. In this way, if you must actually address issues, you can do so authoritatively.

23. Create bigger distractions.

If the above does not seem to be working to distract from sensitive issues, or to prevent unwanted media coverage of unstoppable events such as trials, create bigger news stories (or treat them as such) to distract the multitudes.

24. Silence critics.

If the above methods do not prevail, consider removing opponents from circulation by some definitive solution so that the need to address issues is removed entirely. This can be by their death, arrest and detention, blackmail or destruction of their character by release of blackmail information, or merely by destroying them financially, emotionally, or severely damaging their health.

25. Vanish.

If you are a key holder of secrets or otherwise overly illuminated and you think the heat is getting too hot, to avoid the issues, vacate the kitchen.

Eight Traits of the Disinformationalist 

1) Avoidance

They never actually discuss issues head-on or provide constructive input, generally avoiding citation of references or credentials. Rather, they merely imply this, that, and the other. Virtually everything about their presentation implies their authority and expert knowledge in the matter without any further justification for credibility.

2) Selectivity

They tend to pick and choose opponents carefully, either applying the hit-and-run approach against mere commentators supportive of opponents, or focusing heavier attacks on key opponents who are known to directly address issues. Should a commentator become argumentative with any success, the focus will shift to include the commentator as well.

3) Coincidental

They tend to surface suddenly and somewhat coincidentally with a new controversial topic with no clear prior record of participation in general discussions in the particular public arena involved. They likewise tend to vanish once the topic is no longer of general concern. They were likely directed or elected to be there for a reason, and vanish with the reason.

4) Teamwork

They tend to operate in self-congratulatory and complementary packs or teams. Of course, this can happen naturally in any public forum, but there will likely be an ongoing pattern of frequent exchanges of this sort where professionals are involved. Sometimes one of the players will infiltrate the opponent camp to become a source for straw man or other tactics designed to dilute opponent presentation strength.

5) Anti-conspiratorial

They almost always have disdain for 'conspiracy theorists' and, usually, for those who in any way believe JFK was not killed by LHO. Ask yourself why, if they hold such disdain for conspiracy theorists, do they focus on defending a single topic discussed in a NG focusing on conspiracies? One might think they would either be trying to make fools of everyone on every topic, or simply ignore the group they hold in such disdain. Or, one might more rightly conclude they have an ulterior motive for their actions in going out of their way to focus as they do.

6) Artificial Emotions

An odd kind of 'artificial' emotionalism and an unusually thick skin -- an ability to persevere and persist even in the face of overwhelming criticism and unacceptance. This likely stems from intelligence community training that, no matter how condemning the evidence, deny everything, and never become emotionally involved or reactive. The net result for a disinfo artist is that emotions can seem artificial. Most people, if responding in anger, for instance, will express their animosity throughout their rebuttal.

But disinfo types usually have trouble maintaining the 'image' and are hot and cold with respect to pretended emotions and their usually more calm or unemotional communications style. It's just a job, and they often seem unable to 'act their role in character' as well in a communications medium as they might be able in a real face-to-face conversation/confrontation.

You might have outright rage and indignation one moment, ho-hum the next, and more anger later -- an emotional yo-yo. With respect to being thick-skinned, no amount of criticism will deter them from doing their job, and they will generally continue their old disinfo patterns without any adjustments to criticisms of how obvious it is that they play that game -- where a more rational individual who truly cares what others think might seek to improve their communications style, substance, and so forth, or simply give up.

7) Inconsistent

There is also a tendency to make mistakes which betray their true self/motives. This may stem from not really knowing their topic, or it may be somewhat 'freudian', so to speak, in that perhaps they really root for the side of truth deep within.

I have noted that often, they will simply cite contradictory information which neutralizes itself and the author. For instance, one such player claimed to be a Navy pilot, but blamed his poor communicating skills (spelling, grammar, incoherent style) on having only a grade-school education. I'm not aware of too many Navy pilots who don't have a college degree. Another claimed no knowledge of a particular topic/situation but later claimed first-hand knowledge of it.

8) Time Constant

There are three ways this can be seen to work, especially when the government or other empowered player is involved in a cover up operation:

  • ANY NG posting by a targeted proponent for truth can result in an IMMEDIATE response. The government and other empowered players can afford to pay people to sit there and watch for an opportunity to do some damage. SINCE DISINFO IN A NG ONLY WORKS IF THE READER SEES IT - FAST RESPONSE IS CALLED FOR, or the visitor may be swayed towards truth.

  • When dealing in more direct ways with a disinformationalist, such as email, DELAY IS CALLED FOR - there will usually be a minimum of a 48-72 hour delay. This allows a sit-down team discussion on response strategy for best effect, and even enough time to 'get permission' or instruction from a formal chain of command. 

  • In the NG example 1) above, it will often ALSO be seen that bigger guns are drawn and fired after the same 48-72 hours delay - the team approach in play. This is especially true when the targeted truth seeker or their comments are considered more important with respect to potential to reveal truth. Thus, a serious truth sayer will be attacked twice for the same sin.

Remarkably, not even media and law enforcement have NOT BEEN TRAINED to deal with these issues. For the most part, only the players themselves understand the rules of the game. 

Marco Torres is a research specialist, writer and consumer advocate for healthy lifestyles. He holds degrees in Public Health and Environmental Science and is a professional speaker on topics such as disease prevention, environmental toxins and health policy. 

Former Pakistani Intellegence Chief Hamadgul: "God Help America!!"

 

 

Thunder Horse - Oil Field Of The Apocalypse?

http://www.neurosoftware.ro/finance/wp-content/plugins/wp-o-matic/cache/75eb2_may-4-shows-gray-horse-shaped-slick-approaching-the-shore.jpg

Foreboding outline of stallion in Gulf oil slick

by Zen Gardner (B4IN)

It turns out the oil field BP has been playing with for greedy gain is a notoriously volatile one they’ve been trying to get a handle on for over a decade. Named Crazy Horse due to its unpredictable nature, BP was forced to change the project name to Thunder Horse in deference to the Lakota tribe spiritual reference.

Any way you look at it,  it’s clear they knew they were in for a wild ride.

Meet the ‘Thunder Horse’ Oil Field

(Wikipedia) ‘Thunder Horse oil field is a large offshore deepwater production site in theGulf of Mexico, around 150 miles (240 km) southeast of New OrleansLouisiana.

The Thunder Horse discovery well was drilled in 1999 on Mississippi Canyon block 778. It was drilled to a depth of 25,770 feet (7,850 m) from the drillship Discoverer Enterprise, hitting three intervals of oil.

In February 2001 a new field known as Thunder Horse North was drilled in block 776, approximately 5 miles northwest of the original field. This well reached 26,000 feet (7,900 m) and again met three intervals of oil.[4]

Actually developing the field was a major technological challenge due to the depth of the find. Not only are the distances large, but at such depths the formations holding thehydrocarbons create pressures over 1,200 bars (120 MPa) and temperatures of 135 °C (275 °F). Prior to Thunder Horse, no field had ever been developed at such a depth.

Here’s something from the BP on-line archives, audaciously calling ‘Thunder Horse’ a “preservation program”–newspeak for ‘destroying the earth for profit’.

Thunder Horse (from BP archives)

Thunder Horse arrives at Topside
‘Protecting Thunder Horse from the elements, and beyond’

Subsea Project Preservation Program – Thunder Horse

‘Thunder Horse is a huge, world-class field located 150 miles southeast of New Orleans, in a challenging deepwater environment. Designed to process a quarter of a million barrels of oil per day it is technologically complex, supported by a network of no fewer than 25 subsea wells.”

What did BP expect if they knew they were prodding ‘Thunder Horse’?

Hitting a wasp nest with a stick might bring on an “accident”. So might digging a trench where a gas line has been laid-even if you knew it was in the vicinity and were reckless, it would be classified as an “accident” most likely. Some might call it ‘asking for trouble’.

croc.jpg image by teeitupfor18

Mad Scientists Unleashed

The question is, how much was known ahead of time and to what degree of certainty. From the above documents and descriptions and the disastrous outcome, at the least criminal greedy industrial negligence seems to again be the case. But were they trying to get this explosive reaction? Sure seems they were “asking for it”.

http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_ABkZEFvOAN8/RvyEi7g3shI/AAAAAAAAAB0/QAUfH_2ow_o/s400/da+mad+scientist.jpg

Looking at history, especially modern history, we know the “mad scientist” stereotype is anything but far-fetched. Tinkering with nature seems to be the norm with genetic engineering, chemical food adulteration and electronic and warfare sciences in full swing. So why not the same with those exploiting the earth’s resources? It’s the norm to the conscienceless corporate state and its controllers.

Putting the Pyromaniac In Charge of the Arson Investigation

pic
‘Officials blamed a wildfire that consumed more than 38,000 acres and destroyed 21 homes in Los Angeles last week on a boy playing with matches, and said they would ask a prosecutor to consider the case.’

Would you put the careless boy playing with matches in charge of the investigation and firefighting? The US government did, giving BP full sway in all things related. Insane.

But Why the Cover Up?

Same as always. It’s the elite mindset – we the people "can’t handle the truth”. What they really mean is, they don’t want us to be empowered by the knowledge of the truth.

The severity of this oil disaster cannot be over stated. The current and coming environmental, economical and political fallout–and by political I mean effect on peoples’ lives, the body politic–is going to resonate worldwide. Similar to other ongoing realities such as worldwide militarization using the planted terrorism “enemy”, the existence of extraterrestrials and the  weaponization of space, the deliberate breakdown of societal structures through cultural homogenization, and the culling of the world population through manufactured disease and deliberately damaged foods, we are not supposed to wake up to what they’re doing!

Hence the cover-up. Again and again. Just watch the news, if you can stomach it. In their minds, these arrogant controllers believe if we knew the full truth of any given situation, we’d be harder to control. It’s easier for them to let the poisonous water, air and food to take its course and toll on our lives than it is to empower us with the truth we need to take action and protect ourselves–the same “dangerous” empowerment that would lead us to rejecting their leadership, dominance and hence control.

Predictive Programming Placates

http://media.pennlive.com/midstate_impact/photo/2012jpg-bdee87b9c8f3f4c0.jpg

Another reason for this slow reaction to all this by so many: we’ve been inoculated against disasters–at least theoretically. Thanks to the Hollywood laboratory, how many virtual disasters have we all been through? We’ve seen the world wiped out or almost wiped out every which way. That won’t protect anyone from anything. But this mental novacaine affects us so that when disasters appear to be happening, it’s simply part of the program. “Don’t be too alarmed, we’ve been through this kind of thing before.”

Like the fluoride in our water, sprayed toxic skies and the additives in our food, predictive programming is another form of Brave New World soma to keep us placated while their subduction agenda rolls on with minimal resistance.

Alan Watt is one of the best on this subject:

So, is there more to ‘Thunder Horse’ than meets the eye?

This esoteric nomenclature sure means a lot to them. Just as the space program has so-called mythological references to just about every aspect of their missions, so it is with other aspects of their agenda. Is the occult involved here?

Bill Ryan of Project Avalon recently made the following post–strap in for this one:

‘This is too interesting not to post. This is Gustav Meyrink, who in 1903 wrote aPetroleum Petroleum: a Prophecy. In this short story, a gigantic oil spill pollutes the Gulf of Mexico: a terrorist act against humanity. After several months all oceans are covered with an oil film… and there is no more rain. The original German language copy is availablehere, and a good English translation is here.

Gustav Meyrink, most famous for his novel The Golem, was a member of the Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn and had all kinds of occult connections. In his collection of short stories published in 1913, Meyrink commented:

To ensure that certain prophecies I have made come to the notice of the public, I submit the following tale which was written in 1903…

Note that this story is an allegory, and the ‘prophecy’ is a warning… not a prediction. It would be impossible for the whole oceanic surface of the Earth to be contaminated in this way. Meyrink is describing, very graphically, the kind of deep trouble we can get ourselves into if we collectively are not sufficiently responsible and aware.’

The Symbolism is Profound

http://diaconspiracyfiles.files.wordpress.com/2009/05/mustang-thumb-510x340.jpg

Named by some as the evil spirit Balthazar–this highly controversial demon horse at Denver International Airport greets everyone visiting or working at DIA.

Besides the well known demonic stallion stationed outside the masonic temple to the new world order known as the Denver International Airport, horses have been used throughout time to represent terrific powers.

The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse of the Bible have resonated with spiritual significance through the ages.

{four horsemen of the apocalypse}
‘The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse are described in the last book of the New Testament of the Bible, called the Book of Revelation of Saint John the Evangelist at 6:1-8 & what Zechariah the prophet teaches us in Zechariah 6:1-8. The chapter tells of a scrollin God‘s right hand that is sealed with seven sealsJesus Christ opens the first four of the seven seals, which summons forth the four beasts that ride on white, red, black, and pale-green horses symbolizing pestilencewarfamine, and death, respectively. TheChristian apocalyptic vision is that the four horsemen are to set a divine apocalypse upon the world as harbingers of the Last Judgment.’ (Wikipedia)

Which reminds me of the classic by William Cooper “Behold A Pale Horse”:

http://wordpress.outthereradio.net/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/0929385225.01._SCLZZZZZZZ_.jpg

Here’s another interesting horse from Preston Nichol’s first Montauk Project book–a golden horse statue with a time piece in its belly he viewed in a way distant future, another ‘alternative’ classic.

http://www.skybooksusa.com/images/books/montauk_project.jpg

Here’s a different famous horse image that may be new to you, from Philippine ‘folklore’.  Quite a fascinating subject:

http://image.absoluteastronomy.com/images/encyclopediaimages/t/ti/tikbalang_the_philippine_demon_horse_commons.jpg

http://images.misteryo.multiply.com/image/JC2w0F8TODtCYWlUGQ7XkA/photos/1M/300x300/1061/tikbalang.jpg?et=znzwNAWXjQoIPrWrDkOOUQ&nmid=0

Tikbalang (also written as TigbalangTigbalan, or Tikbalan) is a creature of Philippine folklore said to lurk in the mountains and forests of the Philippines. It is generally described as a tall, bony humanoid creature with disproportionately long limbs, to the point that its knees reach above its head when it squats down.[1] It has the head and feet of an animal, most commonly a horse.

Tikbalangs are said to scare travelers and lead them astray. Tikbalangs play tricks on travelers such that they keep on returning to an arbitrary path no matter how far he goes or where he turns.

According to traditional folklore, the tikbalang can also transform itself into human form or turn invisible to humans. They like to lead travelers astray.[1]

By one account a tikbalang has a mane of sharp spines, with the three thickest of these being of particular importance. (Wikipedia)

…and now back to Denver…

http://playingwell.org/wp-content/uploads/2009/02/demon-horse3.jpg

Spikey hairdoo, would you say? Just wondering….sure interesting he greets travelers at the Denver International Airport full time…

BTW, inside the airport is just as traveler friendly. Here’s another uplifting image to comfort the hearts of weary travelers and families:

http://blogs.westword.com/latestword/denvergaroyle2.jpg

Back To the Thunder Horse Oil Well–still spewing, by the way..

http://warofillusions.files.wordpress.com/2009/02/horsesculpture.jpg
What’s astounding is the degree of arrogance displayed when they use such images and symbolism in plain site for all to see, all the while cloaking it in mind-numbing double-speak. As said before, this applies to every sphere of man’s society. We need to know their language and symbolism to stay ahead of the game. They’re at the point they are bragging about their control so it’s getting more obvious all the time.

As more and more people keep blowing the whistle on these filthy controllers and exposing their tactics, their illusion will crumble. Lies can’t outlast the Truth. Their phony illusory screen is coming apart one pixel at a time…..

http://www.crystalinks.com/digitalface.jpg

“He that has eyes to see, let him see” beyond the illusory matrix.

Keep on shifting. -Zen

 

(for more on symbolism in the news, see The Real Meaning of "Operation New Dawn")

www.zengardner.com


 Cure For Cancer and Using Salt Water to Fuel a Car Engine or any Engine!!!

So, Take A Look At What The Government Is Blocking. They Do Not Want A Cure For Cancer Or To Run A Vehicle On Anything Other Than Gasoline!!!!

 

Censored Gulf news: Terror in Deep South for Agenda 21 (Pt III) Disinformation, depopulation

August 5, 3:38 PMHuman Rights ExaminerDeborah Dupre'

How could anyone claim to be proud of an organization when history records that its founder wrote of the necessity of "the extermination of 'human weeds'...the 'cessation of charity'...the segregation of 'morons, misfits, and the maladjusted' and...the sterilization of 'genetically inferior races?' ~ Dr. Stan Monteith, M.D 


Part I

Part II

Part III


After 100 days of U.S. petrochemical-military Gulf of Mexico region attack causing napalm-like injury, death and destructionmillions of people have been poisoned, thousands of children and adults suffer due to burned skinchemical pneumonia and coughing up blood from internal bleeding, while hundreds of thousands of fish washed ashore Louisiana's coast from a chemical weapon Satanically applied to the Agenda 21 killing field. Obama, his administration and even his wife, continue their public charade supported by mainstream press blatant lies and sin of omission, a Disinformation weapon used on Americans as the UN Agenda 21 unfolds.

Intel Hub reported on August 4, "In and around Orange Beach Alabama, a massive amount of people are sick from the toxic mixture of oil and Corexit9500" (1) and radio host Greg Hall reported to Human Rights Examiner that hundreds of fish have washed ashore in the Point Aux Chien Native American tribal area.

"Everyday it looks more and more like Agenda 21 is playing out before our eyes. The plan to kill 80% of the worlds population has been put into overdrive, with the Gulf a major part of the overall plan." (Thomas)

Activist Jerry Cope on Democracy Now spoke of the tremendous cover-up to conceal the whole situation from the public.(2) UN Agenda 21 is manifesting with the Obama regime and its military follow orders, including preventing relief to the injured and releasing absurdities such as the recent report that BP didn't make Gulf oil spill worse with dispersants, EPA finds.(3)

Disinformation weapon of war

CIA Inspector General in Assessing Benefits of Resaerch stated to the U.S. Senate Committee On Veteran's affairs once stated,  "The knowledge that the Agency is engaging in unethical and illicit activities would have serious repercussions in political and diplomatic circles and would be detrimental to the accomplishment of its mission."(4)

If awakening after a 105 day comatose state, reading corporate news headline would give little clue that a major chemical attack on Gulf Coast people and all other life-forms had occurred, that it will continue adversely impacting all life and that chemicals in unprecedented amount is now in Earth's food chain. All oceans are connected and all life breathes the same air - now tainted with lethal poison still sprayed the last week of July.

Today's mainstream "news" prevents public preparation for Agenda 21 - including its depopulation for "sustainability." Protesters aim at various corporate and government entities. Without knowing the enemy, one cannot defeat it.

Disinformation is applied while Gulf Coast people suffering physically and emotionally is of no significance in the march toward Agenda 21. Disinformation is a psychological non-lethal weapon of war used “to gain public approval of the act."(5)

This “Non-Lethal Weapon” results in mind control through elements of propaganda and fear.
Disinformation hit targets during the 9-11-2001 crimes, Disinformation during the 2009 H1N1 'swine flu' campaign, and ongoing plight of Targeted Individuals and is hitting targets again. The military has had decades to refine this psychological weapon.

“There’s been a very overt effort by BP and the Coast Guard to project a sense that the crisis is over, but this is far from the case,” said Dr. Irwin Redlener, director of the center and president of the Children’s Health Fund, a sponsor of a recent survey.(6)

Aside from Disinformation weapon tactics such as "Lie Big, Retract Quietly" and "Capitalize on media to bury truth," one such tactic is to "pick the target, freeze it, personalize it, and polarize it," states Giordano Bruno. "Cut off the support network and isolate the target from sympathy."(7)

Gulf Coast people have been deliberately cut from the American support network, isolated from people of goodwill and emergency aid organizations such as Red Cross, etc. Corporate TV offers suffering victims no face or name. It does not repeatedly air personal stories such as it did to rile the masses to support the illegal, amoral attacks on the Middle East after 911. It has not brought into living rooms Gulf Coast survivors, such as Mike Roberts, only one among millions reporting first week of August,after "no oil could be found."

"I've fished in all these waters - everywhere you can see. It's all oiled. This is the worst I've seen. This is a heart-break...," Mike Roberts, shrimper with Louisiana Bayoukeepers, who grew up in the area told Toxicologist Riki Ott as mainstream press reported the oil clean-up crews could find no oil.(8)

"Bay Jimmy on the northeast side of Barataria Bay was full of oil. So was Bay Baptiste, Lake Grande Ecaille, and Billet Bay," writes Ott after her excursion with Roberts and a filmmaker.

Did Greg Hall's finding of hundreds of thousands of fish that just washed ashore in south Louisiana make most mainstream headlines? Corporate news declared, “75% of the oil has dissipated.” (Thomas)

Looking closely, one finds reports such as from McClatchy Newspapers are found: Gulf oil flow was 12 times more than feds' original estimate. "As BP neared a fix that's expected to kill for good the runaway well that has wreaked economic and environmental catastrophe in the Gulf of Mexico, the government said that 10 to 12 times more oil had been flowing from the well than originally thought." (9) That's after Florida independent scientists proved the former government/BP reports false.

EPA's research report released August 2(10) concludes that oil mixed with dispersants was no more toxic than oil alone. Its earlier tests showed dispersants "generally less toxic than oil," nice, bedtime Disinformation stories considering independent scientist research reports prove the witches brew has already entered the food chain. Independent research reports continue to prove otherwise and that the poison has entered the food-chain.

Stained, brown water has washed up in pockets along Alabama beaches over the past two weeks, appearing to contain Corexit according to a preliminary analysis.(11)

Over one third Gulf Coast children have new rashes or breathing problems, or are nervous, fearful or “very sad" according to New York Times reporting a new study.(12) Meanwhile, the petrochemical-military industrial complex plans its next killing field, the Arctic, highlighted by Robert Greenwall and Brave New Foundation.

"To get around the Obama Administration's moratorium on off-shore drilling, BP built 'Liberty Island' 3 miles off the Alaskan Coast and plans to drill 2 miles under the sea and then 6-8 miles horizontally to tap an underwater reserve. An oil spill in the Arctic would be far worse than what continues to unfold in the Gulf. There is no proven technology for cleaning up oil in icy water and the nearest emergency and relief supports are thousands of miles away. (Greenwall)

Greenwall states, "Federal regulators even allowed BP to write its own environmental review for the project," states Greenwall, raising awareness that "Secretary of the Interior, Ken Salazar, has ability to STOP this catastrophe before it happens and YOU have the ability to influence Secretary Salazar.Tell Secretary Salazar to stop BP's dangerous and unregulated drilling in the Arctic."

Positive outcome of such demands is slim when Obama sneaked an Executive Order to further Agenda 21 by establishing the National Ocean Council to control America's oceans, coastlines and the Great Lakes.

LOST 

Obama's National Ocean Council (White House, National Ocean Council, signed July 19, states that coastal jurisdictions will be subject to United Nations Law Of Sea Treaty (LOST) in its Agenda 21 program.(13) America's oceans and coastlines will be divided into 9 regions: North East, Mid-Atlantic, South Atlantic, Gulf Coast, West Coast, Great Lakes, Alaska, Pacific Islands (including Hawaii) and Caribbean. (Anderson)

"Michael Shaw said that the Agenda 21 Convention on Biodiversity treaty of 1992 failed to pass Congress so it was executed through soft law and administratively on local levels, and Obama's Executive Order is a similar soft law tactic to enact the LOST treaty," reports Cassandra Andersen.(14) 

If Congress makes "CLEAR Act" a law, "the UN Law Of Sea Treaty, as part of the National Ocean Council's agenda, will be 'ratified' in a convoluted and stealth manner, in full opposition to the [U.S.] Constitution and its intent."

This is the motive of the Gulf of Mexico operation: Agenda 21 - including its relocation, full control and depopulation highlighted in Parts I and II of this series.

Depopulation national leadership

Anderson highlights Obama's appointees to the National Ocean Council include co-chairman, John Holdren, Obama's science and technology advisor and depopulation enthusiast who advocates sterilization through infertility drugs in water and food plus forced abortions in his book, "Ecoscience." (Emphasis added)

Another appointee is Ken Salazar, Secretary of the Department of Interior and its sub-agency, 
MMS (Minerals Management Service) with authority over offshore drilling and responsibility for enforcing spill prevention measures.

Andersen reports:

"US Department of Agriculture Secretary Tom Vilsack, by way of the US Forestry Service and US Fish & Wildlife Service, has been complicit in the decline of our country's food independence. For example, US Fish & Wildlife (along with the Department of Commerce) shut the water off in California using Endangered Species Act; it was later proven that partially treated sewage was the primary culprit in killing the salmon and delta smelt that was previously blamed on farmers.

"The US Forestry Service has also misused the Endangered Species Act to limit farmers and ranchers. Remember that the USDA co-owns the Terminator Gene patent with Monsanto that makes seeds sterile."

Also appointed is Lisa Jackson, EPA administrator who threatened 
18,000 pages of new regulations to curb "global warming," another giant psyop to control the masses.

Federal health care farce: No toxic survival by design

As Dr. Mark Sircus illuminated, unlike Russia's government that distributed toxic survival supplies to Chernobyl survivors,(15) the US government has done no such thing to Gulf Coast survivors. Survival and health care of those suffering most are no concern to Obama, his wife, or "Health" Secretary, Kathleen Sebelius, the latter also appointed to Agenda 21's National Ocean Council.

A look at the fabric of the Sebeiius brand of "health" sheds more light on the Gulf Coast - starting with Margaret Sanger. Sebelius major support is by the organization founded by Sanger, Planned Parenthood Federation. In her 1930s publication, The Birth Control Review, Sanger openly supported Nazi Germany's "infanticide program," championed Adolf Hitler's Aryan white supremacy goal. Before World War II, she commissioned Nazi Ernst Rudin, director of the German medical experimentation program atrocities, to serve as advisor to her organization.(16) 

Sanger planned genetically engineering the human race. She called for "elimination of human weeds;" "cessation of charity" due to it prolonging lives of the unfit, and segregation and prohibiting reproduction of the unfit. In 1939, Sanger organized the Negro Project to eliminate members of what she thought to be an "inferior race," stating "the masses of Negroes... particularly in the South, still breed carelessly and disastrously, with the result that the increase among Negroes, even more than among whites, is from that portion of the population least intelligent and fit..." (Montheith)

Sanger led the now prevalent tactic of using religion to pulpit pump propaganda into Americans so they act against their best interest and in opposition to Christianity. Montheith writes of her intention to "hire three or four colored ministers to travel to various black enclaves to propagandize birth control...
The most successful educational approach to the Negro is through a religious appeal. We do not want word to go out that we want to exterminate the Negro population, and the minister is the man who can straighten out that idea if it ever occurs to any of their more rebellious members."

Sanger targeted religious groups, blacks, Hispanics, "American Indians" for destruction. Sanger and Hitler were involved Lucifer worship and were energized by the same dark, spiritual forces according to Monteith.

The US "Health" Secretary, Kathleen Sebelius champions Sanger's Planned Parenthood Federation as a long-term member. When Obama appointed Sebelius as Secretary of Health, Cecile Richards, President of Planned Parenthood Federation of America, the leading U.S. "sexual and reproductive health care advocate and provider," promptly published a letter stating, "We applaud Gov. Kathleen Sebelius’ confirmation as secretary of health and human services. She is an excellent choice to lead HHS and has a proven track record of increasing access to affordable care."(17)

Planned Parenthood promotes infertility and lethal vaccinations, boasting, "Our caring and knowledgeable staff provide a wide range of services — including vaccines for human papilloma virus (HPV) and hepatitis A and B."(18) 

Sebelius was US driving force behind WHO's 2009 hazardous, fraudulent H1N1 vaccine campaign. She advocated first injecting pregnant women with the biochemical that induced spontaneous abortions, forced miscarriages. Left-over H1N1 vaccines were sent to the Third World, generously donated by Obama, Sebelius and their eugenics cronies. Years will pass before that giant human research reveals if women who took that vaccine, or their daughters, are sterile.

First Lady, Michelle Obama plays her part to a tea. She recently emailed millions of Americans via the front group, MoveOn, promoting health care for all of us "moms" while moms in south Louisiana and all along the Gulf Coast receive not one bit of health assistance to battle being gassed by her husband, Commander in Chief.

Yesterday, one of those moms emailed the Human Rights Examiner the following message after reading about pregnant women attempting to save their unborn by fleeing chemical rape in the Gulf Coast:

I don't know if I am in the clear zone, I am in Kissimmee, Florida.
I want to help in any way I can.
This year has destroyed my saving, I work day to day to pay rent. I have no electric. But, I have a roof over head. If anyone who needs it can make it to me I can offer a place to stay.

People just do not realize what is being done to us.
It hurts so bad, to watch everything they do as if we do not matter.

           National Guard’s “Homeland Response Force” to Patrol Missouri, Nine Other States          

Aaron Dykes
Infowars.com
July 15, 2010

Homeland Response Forces are descending upon Missouri and nine other states, where National Guard units will be the face of Federal power in the regions in the event of a terrorist attack or disaster.


RAND Corp. "Katrina Offers Lessons for Improving the National Guard Response to Catastrophic Domestic Emergencies" http://www.rand.org/…/summer2007/katrina.html

The Sedalia Democrat reports that, along with Missouri, the state where the report was written, Massachusetts, New York,PennsylvaniaGeorgia, Texas, Utah and California will also host the National Guard Homeland Response Forces in the name of fighting terrorism. A unit will be placed within each of the regions established by FEMA, effectively implementing Federal powers at the state level premptively.

The U.S. Department of Defense announced Monday that Missouri will be one of 10 states to host National Guard Homeland Response Force units to help coordinate federal response to a terrorist attack.

According to the DoD announcement, the move came about following the 2010 Quadrennial Defense Review — a congressionally mandated report put together every four years that highlights changes and challenges in national defense strategy. The 2010 report calls for improved coordination with civilian officials and providing resources for large-scale emergency response.

Other states that have announced participation in the program include Ohio.

National Ocean Council

National Ocean Council

By Cassandra Anderson
July 28, 2010

NASMIS

Thirty states will be encroached upon by Obama's Executive Order establishing the National Ocean Council for control over America's oceans, coastlines and the Great Lakes. Under this new council, states' coastal jurisdictions will be subject to the United Nations' Law Of Sea Treaty (LOST) in this UN Agenda 21 program. America'a oceans and coastlines will be broken into 9 regions that include the North East, Mid-Atlantic, South Atlantic, the Gulf Coast, West Coast, the Great Lakes, Alaska, the Pacific Islands (including Hawaii) and the Caribbean.

 

Because of the decades of difficulty that the collectivists have had trying to ratify the Law Of Sea Treaty (LOST), Obama is sneaking it in through the back door, by way of this Executive Order establishing the Council. Because LOST is a treaty, Obama's Executive Order is not Constitutional as treaty ratification requires 2/3 approval from the Senate. Michael Shaw said that the Agenda 21 Convention on Biodiversity treaty of 1992 failed to pass Congress so it was executed through soft law and administratively on local levels, and Obama's Executive Order is a similar soft law tactic to enact the LOST treaty.

In fact, our Constitutional form of government is being completely destroyed because buried in the CLEAR Act (HR 3534) there is a provision for a new council to oversee the outer continental shelf- it appears that this Regional Outer Shelf Council will be part of the National Ocean Council. This means that if Congress makes the CLEAR Act into law, then the implementation of the UN Law Of Sea Treaty, as part of the National Ocean Council's agenda, will be "ratified" in a convoluted and stealth manner, in full opposition to the Constitution and its intent.

The excuse for this extreme action is because of the emergency in the Gulf of Mexico. Obama and Congress have always had the legal and military power to force BP Oil to take all necessary action to stop the gusher and clean the oil spew. While there is evidence that the problems in the Gulf have been a result of collusion and planned incompetence, it begs the question, why in world should America's oceans and resources be controlled by Obama appointees?

NATIONAL OCEAN COUNCIL MEMBERS:

John Holdren, Obama's science and technology advisor, is the co-chairman of this new council. He is also a depopulation enthusiast and advocates sterilization by way of using infertility drugs in water and food as well as forced abortions which he describes in his book "Ecoscience".

Ken Salazar, Secretary of the Department of Interior, and its subagency, MMS (Minerals Management Service) has authority over offshore drilling and responsibility for enforcing spill prevention measures. The Department of Interior's BLM (Bureau of Land Management) is the entity that controls federally managed land extending across 30% of America in 11 western states. Last week, Congressman Louie Gohmert said that Ken Salazar personally prevented drilling on land in Utah, Wyoming and Colorado, thereby also preventing energy independence. In addition, the federal lands have been grossly mismanaged and present fire dangers. The federal government is $3.7 billion in arrears for maintenance of the federally managed lands.

US Department of Agriculture Secretary Tom Vilsack, by way of the US Forestry Service and US Fish & Wildlife Service, has been complicit in the decline of our country's food independence. For example, US Fish & Wildlife (along with the Department of Commerce) shut the water off in California using Endangered Species Act; it was later proven that partially treated sewage was the primary culprit in killing the salmon and delta smelt that was previously blamed on farmers. This is phony environmentalism. The US Forestry Service has also misused the Endangered Species Act to limit farmers and ranchers. Remember that the USDA co-owns the Terminator Gene patent with Monsanto that makes seeds sterile.

Lisa Jackson is the EPA administrator who has threatened to impose 18,000 pages of new regulations to curb global warming which is based on lies, claiming that carbon dioxide is a danger to human health.

Department of Defense Secretary Robert Gates and Department of Homeland Security Secretary Janet Napolitano: it is unclear how these two federal appointees will enhance environmental 'sustainability' over oceans and coasts. Traditionally, national security threats (like the War on Terror) have been used by the federal government to take control of resources. For example, many years ago when the interstate highway systems were first being built, the Feds got in on the action by claiming that they were building a defense highway system, and they encroached into an area that belonged to the states. Interestingly, there were no overhead structures on highways originally because of the Feds' claim that large missiles would be transported on these "defense" highway systems.

Secretary of State Hilary Clinton, a leading globalist, is likely to plunge our country into international entanglements and subjugation, based on her past performance; an example is her support of the UN Small Arms Treaty, which is contrary to the Constitution.

Department of Energy Secretary Steven Chu and Department of Commerce Secretary Gary Locke are logical choices for this destructive council as some of the planned funding for this program will come from permits and leases (oil drilling leases, for example). These agencies will limit America's energy independence.

Click here to see the full list of the 24 member council.

THE SMOKING GUN:

Agenda 21 Sustainable Development is the overarching blueprint for depopulationa and total control, and the National Ocean Council is clearly an Agenda 21 program:

The National Ocean Council is headed by John Holdren, an avowed eugenicist which is selective breeding through brutal means like forced abortion.

The National Ocean Counci's own report (Coastal and Marine Spatial Planning, pg. 8) incorporates a section of the 1992 Rio Declaration which is an original UN Agenda 21 document!

In fact, the report says that it will be guided by the Rio Declaration in cases "Where there are threats of serious or irreversible damage, lack of full scientific certainty shall not be used as a reason for postponing cost-effective measures to prevent environmental degradation." (pg. 8) This means that regulations will be imposed even if the science is not understood or if the science is based on global warming manipulated data.

The 3 primary tools of Agenda 21's phony environmentalism are global warming, water shortages and the Endangered Species Act; the National Ocean Council intends to exploit all of these tools to their full extent.

1-lost

The National Ocean Council's main objective is to sink American sovereignty through the United Nations Law Of Sea Treaty (LOST) with the intended result of domination by the UNover our coasts and the Great Lakes. LOST originated in the 1970s as a wealth redistribution plan to benefit Third World countries. LOST sets rules for commercial activity beneath the high seas and establishes new international bureaucracies and a tribunal to interpret and apply rules to sea activity. And LOST can proceed with those rules, even against US objections! LOST threatens to complicate deep sea mining. LOST sets a precedent that US rights are dependent upon the approval of international entities. LOST also extends to ocean flowing rivers.

REGIONALISM:

Michael Shaw pointed out that non-elected councils are increasingly expanding their jurisdiction through air quality boards, water quality boards, sewer systems, transportation districts, metropolitan planning, etc. to gain control over resources. Often, large corporations and financial interests form Public- Private Partnerships with the government within these councils.

Breaking areas into regions and placing authority with non-elected councils is a Communist trick used to hijack resources, thereby usurping local and state power by re-zoning the areas that do have Constitutional authority. Appointed bureaucrats are untouchable because their jobs are not dependent upon serving the voting population. And they are usually inaccessible to the public and do not have to face those who are affected by their "insider" decisions. When state and local governments become corrupt, the public is able to confront them eye to eye, but distant bureaucrats can avoid accountability. Regionalism is used as a psychological tactic to intimidate state legislatures into creating the system for a new political and economic order.

Obama's Executive Order that has created the 9 new regions amounts to re-zoning, and his appointed bureaucrats are answerable only to him. In DavidHorton's testimony in 1978 on regionalism, he said that the State of Indiana made this declaration, "Neither the states nor Congress have ever granted authority to any branch or agency of the federal government to exercise regional control over the states." Horton further stated that Congress holds all legislative power that is granted in the Constitution, as opposed to Executive Orders that are not legislative. Therefore, Obama's Executive Order for re-zoning and appointing a governing body to usurp state and local power is Constitutionally invalid.

The public must become aware of state sovereignty and the Tenth Amendment to demand that state and local governments assert these Constitutional laws and principles.

COASTAL AND MARINE SPATIAL PLANNING REPORT:

This is a general overview of the new National Ocean Council's goals based on its 32-page report that uses indirect language and acronyms in order to confuse the public and local lawmakers. Depopulation advocates, globalists and collectivists, like John Holdren, faced opposition a few decades ago when they clearly expressed their objectives, so now documents are written in complicated and clouded language to fool those they wish to control.

This report states that the Council's jurisdiction will extend from the continental shelf to the coast AND additional inland areas will be involved. The National Ocean Council identifies "partners" as members of each regional planning body that will include federal, state, local and tribal authorities, with a top-down hierarchy of control.

The intentions of the Council are stated on page 8 of the report that include implementing LOST and other international treaties.  The report also states that the Counci's plans shall be implemented by Executive Orders, in addition to federal and state laws.  This section mentions 'global climate change' which is a new term used as a substitute for 'man made global warming' after manipulated data and lies were exposed in numerous global warming scandals.  'Climate change' is blamed for sea level rise and acidification of oceans; evidence exists that these are more global warming deceptions.

The stated goals of the Council include regulating investments, collaborating with unidentified international agencies, controlling public access to oceans and "protecting" ecosystems. This means that commerce and trade will be controlled by the Council, the UN will gain power over American oceans and the Great Lakes through UN subagencies, public access will be limited and the Endangered Species Act will be unleashed, with heavy regulations. Incidentally, the Endangered Species Act is based on 5 international treaties. It has never had a successful result: of the 60 species that have been de-listed, not a single species was saved as a result of any restrictions stemming from the Endangered Species Act!

The targeted areas for Endangered Species Act regulations are the the Great Lakes, the Gulf Coast, Chesapeake Bay, Puget Sound, South Florida and the San Francisco Bay (the Bay Delta is where the irrigation water for farmers was was cut off using the Endangered Species Act, causing food shortages, an increase in food imports and massive economic devastation).

While this report does not clearly outline how the National Ocean Council's schemes will be financed, regulatory permits for all activity on the water and mining (oil) leases will play a part, along with tax increases. The report does indicate that grants and assistance programs will be available so that state, local and tribal authorities will support the Council's "efforts". In other words, the Council will try to buy off the state and local governments to "collectively use" them for a base of support and influence. (pg. 28) Strings are always attached to federal money. The federal government and the Council are reliant on state and local governments for implementation through state and local legal authority, which means that state and local authorities hold the power to implement or refuse the Council's directives, especially under the Tenth Amendment.

However, the report does state that disputes will be settled by consensus, if consensus fails, then the decisions will ultimately be made by the President. He is Commander in Chief of the Navy and has the power of the military behind him. Further, the report indicates that legislative changes and more Executive Orders may be necessary to achieve control.

An important point is made on page 5, which states, "Strong partnerships among Federal, State, tribal and local authorities, and regional governance structures would be essential to a truly forward-looking, comprehensive CMSP effort." This means that the states, local governments and tribes have power. Our collectivist government needs the consent of the state, local and tribal authorities, to implement this scheme, otherwise, the feds wouldn't bother to include these Constitutional authorities. If the state, local and tribal authorities are aware of, and willing to act on their Constitutional authority, then they can limit this federal power grab through the Tenth Amendment.

The report further states that signing onto the Council's plan would be an "express commitment by the partners to act in accordance with the plan..." (pg. 20) Therefore, it is imperative that all of the states be aware of the Council's intended usurpation and carefully protect their Constitutional jurisdictions and sovereignty. There are 30 states that will be affected by this new council. (pg. 12)

The Council's strategy plan will go into effect immediately, fully developing Agenda 21 objectives and undue UN influence within 5 years. Interestingly, one article said that if state, local and tribal authorities choose not to participate in in writing the plans, the plans would be written without them. Therefore, it bears repeating that state and local governments must protect their Constitutional authority when dealing with the Council. The Constitutional authority that states and local governments have can only be taken if the power is given away. 

SAVING OUR COUNTRY:

If your freedom is important to you, the most effective action that you can take is to e-mail this article and Michael Shaw's "Understanding Agenda 21 Sustainable Development" booklet to all of your State Legislators, County Commissioners/ Superintendents and City Council members.

Tell all of your friends, co-workers and neighbors about Agenda 21 Sustainable Development and how it is destroying our country. The National Ocean Council is detrimental on so many levels and the time to act is now. If state and local officials refuse to stand up against this federal incursion, they must be thrown out of office in favor of representatives who support the Constitution and the Tenth Amendment.

Be sure to check back with www.MorphCity.com on July 30th to watch a special video presentation about how a local official stood up against encroachment by the federal government.

Check this link out...thousands and thousands of UN vehicles, or paddy wagons lined up a NAS Jacksonville AFB

Now...what are they thinking and what are they planning???

 Uhttp://maps.google.com/maps?f=q&source=s_q&hl=en&geocode=&q=29.97213,-81.660047&sll=37.0625,-95.677068&sspn=29.219963,56.162109&ie=UTF8&ll=29.972583,-81.662344&spn=0.000974,0.001714&t=f&z=19&ecpose=29.97165897,-81.66184872,74.59,-24.932,58.727,0 

Chelsea's Secret Wedding Plans

 (To Goldman Sachs-Mark Mezvinsky) What an Elitist Event This Will Be!!!

 Lynnley Browning –  Jul 14, 11:44 pm ET

NEW YORK – Dubbed "The Wedding of the Century," the Chelsea Clinton and Marc Mezvinsky nuptials this month are shrouded in secrecy. Lynnley Browning lifts the veil on the mansion, the party, the guests, and the gift bags.

If Chelsea Clinton gets a migraine during the final fitting for her custom Oscar de la Renta wedding gown, she'll have a stylish new place to rest her cerebral head.

Clinton recently bought two cream, lavender, and taupe sofa pillows at Hammertown, a tony home-furnishings store in Rhinebeck, New York, the quaint village on the Hudson River where she is marrying private-banker boyfriend Marc Mezvinsky this month.

Rhonda Cayea, manager of Hammertown, described the $178 pillows as "understated"—an adjective that doesn't apply to much in Rhinebeck.

Click Image to View Our Gallery of Chelsea Clinton Through the Years

HP Main - Clinton Engagement

Steinberg / Adao / INFGoff.com

Take Astor Courts, where Clinton and Mezvinsky will tie the knot July 31. The turn-of-the-century 26,000-square-foot mansion, built to resemble the Grand Trianon at Versailles, has five bedrooms, seven fireplaces, indoor clay tennis courts, and an indoor Mediterranean-style pool. A few months ago, the photographer Annie Leibovitz, who lives in the grand dairy barn on the estate, gave David Bowie and his wife Iman a tour of her multimillion-dollar digs as they were house-hunting. The $12 million mansion has since been taken temporarily off the market—until the wedding drama is over.

The Beaux Arts mansion, built by Gilded Age tycoon John Jacob Astor IV, sits high on a bluff, surrounded by 3,500 bucolic acres and dense forest that, these days, are crawling with Secret Service agents—all in Defcon 1-style security mode for the closest thing America gets to a royal wedding.

"Get out of here," a tall, blond, and very fit Secret Service agent wearing shorts and an azure "Cape Cod" T-shirt laughingly told an intruder, who had taken the half-mile walk up the gravel toward Astor Court's iron gate. "I have nothing to tell you," the agent added.

To the intruder on the gravel path, the scene in the forest evoked Errol Flynn in tights as Robin Hood and his band of Merry Men hid among the maples and oaks. Along the borders of the estate, workmen were busy repairing crumbling stone walls.

The locals call it "The Wedding of the Century." But it's so private, so shrouded in secrecy, neither the local sheriff's office nor the town police have been given any details about how to deploy, said Tom Traudt, the Rhinebeck town supervisor. "I expect we'll get a head's up 10 days or two weeks before the event," he told The Daily Beast.

Secret Service agents aren't the only ones in lockdown.

Josh Kroner, the affable owner and chef of Terrapin Restaurant, an upscale eatery in town that's catering therehearsal dinner, is spending the entire week out of his kitchen to deal with security, White House staffers, local farm suppliers, and the event's quasi-celebrity planner, Bryan Rafanelli, in Boston. On his plate: how to make the dinner at Grasmere, a Revolutionary War-era private estate with a Georgian brick manor and Edwardian stone barns, all spread out over 525 acres of farmland, hayfields, and forest, cozy and intimate.

This week, Kroner's longtime catering director, Hugh Piney, a chatty Brit, is busy fielding phone calls from reporters and making sure there's enough horseradish-encrusted Ahi tuna with miso aioli—Terrapin's signature dish—to feed Chelsea's nearest and dearest. "We use all the local farmers," Piney said. "We can get everything here—except fish."

With 8,300 residents, Rhinebeck is sometimes dubbed "the Hamptons of the North." The entire town, which grew rich—and Democratic—amid the influx of wealthy Manhattanites over the past 15 years, is straight out ofThe Great Gatsby—with a heavy dose of liberal consciousness thrown in. (Think Pilates, organic food, and a surprising number of Tibetans.) The nearby Rhinecliff Inn serves the "Millionaire Mojito," and Uma Thurman, Drew Barrymore, and Sarah Jessica Parker have all been spotted in town. But don't expect locals to snap their pictures. "One thing about this town, we like to respect people's privacy," says Cayea.

How do you pull off sneaking hundreds of A-listers, including the president, into this sleepy hamlet on the Hudson?

Still, a little digging reveals that some guests have been booked at the Beekman Arms, a favorite dining establishment of Bill and Hillary, who live in Chappaqua, which is a 90-minute drive north. Larry Cihanek, the inn's host, and a former advertising executive, once seated the two Clintons at a table near the bathroom, while five Secret Service agents covered the kitchen and lurked outside under the eaves. "I usually put children next to the bathroom because they like to play around," Cihanek said. He paused, with a twinkle in his eye, and added, "So does Bill."

According to The Hudson Valley News, guests invited to the wedding include President Obama, Oprah Winfrey, Barbra Streisand, Steven Spielberg and Kate Capshaw, Clinton confidant Terry McAuliffe, and media mogul Ted Turner.

But how do you pull off sneaking hundreds of A-listers, including the president, into this sleepy hamlet on the Hudson?

Patricia Garofal, a neighbor and friend of Kathy Hammer and Alfred Seelbinder, the wealthy Democrats who own and live at Astor Courts, has been eyeing the helicopters flying over River Road—the entrance to the estate—for weeks. And according to a resident insider, Countess Iliana Kerckerinck van Meeteren, who lives in a nearby estate overlooking the Hudson River, has been tapped to provide use of her private helipad to certain guests.

"The security's going to have to be intense because of the number of ways you can access the property," said Garofal, who signed a confidentiality agreement with Hammer, a former executive at Oxygen Media, and Hammer's property-developer husband, Seelbinder.

Given that Amtrak runs through the Hudson River side of Astor Courts, Garofal said it was likely the weddingparty would rent out entire train cars to ferry guests to and from Manhattan, 90 miles south.

Apparently, those who make the trek will receive—spoiler alert!—gift bags that include Rhinebeck Farmers' Market paper calendars and orange tote bags with woodcut honeybee prints. According to a resident insider, the co-owner of The Paper Trail, a chic local emporium of paper goods, jewelry and gifts, is assembling 310 gift bags.

At $2 a piece, those totes are in fact "understated."

Lynnley Browning is a frequent contributor to the business pages of The New York Times and is a former Moscow-based correspondent for Reuters, where she covered energy and commodities. She lives in Hamden, Connecticut, with her son.

RED FLAG... GULF OIL RUPTURE

Paul Joseph Watson & Alex Jones
http://www.prisonplanet.com/
http://www.infowars.com/
http://www.infowars.net/
Tuesday, Jun 8th, 2010

WAKE UP PEOPLE!!!!

- Sales of shares and stocks in days and weeks beforehand

- Halliburton link, acquisition of cleanup company days before explosion

- BP report cites undocumented tampering with well sealing equipment

- Government uses disaster to push for Carbon Tax, Nationalization talk

     **carbon tax is an environmental tax that is levied on the carbon content of fuels(Hoeller and Wallin, 1991, p. 92).[1] Carbon atoms are present in every fossil fuel(coalpetroleum, and natural gas) and are released as carbon dioxide (CO2) when they are burnt. In contrast, non-combustion energy sources—windsunlight,hydropower, and nuclear—do not convert hydrocarbons to carbon dioxide. A carbon tax can be implemented by taxing the burning of fossil fuels—coal, petroleumproducts such as gasoline and aviation fuel, and natural gas—in proportion to their carbon content. Accordingly, a carbon tax increases the competitiveness of non-carbon technologies compared to the traditional burning of fossil fuels, thus helping to protect the environment while raising revenues.
Troubling evidence surrounding the Deepwater Horizon explosion on April 20th suggests that the incident could have been manufactured.

On April 12th, just over one week before the Deepwater Horizon rig exploded, Halliburton, the world's second largest oilfield services corporation, surprised some by acquiring Boots & Coots, a relatively small but vastly experienced oil

well control companies.

The company deals with fires and blowouts on oil rigs and oil wells. It was responsible for putting out roughly one third of the more than 700 oil well fires set in Kuwait by retreating Iraqi soldiers during the Gulf War.

The deal itself is still under scrutiny with Boots and Coots facing an ongoing investigation into "possible breaches of fiduciary duty and other violations of state law"

Where this information gets really interesting is with the fact that Halliburton is named in the majority of some two dozen lawsuits filed since the explosion by Gulf Coast people and businesses who claim that the company is to blame for the disaster.

Halliburton was forced to admit in testimony at a congressional hearing last month that it carried out a cementing operation 20 hours before the Gulf of Mexico rig went up in flames. The lawsuits claim that four Halliburton workers stationed on the rig improperly capped the well.

As the New York Times noted on May 26th, "BP officials chose, partly for financial reasons, to use a type of casing for the well that the company knew was the riskier of two options,"

Workers from the rig and company officials have said that hours before the explosion, gases were leaking through the cement, which had been set in place by the oil services contractor, Halliburton. Investigators have said these leaks were the likely cause of the explosion."


According to a 2007 study by Minerals Management Service, cementing was a factor in 18 of 39 rig blowouts in the gulf between 1992 and 2006.

Another intriguing connection Boots and Coots has to the Deepwater Horizon explosion comes via Pat Campbell, the man BP has employed to cap the well beneath the ruined rig. Campbell worked for Boots and Coots as general manager for many years.

BP has admitted to buying Yahoo and Google keywords in an attempt to control publicly available information in the wake of the catastrophe. It seems that the company is taking all the flack for the spill while the Halliburton link is being roundly ignored.

BP's prepared testimony briefing, which has since leaked online, also intriguingly notes that the Hydraulic Control System on equipment designed to automatically seal the well in an emergency was modified without their knowledge sometime before the explosion.

Independent Investigation Into Pentagon Attack Yields Alarming Information

August 30th, 2009 7:42 AM  

thepeoplesvoice.org


Witness flight path vs official flight path

Researchers present new eyewitness testimony which they say proves the government's story to be a "monstrous lie"

A three year independent investigation into the September 11, 2001 attack on the Pentagon has yielded new eyewitness evidence which, according to the Southern California-based researchers who conducted the investigation, "conclusively (and unfortunately) establishes as a historical fact that the violence which took place in Arlington that day was not the result of a surprise attack by suicide hijackers, but rather a military black operation involving a carefully planned and skillfully executed deception."

They have compiled the most pertinent testimony into an 81 minute video presentation entitled National Security Alert, which has earned the respect and praise of a growing number of distinguished academics, journalists, writers, entertainers, pilots, and military personnel.

The investigation involved multiple trips to the scene of the crime in Arlington, Virginia, close scrutiny of all official and unofficial data related to the event, and, most importantly, first-person interviews with dozens of eyewitnesses, many of which were conducted and filmed in the exact locations from which they witnessed the plane that allegedly struck the building that day. It was primarily conducted by two men named Craig Ranke and Aldo Marquis, also known as Citizen Investigation Team, or CIT.

"There were a growing number of people in the United States and around the world who were suspicious of the government's story about what had happened at the Pentagon that day," Ranke explains. "The doubts were initially fueled by the dubious damage to the building, which seemed incompatible with a 757 crash, the deliberate lack of transparency by the authorities, and many other issues, but they really intensified after a team of professional pilots (Pilots for 9/11 Truth) analyzed the data obtained from the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) via a Freedom of Information Act request in 2006, which was supposedly from the black box of American Airlines Flight 77, and found that the last reported altitude of the plane was far too high to have struck the light poles or the building. This meant that either the plane did not cause the observed physical damage, that the government had released fraudulent data, or both."

"We were tired of the cover-up, but we were also frustrated with the dead-end theorizing that was taking place", says Marquis of the project's genesis. "We knew that the only way we were ever going to know what had really happened was if we actually went to the area, knocked on doors, and interviewed everyday people about what they saw."

When these eyewitness accounts are aggregated, they paint a very disturbing picture, say the researchers.

"To put it as concisely as possible, the plane had to have flown on a very specific flight path in the final seconds before it reached the Pentagon in order to have caused the observed damage, starting with the light poles that were photographed on the ground and ending with the directional damage to the building itself which was outlined in detail by the American Society of Civil Engineers," explains Ranke. "The government claims the plane flew on this flight path and hit the building. The eyewitnesses in all of the most critical vantage points, on the other hand, independently, unanimously, and unequivocally report a drastically different flight path, proving that the plane absolutely could not have hit the light poles or the building. It is a non-controversial scientific fact that a strike from this trajectory would have caused a very different damage path."

It wasn't just witnesses who watched the plane approach the building that the team spoke with, however.

"We've also published our interview with a Pentagon police officer who saw the plane flying away from the Pentagon immediately after the explosion", says Marquis. "We already knew that the plane could not have hit based on the testimony of the witnesses on the other side of the building who watched it approach, but it was still vindicating to get this kind of confirmation."

A 2006 Scripps Howard/Ohio University poll found that "More than a third of the American public suspects that federal officials assisted in the 9/11 terrorist attacks or took no action to stop them so the United States could go to war in the Middle East." Nevertheless, Ranke and Marquis acknowledge it is still quite controversial to claim, as they do, that "criminal elements within the U.S. government" were complicit in the attacks.

"If you are skeptical of (or even incensed by) this statement we do not blame you," reads a note on the front page of their website, CitizenInvestigationTeam.com. "We are not asking you to take our word for it, nor do we want you to do that. We want you to view the evidence and see with your own eyes that this is the case. We want you to hear it directly from the eyewitnesses who were there, just as we did."

Many people seem to be taking them up on this offer. Their video has already received almost 70,000 views online since it was first posted to their website a few weeks ago with only a grass roots promotional effort behind it.

Perhaps more notable than the size of the audience, however, is the caliber of some of the people in it. A newly-published compendium of endorsements on the CitizenInvestigationTeam.com website includes praise from a wide array of distinguished and well-respected Americans.

Emmy-award winning actor and former president of The Screen actors Guild, Ed Asner, calls the film a "reasoned, and methodical look at witness testimony the day the Pentagon was attacked on Sept. 11th".

Prolific non-ficition author Dr. Peter Dale Scott, Professor Emeritus of the University of California, Berkeley affirms that the film "successfully rebuts the official account of Flight 77's flight path on 9/11 as it approached the Pentagon".

"If you accept the placement of the plane as independently and unanimously reported by the witnesses presented in CIT's video National Security Alert, science proves that it did not cause the physical damage at the Pentagon on 9/11/2001", says FAA certified pilot Robert Balsamo.

Dr. David Ray Griffin, author of The New Pearl Harbor Revisited: 9/11, the Cover-Up, and the Exposé and many other titles, says he is "pleased to be able to recommend this important film with enthusiasm", while scholar, author, and radio host Dr. Kevin Barrett says that the film proves "that the official version of the attack on the Pentagon is false, and that the attack must have been a deceptive military operation, not the kamakaze crash of a hijacked commercial jet."

Scott McKinsey, an award-winning network television director, says "The DVD offers no theorizing or speculation; only corroborated eyewitness evidence contradicting the official flight data to support an overwhelming argument that a plane did not slam into the Pentagon on 9/11".

Architect Richard Gage, AIA, founder of Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth (AE911Truth.org), a coalition of over 700 professional architects and engineers calling for a new independent investigation of the destruction of the three skyscrapers in New York on 9/11 (the third was World Trade Center 7), calls the film "long overdue, but worth waiting for" and says that it "deserves serious attention".

Retired Navy Commander and aviator James R. Compton calls National Security Alert "the best reporting I've seen in a long, long time" and "a must see for every citizen in our country".

"Government and media figures who dare ignore evidence this conclusive do so at their own peril", warns Lt. Col. Shelton Lankford, a retired Marine pilot who has flown 303 combat missions.

The full quotes from these individuals and others can be read at here.

National Security Alert can be viewed for free online here.

-###-

PRLog http://www.prlog.org:80/10322926-independent-investigation-into-pentagon-attack-yields-alarming-information.html - We are an organization of independent citizens who have embarked on a guerrilla reporting effort to get to the bottom of the truth behind the 9/11 attack on the Pentagon.

Treachery In The Gulf 
By Robbi Skye Campbell
6-29-10
 
What has happened in the Gulf of Mexico was not by accident. It was most likely a design to support an agenda. What that agenda is we do not know exactly but I will try to connect the dots. We may soon know the true extent of its nature by the "solutions" our government imposes on the people in the Gulf area.
 
There are some major problems:
 
The Obama administration allowed BP to drill at an unstable site (highly over pressured) in 5,000 feet of water;
 
BP CEO Tony Hayward dumped his BP stock 2 months before the spill;
 
The well was kicking since they drilled into the production zone, so the drilling fluid or mud was underbalanced (mud weight not quite heavy enough for the upward pressure of the gas);
 
Goldman Sachs dumped 44% of BP stock and went short on Transocean stock the day before the spill;
 
The drilling crew knew that the annular blowout preventer was damaged and BP company man Kazula did not order it repaired;
 
BP company man Kazula was a greenhorn on the Deepwater Horizon (he was inexperienced);
 
The well was cased, cemented and had two cement abandonment plugs in place, so how could the well be kicking (trying to blow out)?;
 
BP company man Kazula sent away the Schlumberger team (supposed to do the cement bond log to check Halliburton's cement job on the casing);
 
Despite this the BP company man made the decision to change the mud over to seawater (seawater is 40% lighter than the drilling mud). This is not logical;
 
Shouting match between the rig superintendent and the company man. Superintendent felt that the order to change over to seawater was irrational and suicidal;
 
During the changeover of the mud to seawater is when the blowout naturally occurred;
 
President Obama stood by but did not take action for at least three weeks after the spill;
 
BP and the White House allowed the spill to continue;
 
The White House allowed BP to spray the highly toxic chemical, Corexit 9500, which is considered to be four to ten times more toxic than the oil itself. EPA told BP not to use Corexit 9500 and BP ignored the federal agency. Corexit is being sprayed at nighttime on coastal residences by the CIA-front, Evergreen Air (which reportedly also sprays chemtrails);
 
Negligible cleanup measures on the shores and at sea;
 
Barack Obama sent SWAT teams to production platforms and drilling rigs;
 
Obama sent the Army and National Guard into the Gulf States  for what reason?
 
Suppression of investigative reporting of the spill;
 
BP arrested people taking pictures of the area;
 
BP is allowed to reap the benefit of gathering oil rather than stopping the spill;
 
Interests and livelihood of the residents suppressed and not considered in decisions;
 
President Obama is using the spill to get the "Cap and Trade" bill passed;
 
Twenty-two countries have offered their experience in spill control and cleanup but neither our government nor BP has accepted their offers;
 
BP and Obama have declined to use non-toxic microbes as a clean-up measure;
 
BP company man Kazula invoked the Fifth Amendment under congressional questioning of his orders.
 
 
Where are the environmental groups? The Santa Barbara spill in 1969 was from an offshore drilling rig in the Santa Barbara Channel. It was a blowout on Union Oil's platform A; over ten days it was estimated that 80,000 to 100,000 barrels of crude oil spilled into the channel and onto the beaches from Goleta to Rincon and all four Channel Islands. The oil spill prompted a congressional moratorium in 1981 on new offshore oil leasing with exceptions of the Gulf of Mexico and parts of offshore Alaska that remained in effect until 2008 when Congress did not renew it.
 
This was the coming out of environmental groups. At the same time Friends of the Earth was heavily supported by BP, ARCO, and EXXON in its litigation against those companies to prevent the completion of the Alaska Pipeline until the price of oil was raised by the Ayatollah in 1978. Friends of the Earth then withdrew is lawsuit and the pipeline was allowed to begin transporting much more valuable oil.
 
In 1989 we saw the Exxon Valdez spill which was the largest oil spill at 10.8 million gallons (250,000 barrels) when it hit the Prince William Sound's Bligh Reef. Others estimated a far greater amount, closer to 30 million gallons. It was considered to be one of the most devastating environmental disasters. The tanker's Rayas sonar was not turned on. It was broken and disabled for longer than one year and was considered too expensive to repair or replace. The environmental groups were all over them, and the media piled on.
 
The Exxon Valdez crew was criticized for its slow response. The environmental groups were powerful and their voices were heard. In response to this spill the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (OPA) was passed by Congress. It prohibited after 22 MAR 1989 any vessel that has caused a spill of greater than one million US gallons in any marine area from operating in the Prince William Sound. Even though the tanker involved in the spill was double-hulled, this spill resulted in all tankers ordered to be double-hulled. To this day, the spill affects the lives of the people living in the Prince William Sound area. The cleanup has not been successful; more than 26,000 gals of oil remain on the shoreline and the marine life has not recovered. Only 10% of the oil was recovered.
 
Even though the environmental groups may have had some effect on the spill it was the community that took the full brunt of the accident. The Chugach Alaska Corporation had to file Chapter 11 bankruptcy. Losses included recreational sports, fisheries, reduced tourism and of something economists call "existence value," which is the value to the public of a pristine Prince William Sound. The economy of Cordova, Alaska was adversely affected with damage to the herring and salmon stock. Several residents and the mayor committed suicide.
 
Let's take a look at what happened to the cleanup crew of the Exxon Valdez. Workers stood in oil foam for 18 hours per day. The boats steered through a hydrocarbon haze. The workers came from the area  fisherman and sportsmen suddenly jobless. They were hired by Exxon. They were treated for headaches, nausea, chemical burns, breathing problems. Many or all of them were never the same after working the summer for Exxon. Most of the workers died young due to lung disease (asthma, emphysema), liver, pancreatic and spleen problems. Workers went in 100% healthy and came out sick. Well and vibrant, they all became sick after a summer of hard work in Prince William Sound. There were thousands of workers affected by headaches, cancer, rashes, kidney and liver disease all the result of massive chemical exposure to the dispersants, solvents and crude oil mix. We may never know how many people were affected by the Exxon Valdez spill because Exxon and their cleanup company, Velco Inc., denied government investigators the medical records.
 
* * *
 
Russia is another country that has had uncontrollable blowouts. They have had five cratered blowouts. They found that drilling a relief well that intersects the wild well and then placing and detonating a nuclear device (which slid the formation across the wild well bore, choking it off) were successful solutions.
 
In 1963 the Russians had a horrible blowout that lasted three years spewing twelve million cubic meters of flaming gas each day. Albert Vasiliev (nuclear physicist and gas well firefighter) said, "We were acting like surgeons in last resort cases, but it worked." The blowout sounded like 100 jet planes all at once. A nuclear blast choked it off. This method was found to be effective and they used it on similar cases. Vyacheslav Klishin (nuclear physicist, gas well firefighter) said, "One needs to tie up the well where the leak is. There are only two ways: 1. [A relief well to intersect the wild well, injecting mud and cement into the bore]; 2. A nuclear explosion." The Russians and other countries are obviously alarmed by the Gulf catastrophe and have offered their experience and expertise in wild well control, but Barack Obama and BP have ignored their offers. We can only infer from this that our government and BP are not going to control the well. There is an agenda, but what is it?
 
What will happen if the well continues to release 125,000 barrels of oil and at least 9,000 PSI hydrogen sulfide, benzene and methylene chloride gases each day? Benzene is the aromatic hydrocarbon component of crude oil, which is highly toxic and carcinogenic to boot. Acceptable levels are 0 to 4 parts per billion. In Florida, Alabama and Louisiana they have measured 3,000 ppb on shore! Hydrogen sulfide is allowable at 5 to 10 parts per billion. In the above states, H2S has been measured at up to 1,200 ppb. The allowable limit of methylene chloride is 61 parts per billion. The same states have found levels as high as 3,000 to 3,400 ppd!
 
The oil flow in the Gulf is equivalent to the Exxon Valdez every two days. It will follow the currents of the Gulf of Mexico to the shores of Louisiana, Mississippi, Florida, Bahamas and the Caribbean. Russian scientists have said that, once in the Gulf Stream, it will drastically affect the fishing industry globally. There are millions of families that have made their livelihoods on fishing, shrimping and crabbing. The restaurant, hotel and sports businesses based on tourism will be affected. The chemicals have evaporated into the atmosphere and have condensed, falling on the plant life, farms and the entire environment surrounding the Gulf of Mexico causing corrosive lesions on plants and killing the birds. It is now raining chemicals in Louisiana.
 
There may be more that it has affected so far but this is what we have seen on the Internet and YouTube. The currents move around the peninsula of Florida and along the East Coast. This will directly affect more coastal regions in a similar fashion as what we are seeing in the Gulf. We are nearing the hurricane season which will drive the toxic mixture inland. The toxic combination of oil, methane and Corexit will continue to have detrimental effects on our environment and humanity. It is a carcinogen. The hydrocarbon fumes and Corexit are causing symptoms which will manifest in diseases that will afflict plants, animals and humans.
 
People along the coastal regions will become sick and die prematurely.
 
* * *
 
It is ironic that the moral and ethical guidelines for the United Nations' Wildlands Project are based on the philosophy of "Deep Ecology." Our government and BP are creating a famine by letting the blowout continue in its present state. As mentioned above, the EPA objected to the use of Corexit 9500 but Barack Obama did not step in to stop its use. Greenpeace has a boat in the Gulf of Mexico performing research. Research is not the first step that is needed in this life-changing disaster. This is the only NGO environmental group that I have seen in the mainstream media. They have not spoken out on the marine life that is being killed daily, nor have they made any statements on the use of the cancerous chemical Corexit. There is a report from the Sea Turtle Restoration Project that BP has stopped the rescue of Kemp's Ridleys that were trapped in the oil. These sea turtles are being burned with the oil. Burning the oil releases toxic fumes into the atmosphere.
 
We seem to be witnessing the collapse of the environmental organizations, none of which has an expected strident position regarding the worst ecological disaster that the modern world has ever known. Hasn't it been their self-appointed responsibility to speak out? Are the environmental organizations taking money from the big polluters?
 
Every step during this disaster appears to be controlled by an unprecedented amount of greed. Even greed does not figure because so much natural wealth is being destroyed. What is really going on here?
 
Barack Obama spoke to the nation for the first time last week with confident assurances that the Gulf coast would be restored to its original condition eventually. There was no method mentioned. He has made four photo ops trips to the Gulf region, conferring mainly with BP and local leaders. He did not speak to the people who reside in the area. The last one I saw was a silent video showing Obama with a BP cleanup crew relaxing at a picnic table. A local resident commented, "The cleanup crew was there for appearances only; their garbage bags were empty. When Obama left, they got on a bus and left, too."
 
Why do we have a media blackout on a catastrophe that will affect the whole world? BP has hired the CIA-front company, Wackenhut, to patrol the shoreline and prevent reporters, residents and visitors from witnessing, describing and recording the damage. Private thugs are forcing the public off public beaches.
 
In 1966, The Report from Iron Mountain asked the question: How do you duplicate the total control over the population in peacetime that you have during wartime? Written by Leonard Lewin and immediately branded a satire by government spokesmen, it nevertheless had the ring of truth. We have since seen all of its extreme programs brought to life by the US government. The most notable example is the 1992 Agenda for the 21st Century. Agenda 21 is a United Nations program but it was spearheaded and directly sponsored by President George H.W. Bush at the Rio Conference. President Bush promised the attendees that Americans would one day pledge their allegiance to the United Nations as he made Agenda 21 de facto US policy.
 
Once in office, one of the first things President Clinton did by executive order was establish the Presidents Council for Sustainable Development. All aspects of life were covered, though no one in Congress complained or demanded hearings or any sort of debate. Seventeen years later we see Agenda 21 being quietly enforced in federal, state and local laws and regulations. Agenda 21 is the framework for world government, imposed on us by our own town and city councils, our own county supervisors. But it's not called "Agenda 21" by the planners. It's called "Sustainable Development."
 
"Sustainable Development" is a code word for world government. The term "world government" is a euphemism for merciless dictatorship. The excuses are the issues of environmental protection, preservation of water and anti-pollution. For example, most of America will be designated as "wildlands" and will be off-limits to Americans. After a severe reduction of the population, survivors will be highly concentrated into "Smart Growth" cities, stacked and packed into high-rise housing projects.
 
By reducing the population to the numbers found around the Dark Ages (five hundred million), government control is thought by the planners to be manageable. To get down to five hundred million people from our present population of six billion people will require a ninety-two percent reduction. The reliable methods of population reduction we saw in the last century ­ Capitalist world wars and Communism  only achieved reductions in the hundreds of millions. Famine and genocide in Africa were not sufficiently destructive. Agenda 21 calls for the slaughter of five and a half billion people.
 
AIDS has affected its target populations here and in Africa but the Bird Flu, Swine Flu, Ebola, Lyme disease, BSE (mad cow disease) have not taken the numbers wanted. These are all, in my opinion, government-created weapons. Government vaccine programs have not been successful in creating disease and mortality in the numbers needed. The right combination, however, of disease and famine could accomplish the goal.
 
The oil flow, blown inland by storms, will create water shortages by poisoning fresh water sources. People who have been subsistence-living will no longer have ways to live as they had been doing for generations. Farmers will lose production due to chemical rain, thus creating food shortages and famine across America and possibly Mexico and South America. People living on seafood will have the most difficulty and may die off quickly. Oil residue has already been seen in seafood in restaurants and grocery stores. More economic alternative food sources will be sought as the price of seafood skyrockets.
 
Genetically-altered food sources created by Monsanto will cause disease and early death. Already the use of Monsanto "suicide seeds" in America has adversely affected the honey bees. Our honey bee population has been drastically reduced. Scientists have found that the genetically-altered DNA has affected bee nervous systems, causing a die off, which is now called "colony collapse disorder." Without honey bees, pollination ceases and this will be the end of a natural way of life.
 
There will be migrations to urban areas as the coastal people lose everything that made their lives worth living. The "Smart Growth" collectivization of stacking and packing will begin. A single family home with a yard will be something of the past and longed for. Actually the packing of people into small areas will increase the spread of diseases and violence. Two of the tenets of Deep Ecology philosophy in the Wildlands Project are: The human population must be reduced; western civilization must radically change its present economic, technological and ideological structures. Independent entrepreneurs will be things of the past.
 
To support the Wildlands Project we find the American Lands Alliance group and, at the state level, the creation of the Coalition to Restore Coastal Louisiana (CRCL), which has turned into a land-grab with the support of the US Army Corps of Engineers and the Coastal Restoration and Protection Authority (CRPA). Here is how it works (from "The Louisiana Land-Grab" by Zack Walley):
 
"The U.S. Army Corp of Engineers has moved to usurp traditional private property protections in Louisiana's Atchafalaya Basin. In a highly questionable action the USACE has forced conservation easements on the properties of an untold number of homeowners, farmers, timber producers and sportsmen in a 338,000 acre area (equaling an area 10 miles wide and 53 miles long).
 
In an attempt to avoid the Fifth Amendment's prohibition against land takings, the USACE attorney did not refer to these as conservation easements but called them 'Flowage Development Control and Environmental Protection Easements' (FLOWAGE) and used some really 'new math' to adjust the 'fair-market value' of the property down from $1,000 per acre to $125."  
 
Every day that BP and our government allow the oil to flow and the use of Corexit, more of the earth will be poisoned. The land won't be worth a dollar and a quarter, never mind a hundred and a quarter.
 
The marine life that does survive will be contaminated. Recovery of the areas affected is highly unlikely especially when looking at our past record in the Exxon Valdez spill. The use of cancer-causing Corexit has made this disaster many times more toxic than just oil alone.
 
News reporter Kerry Kennedy says the people in the Gulf are experiencing symptoms of nausea, headaches and burning eyes. Didn't BP learn anything from Exxon, or did they learn too much? No one is encouraged to wear respirators and rubber gloves because BP is worried about causing a state of hysteria, i.e., a state of awareness. The doctors do not know exactly how to treat the patients coming in since they don't know what chemicals BP is using. Only band aids and aspirin are provided to the workers in the Gulf by BP's company doctors. All I can say is that a majority of the Valdez workers were dead ten years later. The White House has not responded appropriately so BP as a corporation has taken control of the area without the consent of the people.
 
Looking at the big picture does put a new light on who is expendable. White House chief of staff Rahm Emmanuel has said, "Never let a crisis go to waste." And Obama says we are addicted to oil. (This from a man whose largest campaign contributor was BP) We would not have to be using so much oil if so many inventors of alternative energy and free energy had not been frightened off or killed.
 
Obama's first televised address to the nation was right out of the UN's Sustainable Development handbook, the comprehensive plan to regulate our behavior via the federal, state and local levels of government, primarily the local level. This scheme has been enhanced until recently by the term "global warming," which was necessarily modified to "global climate change," since we now appear to be in a cooling period. Fortunately, the last climate change conference in Copenhagen failed to produce a new climate change treaty. At Copenhagen, some of the American conservation groups demanded a course of action that will lead to environmental disaster faster. BP is heavily tied to eco-groups like Conservation International and Nature Conservancy. Real science often is thrown out the window to accommodate the programs of Big Oil and Big Coal. This will only be tackled when the green lobbyists in the US stop taking cash from Big Oil and Big Coal.
 
City Paper pointed out that BP spent "hundreds of millions of dollars" to "transform its image from that of a dirty old oil company into 'Beyond Petroleum'  a company so environmentally friendly it had transcended oil drilling (and spilling) for happy, sunny and clean technologies such as wind and solar."
 
They also noted that the environmental groups "trumpeted their ties to corporations, arguing that these partnerships lead to better corporate environmental policies and less damage to the planet."
 
That's exactly how the relationship between BP and Conservation International was framed by ABC's "Nightline" back in 2002".
 
The main objectives are to end national sovereignty, abolition of private property, the "restructuring" of the family unit, increasing restrictions on mobility and individual opportunity. Barack Obama's way to do this is with something he calls "Cap and Trade."
 
I must admit, for the longest time I did not know what "Cap and Trade" meant. Nothing in those three words suggests anything to do with ecology but "Cap and Trade" is an environmentally-based scam, an artificial marketplace designed to reduce pollution by paying people who reduce pollution with money from polluters. "Cap" refers to limits, or caps, on emissions. So, we would have an emissions trading system in which total emissions are limited, or capped. Permits would be allocated or auctioned up to the set cap on emissions and a market would allow polluting members who are emitting less than their quotas to sell their excess permits to polluters who need to buy "credits" to meet their caps. Which is all as totally phony as it sounds, and as totally phony as "man-made global warming." The globe is warmed by the sun, or not, if it puts out less heat. Paying money or being paid has nothing to do with pollution or "greenhouse gasses."
 
What "Cap and Trade" does is to create more restrictions and controls on people.
 
Some are asking, is there a hidden agenda behind all the foot dragging to the clean-up and to stopping the spill? At my local library, which covers Santa Barbara County, I asked the reference librarian to help me find anything on the Agenda for the 21st Century. What I found was surprising. There were no books, magazines or videos on this subject. The librarian found two brief articles and one review article not on the subject of Agenda 21 but on one aspect of it, the Wildlands Project. The buzz words "Sustainable Development" were used. Nowhere in the public library could one try to inform himself on the scope of Agenda 21. I suspect that this is the way it is throughout America. Agenda 21 is literally a hidden agenda.
 
The policymakers have created innocent-sounding catch phrases to capture the hearts and minds of our educators and their students. It will be the students who are the spring board to making Agenda 21 possible through grassroots groups that will carry over to our city councils, town councils and county boards where the policies are made. All these "Sustainable Development" policies and regulations have stolen our soul for life for the communal good. These policies are destroying the soul of life. This is what we are giving up every time we accept these policies. The first point in the moral and ethical guidelines for the Wildlands Project is: All life (human and non-human) has equal value (a minnow is as valuable as man). What we are giving away is what sets man apart from all other animals, our souls.
 
This is the most devastating disaster that we have known. It will affect millions of people in the Gulf States, the Eastern Coast and everywhere the Gulf Stream goes. Agenda 21 is not only for America it is international as a United Nations policy for the New World Order. But while we still have some tattered shreds of our Bill of Rights left, each of us who has an ounce of soul left needs to find out for himself and herself the full extent of Agenda 21 and how it will impact on your family's life.
 
Agenda 21 has been creeping through each town and city council for 17 years. The first thing to do is to take a good look at what is happening to the people who are living in the Gulf States and etch into our brains what will happen to your family in the near future. Our response to this must be to seize control of our local institutions, our town and city councils and county boards of supervisors and force the rejection of any and all programs, regulations and policies that conform to the United Nations' Agenda for the 21st Century. Gulf Coast residents must demand non-toxic forms of clean-up such as bioremediation, i.e., oil-eating microbes.
 
 
Robbi Skye Campbell, humanitarian environmentalist, medical doctor, medicine woman & artist
 
askdrfeather@yahoo.com

 
Disclaimer



Ten Stories In The News That The BP Oil Spill Is Overshadowing


 News | June 26, 2010  
From Prison Planet 

Corporate media does it’s best to keep you uninformed...

The mainstream media is running a 24 hour news cycle focusing purely on the BP oil spill, a disaster, as we have shown, that is being intentionally hyped in order to sell cap and trade legislation and moves to nationalize big business.

In the wake of this, big important news stories are being overlooked. Here are just some of the stories, in no particular order, that you should be hearing on the nightly news, but of course, are not.


1. Israeli nuclear submarines positioned close to Iran:

Three German-built Israeli submarines equipped with nuclear cruise missiles are to be deployed in the Gulf near the Iranian coastline.

The first has been sent in response to Israeli fears that ballistic missiles developed by Iran, Syria and Hezbollah, a political and military organisation in Lebanon, could hit sites in Israel, including air bases and missile launchers.

The submarines of Flotilla 7 — Dolphin, Tekuma and Leviathan — have visited the Gulf before. But the decision has now been taken to ensure a permanent presence of at least one of the vessels.


**

2. Iran war propaganda:

US intelligence has shown Iran could launch an attack against Europe with “scores or hundreds” of missiles, prompting major changes to US missile defenses, Pentagon chief Robert Gates said on Thursday.

The anti-Iran rhetoric has amplified following the revelation that many Bilderberg members, including Zbigniew Brzezinski, are now in favor of U.S. air strikes on Iran and are “leaning towards war,”.

“Some of them in Europe are saying no we shouldn’t do it but most of them are in favor of American air strikes on Iran,” Bilderberg sluth Jim Tucker relayed from the recent meeting in Spain. “They’re tilting heavily towards green lighting a U.S. attack on Iran.”


**

3. The continuing economic slide:

The greatest bankster heist in history and the looming greatest depression rumbles on.

Gold has hit record highs as the dollar slumps and the Euro continues to face complete collapse. Unemployment figures in the U.S. are through the roof and U.S. consumer prices posted their largest fall in nearly 1-1/2 years in May.

Rumours in Europe persist regarding an impending bailout for spain, while Russia says it is ready to found a “new economic world order“.

**

4. FCC ready to restrict the Internet:

The federal government would have “absolute power” to shut down the Internet under the terms of a new US Senate bill being pushed by Joe Lieberman, legislation which would hand President Obama a figurative “kill switch” to seize control of the world wide web in response to a Homeland Security directive.

Lieberman has been pushing for government regulation of the Internet for years under the guise of cybersecurity, but this new bill goes even further in handing emergency powers over to the feds which could be used to silence free speech under the pretext of a national emergency.


5. Obama/Blagojevich story

As the Blagojevich trial continues and important details emerge, linking Obama to possible political corruption, Federal prosecutors are seeking a gag order to keep the ex-Governor and his lawyers from making public comments.

**

6. UN small arms treaty

Secretary of State Hillary Clinton recently announced that the Obama Administration would be working hand in glove with the U.N. to pass a new “Small Arms Treaty.”

Congressman Paul Broun warns that, “With willing one-world accomplices in Washington, D.C., gun-grabbers around the globe believe they have it made.” Broun characterizes the U.N.’s Small Arms Treaty as “nothing more than a massive, GLOBAL gun control scheme.”

The treaty would force national governments to acquiesce to a global gun registry, while strengthening licensing procedures so as to make it almost impossible for a citizen to legally purchase a gun. It would also ban the private sale of semi-automatic weapons and ultimately lead to the confiscation and destruction of all “unauthorized” firearms owned by citizens.

By encapsulating the gun grab within a treaty, the Obama administration could claim that no Senate approval is needed to authorize any such move against the right to bear arms – although whether a treaty trumps the Constitution is a very murky area of debate.


**

7. Mexicans riot in LA/Land given over to Mexico

Violent scenes following the LA Lakers’ championship-clinching win over the Boston Celtics in the NBA finals saw angry mobs smashing their way through the streets waving Mexican flags as they went.

Meanwhile, a massive stretch of Arizona has become effectively off limits to Americans, Prompting questions over whether the Obama administration is giving a major strip of the south-west back to Mexico.


**

8. Obama Plans To Sneak Through Carbon Tax By Stealth

President Obama is planning to sneak through his job-killing, economy wrecking carbon tax by stealth according to the Washington Post, by passing a weakened bill and then adding in cap and trade provisions after the heat is off following the November elections.

Described as the “lame duck climate strategy,” Obama is planning to secure enough votes in the Senate to pass a weakened energy bill and then drag out the conference long enough to ensure the stronger provisions contained in the original House version are added “after lawmakers have faced voters in November, thereby cushioning the vote’s political impact.”


**

9. Afghanistan Mineral Riches Story Is War Propaganda

News that the U.S. has suddenly discovered $1 trillion-worth of mineral deposits in Afghanistan, and descriptions of the bounty as a “game changer” by the corporate media, represent nothing more than crude war propaganda designed to reinvigorate public support for a failing and ever more pointless occupation.

The “newly discovered” riches have been known about since the 1970s and further revelations indicate that the Pentagon report cited by the New York Times as their source for the story did not even mention the untapped mineral deposits in Afghanistan.


**

10. Free Speech Gag Bill Moving in House

H.R. 5175, The so-called DISCLOSE Act would severely limit the ability of political groups to communicate to their members and the general public.

Politico reports that , the NRA bargained for an exemption for itself and other large, established groups while trampling the rights of private citizens, new political groups, like Ron Paul’s Campaign for Liberty, and other small organizations.

As John Bresnahan reports, “The proposal would exempt organizations that have more than 1 million members, have been in existence for more than 10 years, have members in all 50 states and raise 15 percent or less of their funds from corporations… The NRA, with 4 million members, will not actively oppose the DISCLOSE Act, according to Democratic sources.”  
   


Council on Foreign Relations
(CFR)

Quote

James Warburg, son of CFR founder Paul Warburg, and a member of FDR's "brain trust," testified before the Senate Foreign Relations Committee on February 17, 1950, "We shall have world government whether or not you like it--by conquest or consent."



Partial List of CFR members, from the 1993 "Annual Report."
Approximately 3,000 members total.

Elliott Abrams, ROGER ALTMAN, John Anderson, Roone Arledge, LES ASPIN, BRUCE BABBITT, Howard Baker, William Bennett, LLOYD BENTSEN, Shirley Black, Tom Bradley, TOM BROKAW, Harold Brown, RONALD BROWN, Z. Brezindski, WILLIAM BUCKLEY, Frank Carlucci, JIMMY CARTER, John Chancellor, Richard Cheney, Henry Cisneros, BILL CLINTON, William Colby, WARREN CHRISTOPHER, Mario Cuomo, James Dalton, Richard Darman, JOHN DEUTCH, Charles Dodd, Michael Dukakis, L. Eagleburger, Daniel Ellsberg, Geraldine Ferraro, Thomas Foley, GERALD FORD, Robert Gates, DAVID GERGEN, NEWT GINGRICH, RUTH GINSBERG, Katherine Graham, ALAN GREENSPAN, Alexander Haig, Richard Helms, Benjamin Hooks, C. Hunter-Gault, JESSE JACKSON, Bernard Kalb, N. Katzenbach, George Kennan, John Kerry, Jean Kirkpatrick, Henry Kissinger, ANTHONY LAKE, JIM LEHRER, I. R. Levine, John Lindsay, Richard McFarlane, George McGovern, Robert McNamera, Robert McNeill, George Mitchell, Walter Mondale, Daniel Moynihan, Edmund Muskie, Jack Nelson, Paul Nitze, SANDRA O'CONNOR, Claiborne Pell, Richard Perle, COLIN POWELL, DAN RATHER, ALICE RIVLIN, Charles Robb, David Rockefeller, John Rockefeller, William Rogers, Walt Rostow, W. Ruckelshaus, Warren Rudman, Dean Rusk, Carl Sagan, Harrison Salisbury, Jonas Salk, DIANE SAWYER, John Scali, James Schlesinger, Daniel Schorr, PAT SCHROEDER, Brent Scowcroft, William Scranton, DONNA SHALALA, William Shirer, S. Shriver, George Shultz, GARY SICK, L. Silberman, William Simon, Steven Solarz, G. Stephanopoulas, David Stockman, Robert Strauss, Peter Tarnoff, D. THORNBURGH, Stansfield Turner, LAURA D'ANDREA TYSON, Cyrus Vance, John Vessey, Paul Volcker, BARBARA WALTERS, Paul Warnke, Ben Wattenberg, William Webster, Caspar Weinberger, Timothy Wirth, Frank Wisner, JAMES WOOSLEY, Elmo Zumwalt

Corporate Members include:

American Airlines, American Express, Archer Daniels Midland, ASARCO, AT&T, Atlantic Richfield, Avon Products, BMW of North America, Bank of America, Bankers Trust, Barclays Bank, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Capital Cities/ABC, Chase Manhattan Bank, Chevron, Citibank/Ciiticorp, Coca-Cola, Deere & Company, Dow Chemical, Dow Jones & Company, Dun & Bradstreet, E. I. du Pont, Estee Lauder, Exxon, Forbes Magazine, Ford Motor Company, General Electric, General Motors, Georgia-Pacific, H. J. Heinz, Hilton Hotels, IBM Corporation, ITT Corporation, John Wiley & Sons, Johnson & Johnson, J. P. Morgan & Co., Peat Marwick, Merill Lynch, Mitsubishi, Mobil Corporation, New York Times, Nippon Steel USA, Occidental Petroleum, Olin Corportation, Paramount Publishing, PepsiCo, Pfizer, Phillips Petroleum, Price Waterhouse, Proctor & Gamble, Prudential Insurance, RJR Nabisco, Rockefeller Group, Schlumberger Limited, S. G. Warburg & Co., Siemens Corporation, Smith Barney Shearson, Sony Corporation, Texaco, Times Mirror, Toyota Motor Corp., TRW, Xerox Corp.

Directors

Past and present Directors of the CFR include George Bush, Thomas Foley, Averell Harriman, David Rockefeller, Donna Shalala, Zbigniew Brzezinski, John McCloy, Douglas Dillon, Adlai Stevenson, Bill Moyers, Cyrus Vance, Henry Kissinger, George Shultz, Alan Greenspan, William Rogers, Lane Kirkland, and many other well-known names.

 

 

 

 

PROJECT CAMOLOT AMSTERDAM CONFERENCE AUGUST 2009

THIS IS AN OVERVIEW OF WHAT IS ACTUALLY GOING ON IN THE WORLD AT THIS PRESENT DAY THAT EVERYONE SHOULD BE AWARE OF. WE THE PEOPLE HAVE BEEN DECEIVED BY OUR GOVERNMENT AND WE NEED TO RISE UP AND TAKE AMERICA BACK!

 

 

 

 

Will you need to be chipped to get your government healthcare benefits? 

Hillary Clinton signed the small arms treaty with the UN.

While you were watching the oil spill, the New York failed terrorist bombing and other critical crises, Hillary Clinton signed the small arms treaty with the UN.

OBAMA FINDS LEGAL WAY AROUND THE 2ND AMENDMENT AND USES IT. IF THIS PASSES, THERE COULD BE WAR

On Wednesday Obama Took the First Major Step in a Plan to Ban All Firearms in the United States

On Wednesday the Obama administration took its first major step in a plan to ban all firearms in the United States. The Obama administration intends to force gun control and a complete ban on all weapons for US citizens through the signing of international treaties with foreign nations. By signing international treaties on gun control, the Obama administration can use the US State Department to bypass the normal legislative process in Congress. Once the US Government signs these international treaties, all US citizens will be subject to those gun laws created by foreign governments.

 These are laws that have been developed and promoted by organizations such as the United Nations and individuals such as George Soros and Michael Bloomberg. The laws are designed and intended to lead to the complete ban and confiscation of all firearms. The Obama administration is attempting to use tactics and methods of gun control that will inflict major damage to our 2nd Amendment before
 US citizens even understand what has happened.

Obama can appear before the public and tell them that he does not intend to pursue any legislation (in the United States) that will lead to new gun control laws, while cloaked in secrecy, his Secretary of State, Hillary Clinton is committing the US to international treaties and foreign gun control laws. Does that mean Obama is telling the truth? What it means is that there will be no publicized gun control debates in the media or votes in Congress.
 We will wake up one morning and find that the United States has signed a treaty that prohibits firearm and ammunition manufacturers from selling to the public. We will wake up another morning and find that the US has signed a treaty that prohibits any transfer of firearm ownership. And then, we will wake up yet another morning and find that the US has signed a treaty that requires US citizens to deliver any firearm they own to the local government collection and destruction center or face imprisonment.

This has happened in other countries, past and present! THIS IS NOT A JOKE OR A FALSE WARNING. As sure as government health care will be forced on us by the Obama administration through whatever means necessary, so will gun control. Read the Article U.S. reverses stance on treaty to regulate arms trade WASHINGTON (Reuters) -

The United States reversed policy on Wednesday and said it would back launching talks on a treaty to regulate arms sales as long as the talks operated by consensus, a stance critics said gave every nation a veto. The decision, announced in a statement released by the U.S. State Department, overturns the position of former

 President George W. Bush's administration, which had opposed such a treaty on the grounds that national controls were better. View The

Click on the link below for further acknowledgement…..U.S. reverses stance on treaty to regulate arms trade | Reuters

 

How Weed Won the West: Marijuana Legalization is a Crucial Issue for the Liberty Movement

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
February 2, 2010

Jonathan Perri, writing for the Los Angeles Times, declares the war against drugs a dismal failure. Perri mentions an op-ed penned by D.A.R.E. America Chairman Skip Miller who claims his organization has reduced illegal drug usage by America’s children.

One has to ask… what is Mr. Miller smoking?

Perri notes that D.A.R.E. and other such educational programs have in fact not reduced drug use. “But in reality, our drug laws have failed to stop marijuana use among American youth but have succeeded in punishing them with damning criminal records, loss of financial aid for college and removal from after-school activities. As a graduate of D.A.R.E., I know all too well about the shortcomings of this program and of America’s war on marijuana,” writes Perri.

A casual glance at the so-called war on drugs reminds one of Einstein’s famous quip — insanity is doing the same thing over and over again and expecting different results. Arresting and throwing recreational drug users in prison — primarily for possessing and smoking marijuana — will not win the supposed war. It simply creates a class of criminals where none existed before.

In fact, it can be persuasively argued that the purpose of the war on drugs is not to decrease use of illegal drugs. Rather the purpose is to feed and grow a multi-billion dollar industry created by the government and Big Pharma. In addition to pushing the “zero-tolerance” orthodoxy through school curriculum (with police as instructors) that parallels current U.S. drug control policy, D.A.R.E. recruits  children to act as police informants. The war on drugs is on the cutting-edge of the police state emerging all around us.

The drug war also builds and expands the for-profit prison grid system. In 2007, according to the Bureau of Justice Statistics, the largest state prison demographic consisted of people imprisoned for drug-related offenses. In 2001, according to the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s annual Uniform Crime Report, police arrested an estimated 723,627 persons for marijuana violations. In 1991, the number was 342,314. Since 1992, approximately six million Americans have been arrested on marijuana charges, a greater number than the entire populations of Alaska, Delaware, the District of Columbia, Montana, North Dakota, South Dakota, Vermont and Wyoming combined.

Around the country people are organizing to put an end to this madness. In California, proponents of an initiative to make California the first state to legalize marijuana have collected about 693,800 signatures, virtually guaranteeing that the measure will appear on a crowded November ballot, the Los Angeles Times reported last month. The initiative would make it legal for anyone 21 and older to possess an ounce of marijuana and grow plants in an area no larger than 25 square feet for personal use. It would also allow cities and counties to permit marijuana to be grown and sold, and to impose taxes on it.

Meanwhile, in Colorado, the legality of medical marijuana dispensaries may soon go to a vote. “I don’t see anything wrong with it, I think it’s going to be monitored closely. I think there is a need for marijuana to be okay for people who have terminal illness,” said one resident, a retired nurse.

“Depending on the poll, either a majority or near-majority of Americans say that marijuana should be taxed and legalized. Even the American Medical Assn. has called for the federal government to review its absurd classification of marijuana as a Schedule 1 drug, which puts cannabis right alongside heroin and PCP,” writes Jonathan Perri. “D.A.R.E. can warn people all day about the harm associated with marijuana use. What it refuses to acknowledge is that these arguments only support ending prohibition. If marijuana is so dangerous, D.A.R.E. and its allies ought to support efforts to remove control over distribution from black-market drug dealers.”

 

The Federal and government, however, will not go down without a fight. “While users herald the freedom of legally-licensed ‘weed,’ powerful forces at the DEA and law enforcement haven’t given up their federal enforcement power yet,” a write-up to Kevin Booth’s latest documentary, How Weed Won the West, explains. “In the backdrop of this public dispute is the Dark Alliance– where governments handle the volume of drug trafficking and work with cartels and drug dealers to manage the drug flow. Just like the prohibition of alcohol, drugs have thrived on their illicit appeal, and doomed millions of non-violent offenders to incarceration and prosecution. Now, those swearing by the healing power of medicinal marijuana as well as those who simply refuse to be outlawed by a hypocritical rogue government are daring to stand up and declare that the violence, corruption and uncontrolled flow of drugs is due to the prohibition of the substance, not the substance itself.”

Obama’s handlers billed him as the “change” candidate, but when it comes to marijuana he is merely continuing the policies of his predecessor and those before him, going all the way back to 1937 when marijuana was classified as a dangerous and illegal drug under the Harrison Narcotic Act, a bill pushed by the American Medical Association and supported by the president at the time. On Monday during a forum sponsored by YouTube, Obama refused to answer any questions about legalizing marijuana.

Kevin Booth’s documentary provides crucial background on the government’s long-standing war against marijuana. Even if you are opposed to the use of marijuana, this issue is rapidly becoming one of several focal points in the battle between the states and the federal government. Do the feds have the right to intervene in state-based medical marijuana dispensaries? Do they have the authority to overturn locally enacted laws decriminalizing or even legalizing marijuana?

In How Weed Won the West, Booth investigates these issues and more. “He infiltrates psuedo-legal California growers, investigates DEA raids on licensed dispensaries and even undertakes to sample the disputed ‘medicine’ for himself. He interviews radio host Alex Jones, former drug dealers, real-life gang members, legal-weed pitch men, activists and advocates to find the truth.”

Marijuana legalization — like it or not — is at the forefront of the liberty movement. Booth’s film is a perfect starting point to get educated on this important issue.

 

 

 

 

INTERPOL 

INTERPOL, an international law enforcement agency, has just been granted complete and utter "diplomatic immunity" within the borders of the United States, courtesy of Obama. They are not subject to any Constitutional limitations within the United States. Good luck filing for discovery, documents, witnesses or 

subpoenas against a police force that is operating outside of the Constitution in your

own country! You can't sue them. Their records can't be searched. They are not

subject to FOIA requests. You probably won't even know the name of the agent

prosecuting you if INTERPOL comes to visit. And they don't have to tell you either.

WAKE UP PEOPLE!

Obama WILL now use Interpol against US citizens, as he may not have time to build his private police force. Still think We-the-People can accomplish a peaceful revolution?

Obama gave INTERPOL immunity from the Constitution on Dec 16! IMPORTANT

http://marionsword.spaces.live.com/blog/cns%211B80DAF0A76159D5%211346.entry

 

The White House

Office of the Press Secretary

Executive Order -- Amending Executive Order 12425

EXECUTIVE ORDER
- - - - - - -
AMENDING EXECUTIVE ORDER 12425 DESIGNATING INTERPOL
AS A PUBLIC INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION ENTITLED TO
ENJOY CERTAIN PRIVILEGES, EXEMPTIONS, AND IMMUNITIES

By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, including section 1 of the International Organizations Immunities Act (22 U.S.C. 288), and in order to extend the appropriate privileges, exemptions, and immunities to the International Criminal Police Organization (INTERPOL), it is hereby ordered that Executive Order 12425 of June 16, 1983, as amended, is further amended by deleting from the first sentence the words "except those provided by Section 2(c), Section 3, Section 4, Section 5, and Section 6 of that Act" and the semicolon that immediately precedes them.

BARACK OBAMA

THE WHITE HOUSE,
December 16, 2009.

>

Aerosol and Electromagnetic
Weapons In The Age
Of Nuclear War

By Amy Worthington
www.globalresearch.ca
11-21-4

 

North America is now suffering its seventh year of conspicuous and dangerous aerosol and electromagnetic operations conducted by the U.S. government under the guise of national security. Concerned citizens watch in fear as military tankers discolor the skies with toxic chemicals that morph into synthetic clouds.

 

We continually witness bizarre meteorological occurrences as powerful electromagnetic devices manipulate both the jet stream and individual storm fronts to create artificial weather and climatic conditions. Black operations projects embedded within these aerosol missions are documented to sicken and disorient select populations with biological test agents and psychotronic mind/mood control technologies.

 

Part of what is happening in the atmosphere above us involves the Pentagon's secret space weapons program, designed for strategic, operational and tactical levels of war. NASA missions will soon be transferred to Pentagon control.1 The Air Force Space Command declares that, in order to monitor and shape world events, it must fight intense, decisive wars with great precision from space.2 Air Force Secretary James G. Roche has stated: "Space capabilities are integrated with, and affect every link in the kill chain."3

 

A glimpse into new death technologies under construction is in legislation introduced by Ohio Congressman Dennis Kucinch. His unsuccessful Space Preservation Act of 2001 was intended to ban space deployment of:4

 

* electronic, psychotronic and information weaponry

 

* high altitude ultra low frequency weapons

 

* plasma, electromagnetic, sonic and ultrasonic weapons

 

* laser weapons

 

* strategic, theater, tactical or extraterrestrial weapons

 

* chemical biological, environmental climate or tectonic weapons

 

* chemtrails (this item was stricken from a later version, suggesting duress)

 

In their quest to remain top dog in the kill chain, the purveyors of perpetual war have deliberately dimmed earth's life-giving sunlight,5 and reduced atmospheric visibility with lung-clogging particulates and polymers.6 This ecological terrorism has severely compromised public health, according to thousands of testimonials. Years of mass appeals to legislators, media and military officials for information, and for cessation of catastrophic atmospheric degradation, have fallen on deaf bureaucratic ears. Public awareness of what befalls us remains as murky as our skies because those "in the know" are muzzled by national secrecy laws and Americans have no authority to challenge matters of national security. Left to gather clues, we know this much so far:

 

1. At least part of the aerosol project has been dubbed Operation Cloverleaf,7 probably due to its multi-faceted operations, which include: weather modification, military communications, space weapons development, ozone and global warming research plus biological weaponry and detection testing.

 

2. Dumping tons of particulate matter from aircraft has geo-engineered our planetary atmosphere into a highly charged, electrically-conductive plasma useful for military projects.8 The air we breathe is laden with asbestos-sized synthetic fibers and toxic metals, including barium salts, aluminum, and reportedly, radioactive thorium.9 These materials act as electrolytes to enhance conductivity of military radar and radio waves.10 Poisonous on par with arsenic and a proven suppressant of the human immune system,11 atmospheric barium weakens human muscles, including those of the heart.12 Inhaled aluminum goes directly to the brain and medical specialists confirm that it causes oxidative stress within brain tissue, leading to formation of Alzheimer's like neurofibrillary tangles.13 Radioactive thorium is known to cause leukemia and other cancers.14

 

3. Only a small percentage of the military's atmospheric modification projects are visibly obvious. What we can't see is equally dangerous. The ionosphere, the earth and its inhabitants are continually bombarded with high frequency microwaves used to manipulate the charged atmosphere for weather modification, information gathering and for tectonic (earthquake-producing) weaponry.15 Independent chemtrail researcher Clifford Carnicom confirms that we are also continuously subjected to extremely low electromagnetic frequencies (ELF) pulsing at 4 hertz multiples, frequencies known to profoundly affect human biological and mental functioning.16

 

4. There is a well-documented biological component to continuously ongoing atmospheric studies in which nations and regions are furtively inoculated via specially designed delivery systems with combinations of viruses, bacteria, fungi, mycoplasma, desiccated blood cells and exotic biological markers so that testmasters can assess human, animal and plant response.17

 

5. The multi-organizational megalith perpetrating these bio-chem projects against humanity includes the U.S. Department of Defense (DOD) and its research arm DARPA, plus the Department of Energy (DOE) with its huge network of national labs and universities. Private defense contractors and pharmaceutical companies are heavily involved.18 Cooperating governments of other nations and probably some United Nations agencies are complicit, since the aerosol projects are global in scope.

 

Gross chemical and electromagnetic pollution is only part of the horrific realities we endure. The sociopaths who brazenly pervert skies, climate and weather for power and profit are the same madmen who have waged four limited nuclear wars since 1991. Radioactive weaponry, declared both illegal and immoral by the entire civilized world, has been used by the Pentagon in Desert Storm, the Balkans campaign and the on-going occupation-wars against Afghanistan and Iraq. Few Americans understand the extent of carnage inflicted in their name across the planet.

 

By scientific definition, the missiles, tank penetrators and bunker busting bombs unleashed against Iraq and Afghanistan by U.S. and British forces in the so-called war on terror are nuclear weapons.19 Refuse from radioactive weaponry does not disperse, but remains in the atmosphere organotoxic, mutagenic and carcinogenic to all living flesh for 4.5 billion years.

 

Inhabitants of the Pentagon's two newly "liberated" nations are now slowly dying of radiation and heavy metal poisoning. Victims of U.S. weaponry used in Afghanistan have a concentration of non-depleted uranium isotopes in their bodies never before seen in civilian populations.20 Tons of depleted and non-depleted uranium contaminating their land, air, food and water guarantee their painful demise. Using data from the United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authority (UKAEA), nuclear scientist Leuren Moret calculates that the estimated 2,500+ tons of depleted uranium used against Iraq in 1991 and 2003 is sufficient to cause 25 million new cancers.21 Is it a coincidence that the population of Iraq, according to the CIA, is 25 million?

 

The quarter million U.S. and British fighting forces who have helped the Pentagon deliver this holocaust also face inevitable radiological death by slow burn. Rotated into atomic war zones since 2001, coalition troops have inhaled and ingested millions of tiny invisible ceramic uranium particles which emit alpha, beta and gamma radiation as they embed in lungs, kidneys, blood, lymph and bone.22 Radiation exposure to a single internalized U-238 (uranium) alpha particle is 50 times the allowable whole body dose for one year under international standards.23 As U-238 decays into daughter isotopes, it becomes ever more radioactive, causing cell and organ destruction to escalate over time.24 Uranium contamination leads to incapacitating, multi-organ system disorders identical to illnesses suffered by thousands of Gulf War I vets. Bodily fluids poisoned with uranium isotopes sicken spouses and visit upon offspring a genetic Armageddon.25

 

Who knows what a disabled and prematurely dying military population will mean to future stability and safety of USA? Yet Senator Chuck Hagel (R- Neb.) now demands that America provide more fodder for its atomic battlefields by reinstating the military draft so that "all of our citizens...bear some responsibility and pay some price" in order to "understand the intensity of the challenges we face."26

 

Despite disingenuous denials that biological harm will result from atomic warfare,27 the Pentagon knows full well the gruesome realities of uranium weaponry by virtue of its own voluminous studies spanning 60 years. Pentagon documents confirm that America's war establishment knowingly exposes its own troops to dangerous levels of radiation.28 The resulting illness of those now returning from the war zones is already making headlines.29

 

Because our military-industrial overlords brazenly poison the very grunts who make their war games possible, we must logically conclude there is virtually nothing they would not secretly and sadistically do to the rest of us. Military officials lie as perniciously about chemtrail operations30 as they do about effects of DU weaponry. If people were to consider the published science regarding chemtrails and DU, they would understand that we are all in mortal jeopardy.

 

Both the Pentagon's aerosol operations and its limited nuclear wars are deeply interconnected. We can trace the beginnings of Operation Cloverleaf right to the Strangelove brain of Dr. Edward Teller, father of the hydrogen bomb and proponent of nuking inhabited coast lines to rearrange them for economic projects.31 Before he died in 2003, Teller was director emeritus of Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory, where plans for nuclear, biological and directed energy weapons are crafted. In 1997, Teller publicly outlined his proposal to use aircraft to scatter in the stratosphere millions of tons of electrically-conductive metallic materials, ostensibly to reduce global warming.32

 

Shortly after Teller's presentation, the public began seeing frenetic chemtrailing. In 2000, CBS News admitted that scientists were "looking at drastic solutions for global warming, including manipulating the atmosphere on a massive scale." CBS confirmed that the plan to load the air with tiny particles would "deflect enough sunlight to trigger global cooling."33

 

Teller estimated that commercial aircraft could be used to spew these particles at a cost of 33 cents a pound.34 This gives credence to a report by an airline manager, forced by a compulsory non-disclosure agreement to remain anonymous, that commercial aircraft have been co-opted to assist the military in consummating Project Cloverleaf.35 A 1991 Hughes aircraft patent confirms that sunscreen particulate materials can be run through jet engines.36 A science textbook now used in some public schools discusses the sunscreen project by showing a large orange-red jet with the caption, "Jet engines running on richer fuel would add particles to the atmosphere to create a sunscreen." The logo on the plane says "Particle Air."37 The implications of this crucial information should not be understated. A program to make America's millions of annual jet flights a source of specially designed particulate pollution is serious business.

 

Cloverleaf particles and polymers saturating the air we breathe are smaller than 10 microns (PM 10) and are invisible to the human eye. By comparison, a human hair is 60 to 100 microns in thickness. Scientists and the EPA report that because PM10 and sub-micron pollution particles bypass lung filters and enter the blood stream, they cause radical changes in the endocrine and nervous systems. 38 They can trigger high blood pressure and cause heart attack within two hours of inhalation.39 They cause the blood to become sticky, making it tougher for the heart to pump and increasing the risk of blood clots and vessel damage.40 Now researchers in Taiwan document "a significant increase" in the number of stroke victims when PM10 pollutant levels rise.41 The American Lung Association confirms that we are breathing more toxic air than ever.42 No wonder nationwide asthma rates have been soaring in recent years.43

 

Tiny synthetic filaments called polymers are part of the brew. In 1990, a NATO report detailed how high-flying aircraft can modify the atmosphere by spraying polymers to absorb electromagnetic radiation.44 U.S. patent number 6315213 describes how cross-linked aqueous polymers dispersed into a storm diminish rain.45

 

Polymer chemist Dr. R. Michael Castle has studied atmospheric polymers for years. He has found that some of them contain bioactive materials, which can cause "serious skin lesions and diseases when absorbed into the skin."46 He has identified microscopic polymers comprised of genetically-engineered fungal forms mutated with viruses. He says that trillions of fusarium (fungus)/virus mutated spores, which secrete a powerful mico-toxin, are part of the air we breathe.47 Allergies anyone?

 

We can safely bet that into our particle-enriched air, experimenters are also dumping nanoparticles, developed for a variety of military and industrial uses. These engineered carbon molecules, as small as one-thousandth the diameter of human hair, display bizarre chemical properties and are known to trigger organ damage.48 A recent study at Southern Methodist University found that fish exposed to one type of nanoparticle suffered severe brain damage after only 48 hours.49

 

The military's aerosol operations have been climate altering to the extreme. Air traffic is a huge source of greenhouse pollution. Increasing that traffic exponentially in order to scatter tons of heat-trapping metallic particulates and heat-liberating barium salts have undoubtedly led to accelerated global warming. Greenhouse gases in the atmosphere, including carbon dioxide, have reached a record high this year.50 As carbon dioxide levels rise, oxygen levels decrease.

 

In 1996, Scientists for Global Responsibility compiled a report contending that dangerous geoengineering, as proposed by Teller and the Global Change Research Coordination Office, would be absolutely ineffective in mitigating global warming. The report noted that climate engineering research is funded by industry with a vested interest in continued high consumption of fossil fuels.51 The hair-brained scheme of particle engineering was contrived to ensure that industry polluters will never be forced to decrease their greenhouse gas emissions. But because warming and pollution trends have worsened drastically since the aerosol projects began, we must suspect that the warming mitigation program is a hoax and that chemtrailing is really intended, among other things, to create a series of "hobgoblins."

 

The establishment's modus operandi for maintaining a fierce and lucrative hold upon the collective American mind has been defined precisely by satirist H.L. Mencken (1880-1956) who wrote: "The whole aim of practical politics is to keep the populace alarmed, and thus clamorous to be led to safety, by menacing it with an endless series of hobgoblins, all of them imaginary."

 

In The Report from Iron Mountain published in 1967, just as the Pentagon's lucrative Vietnam War was being revved into high gear, establishment braintrusters confirmed that perpetual war is absolutely vital for controlling and manipulating the masses. The document even suggested a number of options for creating fictitious enemies, noting that perpetual war induces populations to give blind allegiance to political authority.52

 

Since the 1930s, when the Eastern Establishment, including the Bush family, used its New York banks and oil companies to secretly fund Hitler's German Nazi party,53 our controllers have employed FEAR, the concept of ENEMY and WAR to keep us in bondage. Chemtrailing is a manifestation of the Fourth Reich, an era of corporate fascism ushered in by a powerful military juggernaut, which manufactures enemies and unleashes fake terror attacks to scare us into voiceless submission.

 

Both Saddam Hussein and the al Queda networks have long been nourished with U.S. government and corporate funding and groomed by U.S. military and corporate advisors to play useful roles as "enemies."54 Former German Technology Minister Andreas von Bulow recently confirmed on U.S. radio that hijacked planes were able to fly around the eastern U.S. on 9/11 unimpeded by military interdiction because those attacks were part of a carefully-orchestrated "covert operation" designed to coerce America into perpetual conflict with the Muslim world.55

 

Now, a "secret" Pentagon report has been conveniently leaked to the media. It contends that abrupt climate change is the most fearful hobgoblin yet.56 Authored by change agents with ties to the CIA and the Royal Dutch/Shell Group, the report contends that abrupt climate change will lead to a global catastrophe of monumental proportions, including nuclear war and natural disasters, as whole nations disappear beneath the encroaching sea and survivors fight for dwindling food, water and energy supplies.

 

Yet the Pentagon has been involved for decades in the drastic manipulation of weather, climate and atmospheric conditions. The U.S. used a chemical agent dubbed Olive Oil during Operation Popeye to induce heavy rains in Vietnam 40 years ago.57 The Air Force document titled "Weather As a Force Multiplier: Owning the Weather in 2025" lists its weaponized agenda for creating abrupt climate change including: Storm creation and modification, fog and cloud creation, precipitation enhancement, precipitation denial, drought inducement and artificial creation of "space weather." This document also states that the military's radical weather modification agenda will "become a part of national security policy with both domestic and international applications."58

 

Weather weapons are now routinely used in war zones. A citizen reporting from Serbia noted that during NATO operations in the Balkans, black clouds suddenly materialized out of blue skies, hailstones were the size of eggs, and surreal thunder and lightening terrified the people. He reported that scientists found that the electromagnetic field over Serbia had been punctured, causing rain systems to circumvent the region.59 In addition to manufactured drought, scientists also predict that Serbia will suffer 10,000 cancer deaths from DU weaponry used there.60

 

According to University of Ottawa Professor Michael Chossudovsky, the military's High-frequency Active Auroral Research Program (HAARP), operating in Alaska as part of the Strategic Defense Initiative, is a powerful tool for weather and climate modification.61 Operated jointly by the U.S. Navy and Air Force, HAARP antennas bombard and heat the ionosphere, causing electromagnetic frequencies to bounce back to earth, penetrating everything living and dead.62

 

HAARP transmissions make holes in the ozone,63 creating yet another hobgoblin. HAARP inventor Bernard Eastlund described in his original patent how antenna energy can interact with plumes of atmospheric particles, used as a lens or focusing device, to modify weather.64 HAARP is capable of triggering floods, droughts and hurricanes, much to the chagrin of both the European Parliament and the Russian Duma.65

 

HAARP also generates sweeping pulses through the ULF/ELF range.66 In 2000, independent researchers monitored HAARP transmissions of 14 hertz. They found that when these signals were broadcast at high output levels, wind speeds topped 70 miles per hour. They watched as these same transmissions dispersed a huge weather front approaching the west coast from California to British Columbia. Although precipitation had been originally forecast, the front was seen shredding apart on satellite photos and rain did not materialize.67 The hobgoblin drought can be an enriching and empowering tool for certain corporate and governing entities.

 

HAARP is not only capable of destabilizing agricultural and ecological systems anywhere on the planet, but its effects can target select regions to affect human physical, mental and emotional responses during non-lethal warfare projects.68 HAARP frequencies beamed at specific targets can generate catastrophic earthquakes,69 exactly like the quake last December which killed thousands of people in Iran, a nemesis nation according to the Bush administration.

 

The Pentagon's warning about climate catastrophe is surely nothing more than a thinly-veiled attempt to prepare the masses for the bizarre atmospheric upheavals we can expect as the military continues to brutalize our planet and near space with its grotesque toys. And we ain't seen nothing yet. Dr. Eastlund and his ilk have developed plans for solar power satellites designed to modify the weather with electromagnetic beam output that dwarfs the present HAARP system.70 As abrupt climate change is increasingly orchestrated, we will surely need additional fascist agencies, an ever-growing military budget and more poison-particle projects that just happen to ensure population reduction as a side benefit.

 

Despite visual evidence that every aspect of our physical environment is being manipulated and damaged for war games, some Americans cannot accept that dangerous covert operations are being conducted by a government they still believe to be a virtuous defender of freedom. Their stumbling block is a numbing belief that their own officials would never perpetrate dangerous experimentation on humanity since "they have families too." History and the release of declassified government documents disprove such naiveté.

 

Although "they" had families too, the U.S. government and its defense contractors exposed citizens of the northwest U.S. to huge and deliberate releases of radioactive iodine 131 from the Hanford Nuclear Reservation where plutonium was produced for nuclear bombs.71 Those Cold War releases unleashed radiation illnesses upon thousands of downwinders, some of whom received up to 350 rads of radiation when a maximum safety dose is set at .025 rads annually.72 Between 1949 and 1952, radioactive pellets, dust and particles were tested on the hapless citizens of Utah and New Mexico.73

 

By 1963, 1,200 nuclear weapons tests conducted at the Nevada test site had exposed every person in the U.S. to deadly radioactive fallout, causing millions of fetal deaths, spontaneous abortions, stillbirths and birth defects.74 The U.S. government also conducted over 4,000 radiation experiments on individual human test subjects without their informed consent.75 The delayed effects of decades of radiation exposure from weapons testing are today demonstrated by a U.S. population plagued with epidemic cancer and heart disease, neurological disorders, low fertility, chronic fatigue, obesity (thyroid involvement), immune system dysfunction and learning disabilities. Approximately half of all pregnancies in the U.S. result in prenatal or postnatal death or an otherwise less than healthy baby.76 As military tankers spew white chemical plumes across America at a cost of $3,448 per hour per tanker,77 we are reminded of Dr. Leonard Cole's 1994 testimony before a Senate Committee regarding 45 years of open air testing during which military aircraft sprayed American cities with bacteria, fungus and carcinogenic chemicals.78 Between 1962-1973, the U.S. Navy conducted hundreds of bio-chem tests known as Operation SHAD (Shipboard Hazard and Defense). SHAD projects like Autumn Gold and Copper Head exposed 10,000 navy personnel to aircraft spray laden with biological and chemical warfare agents, including sarin nerve gas.79 The cocktails used in those genocidal "tests" are now linked to cancer, heart and lung problems suffered by surviving guinea pigs.

 

We are told that defense officials perpetrated these atrocities so that scientists could learn about how to "protect" Americans from attack. So why, in the late 80s, would our "protectors" fall all over themselves to supply Saddam Hussein's war machine with 90 shipments of chemical and biological weaponry, including sarin, anthrax, botulism, brucella and West Nile Virus?80

 

It will likely be years before Americans are told what is being tested upon them during our present chemtrail/space wars era. The Hanford downwinders did not learn until 1986 what had been unleashed upon them some 30 years earlier; SHAD victims filed suit in 2003 to learn the extent to which they were intentionally exposed to dangerous substances in the 60s.

 

To understand how our nation has arrived at this doomsday corruption, we must recall that immediately after WWII ended, the U.S. government initiated Operation Paperclip through which a large number of German Nazi scientists were imported to the United States. Once issued new identities, these death industry pros were employed in U.S. military laboratories to develop a dazzling array of secret weaponry projects.81 With congressional funding, the crowning achievement of this nexus was the creation of ghastly new bioweapons, including the AIDS virus82 and an incapacitating chronic fatigue agent engineered from mycoplasma and brucella.83

 

The military is empowered to continue lethal experimentation by devious wording of Section 1520a Chapter 32 of U.S. Code Title 50. The law states that the Secretary of Defense may NOT conduct any chemical or biological test or experiment on civilian populations, unless such tests are for medical, therapeutic, pharmaceutical, agricultural, industrial purposes or for research in general or for protection against weapons or for law enforcement purposes, including riot control. So DOD may not use us for guinea pigs, unless it is for any "good" reason under the sun! The law states that human subjects must give informed consent. But a nasty loophole in Section 1515 of Chapter 32 allows informed consent to be suspended by executive order during a period of national emergency, a situation under which this nation perpetually labors by deliberate hobgoblin design.

 

Few American test rats realize that the Pentagon's boys in Congress have now:

 

* appropriated millions of dollars for the manufacture and testing of new "mini nukes" and bunker buster bombs.84

 

* authorized the DOE to resume nuclear testing in Nevada.85

 

* exempted DOD and DOE from landmark environmental laws in the development of these new weapons.86

 

America's 70,000 nuclear weapons manufactured since 1945 are not sufficient! As DOE gears up to develop and test fourth-generation nukes, numerous reports continue to surface about the agency's sordid corruption and mismanagement. DOE's habitual cover-up of site contamination and its devious efforts to downplay serious illnesses suffered by many of its nuclear workers are among recent scandals.87

 

When new "low yield" nuclear weapons (defined as being smaller than 5 kilotons) are tested in Nevada, downwinders might like to know that a mini .5 kiloton nuclear warhead would have to burrow 150 feet to eliminate atmospheric fallout. No weapon yet developed can penetrate more than 40 feet into the earth. A tested nuclear warhead that burrows to only 40 feet will throw a million cubic feet of radioactive debris into the atmosphere.88

 

The Pentagon's new nuke era is in the capable hands of Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld, who has so ably presided over the pre-emptive nuclear incineration of Middle Eastern Muslims. Rumsfeld has never adequately explained why his Department was unable to defend the Pentagon building despite a full hour's notice that hijacked planes were in the air. Should Rumsfeld be replaced due to the Pentagon's Iraqi torture scandal, we are assured that his Bush-appointed successor will share his have-nuke-will-travel ideology.

 

Working closely with Rumsfeld is a coven of pro-nukers, including his advisor Keith Payne, a vocal advocate of pre-emptive nuclear war. Payne has written that an "intelligent" nuclear offensive launched by the U.S. would result in only 20 million U.S. casualties, "a level compatible with national survival and recovery."89

 

Now that we have tied together the historical and political realities for which we mindlessly wave our flags, we still hope that sufficient numbers of American lab rats will miraculously awaken from their collective stupor and take stock of our appalling situation. After all, rodents have a notoriously short life span and are always killed when no longer useful to those conducting research. The irony of this horror story is that we rats are being plundered to finance our own demise. Our national debt of 7.2 trillion grows by $1.8 billion a day.90 The Pentagon cannot account for $2.3 trillion of its shadowy transactions.91 The radioactive operations in Iraq are costing $3.7 billion a month, those in Afghanistan $900 million a month.92 No one knows how many $billions are being flushed into Operation Cloverleaf and other hobgoblin projects. The U.S. spends $11,000 per second on weapons, according to calculations of celebrated author William Thomas.93

 

So, while we await the great awakening, have a wonderful, barium-dried summer under a synthetic tarpaulin of aluminum-white, particle-laden, electrically-charged aviation scum that passes for sky. Endure well your respiratory and ocular difficulties while staring at huge oily sun rings and smeary sundogs, the patent signature of chemical assault. Don't forget to salute and click your heels when you see tanker formations patriotically saturating the atmosphere with such a dense, micro-particulate brew that they cast black shadows alongside or ahead of themselves.

 

As you witness the noxious drama in the skies, remember, it's all just part of the "kill chain."

 

 

Waco Siege “Enforcer” To Rule Over Global Police Force

Posted By admin On October 12, 2009 @ 5:43 am In Featured Stories, News In Focus, Paul Watson Articles | Comments Disabled

Man who both approved and covered-up government slaughter of 76 people, including 20 children, will lead move to establish international model of law enforcement

Paul Joseph Watson
Prison Planet.com [1]
Monday, October 12, 2009

UN and Interpol officials will meet today to discuss the formation of a “global police force” that would enjoy access to a worldwide database of DNA, biometric and fingerprint records. The effort will be spearheaded by a man known as “The Enforcer” who helped federal authorities both conduct and cover up the murderous Waco siege which killed 76 people in 1993.

“Interpol and the United Nations are poised to become partners in fighting crime by jointly grooming a global police force that would be deployed as peacekeepers among rogue nations riven by war and organized crime, officials from both organizations say,” reports the New York Times [2].

The emergence of a global police force is of course something that people like Alex Jones have been warning about for well over a decade. The global police force, just like the world army, is a key centerpiece of the march towards a dictatorial global government.

Those who were once called paranoid conspiracy theorists for claiming that the plan all along has been to centralize law enforcement into a global body run by the world government under the auspices of the UN and Interpol have been proven right once again.

For a taste of what Americans who aren’t so favorable to taking orders from foreigners on home soil can expect, consider the fact that the secretary general of Interpol, and one of the men at the forefront of setting up the global police force, is none other than Ronald K. Noble.

Noble, who is known as “The Enforcer,” [3] has been instrumental in working with Chinese authorities to provide policing in the Communist country for major national events. However, his most notorious role was in ordering and then, in his position as Undersecretary for Enforcement of the United States Department of the Treasury, whitewashing the actions of the BATF following the federal government’s murderous siege on the Branch Davidian compound at Waco which killed 76 people including more than 20 children and two pregnant women in April 1993.

As Carol Moore writes [4], “Noble had approved the decision to go ahead with the raid,” and therefore, “had little interest in issuing a report that either would challenge significantly the BATF’s investigation or modus operandi or would admit these led to crimes against the Davidians.”

Noble ignored in his report more than a dozen eyewitness reports, along with photographic and video evidence, of a BATF helicopter firebombing the Waco church during the siege. He also ignored David Koresh’s July 1992 invitation to the BATF to inspect the Waco compound, which if it had gone ahead could have prevented the siege and the murder of 76 innocent people altogether. 

As we previously reported [7], Interpol is setting up a huge biometric facial scan database of international travelers so they can cross-check everyone against a database of terror suspects, international criminals and fugitives. The database will hold the records of every citizen who has ever traveled in and out of the virtually every country in the world, representing intelligence agency style bulk interception of information.

According to the NY Times report, Interpol agents would be given special electronic passports that would allow them to speedily cross international borders.

“With the meeting of justice ministers on Monday, which coincides with a general assembly of Interpol police members, the group is expected to debate the global police issue and to craft a declaration that would lead to an action plan for international police peacekeeping within 12 months,” reports the Times.

The danger of having a global police force conducting law enforcement on U.S. soil under the control of Interpol and the UN is self-evident. Global cops who do not have to swear an oath to uphold the Constitution have no obligation to follow it. Operating outside of the realms of the U.S. legal system, global cops will have carte blanche to snatch, grab and intern citizens without recourse. A highly centralized system of policing guarantees hardly any liability whatsoever and therefore encourages rampant illegality and police brutality.

With many experts predicting a Soviet-style collapse [8]of the United States within the next few years, the prospect of U.N. peacekeepers and Interpol global cops ordering Americans around is a harrowing possibility.

The fact that this move is all being spearheaded by a man known as “The Enforcer” who was instrumental in ordering the killing of 76 innocent people at Waco, including 20 children, and then covering it up, should send shock waves through the liberty movement and lead to intense scrutiny on Noble’s position at Interpol and his agenda to head up a global police force.

 

 
Democracy Going Dark: The Electronic Police State
The FBI's Multi-Billion "High-Tech Surveillance" Program


by Tom Burghardt

 

The Federal Bureau of Investigation's budget request for Fiscal Year 2010 reveals that America's political police intend to greatly expand their high-tech surveillance capabilities.

According to ABC News, the FBI is seeking additional funds for the development of "a new 'Advanced Electronic Surveillance' program which is being funded at $233.9 million for 2010. The program has 133 employees, 15 of whom are agents."

Known as "Going Dark," the program is designed to beef up the Bureau's already formidable electronic surveillance, intelligence collection and evidence gathering capabilities "as well as those of the greater Intelligence Community," ABC reports. An FBI spokesperson told the network:

"The term 'Going Dark' does not refer to a specific capability, but is a program name for the part of the FBI, Operational Technology Division's (OTD) lawful interception program which is shared with other law enforcement agencies."

"The term applies to the research and development of new tools, technical support and training initiatives." (Jason Ryan, "DOJ Budget Details High-Tech Crime Fighting Tools," ABC News, May 9, 2009)

Led by Assistant Director Marcus C. Thomas, OTD describes the office as supporting "the FBI’s investigative and intelligence-gathering efforts--and those of our federal, state, and local law enforcement/intelligence partners--with a wide range of sophisticated technological equipment, examination tools and capabilities, training, and specialized experience. You won’t hear about our work on the evening news because of its highly sensitive nature, but you will continue to hear about the fruits of our labor..."

According to OTD's website, the Division possesses "seven core capabilities": Digital Forensics; Electronic Surveillance; Physical Surveillance; Special Technology and Applications; Tactical Communications; Tactical Operations and finally, Technical Support/Coordination.

Under the heading "Electronic Surveillance," OTD deploys "tools and techniques for performing lawfully-authorized intercepts of wired and wireless telecommunications and data network communications technologies; enhancing unintelligible audio; and working with the communications industry as well as regulatory and legislative bodies to ensure that our continuing ability to conduct electronic surveillance will not be impaired as technology evolves."

But as we have seen throughout the entire course of the so-called "war on terror," systemic constitutional breeches by the FBI--from their abuse of National Security Letters, the proliferation of corporate-dominated Fusion Centers to the infiltration of provocateurs into antiwar and other dissident groups--the only thing "impaired" by an out-of-control domestic spy agency have been the civil liberties of Americans.

Communications Backdoor Provided by Telecom Grifters

While the Bureau claims that it performs "lawfully-authorized intercepts" in partnership with the "communications industry," also known as telecommunications' grifters, the available evidence suggests otherwise.

As Antifascist Calling reported last year, security consultant and whistleblower Babak Pasdar, in a sworn affidavit to the Government Accountability Project (GAP), provided startling details about the collusive--and profitable alliance--between the FBI and America's wireless carriers.

Pasdar furnished evidence that FBI agents have instantly transferred data along a high-speed computer circuit to a Bureau technology office in Quantico, Virginia. The so-called Quantico Circuit was provided to the FBI by Verizon, The Washington Post revealed.

According to published reports, the company maintains a 45 megabit/second DS-3 digital line that allowed the FBI and other security agencies virtually "unfettered access" to the carrier's wireless network, including billing records and customer data "transferred wirelessly." Verizon and other telecom giants have supplied FBI technical specialists with real-time access to customer data.

"The circuit was tied to the organization's core network," Pasdar wrote. Such access would expose customers' voice calls, data packets, even their physical movements and geolocation to uncontrolled--and illegal--surveillance.

In April, Wired obtained documents from the FBI under a Freedom of Information Act request. Those files demonstrate how the Bureau's "geek squad" routinely hack into wireless, cellular and computer networks.

Although the FBI released 152 heavily-redacted pages, they withheld another 623, claiming a full release would reveal a "sensitive investigative technique." Nevertheless, Wired discovered that the FBI is deploying spyware called a "computer internet protocol address verifier," or CIPAV, designed to infiltrate a target's computer and gather a wide range of information, "which it sends to an FBI server in eastern Virginia." While the documents do not detail CIPAV's capabilities, an FBI affidavit from a 2007 case indicate it gathers and reports,

a computer's IP address; MAC address; open ports; a list of running programs; the operating system type, version and serial number; preferred internet browser and version; the computer's registered owner and registered company name; the current logged-in user name and the last-visited URL.

After sending the information to the FBI, the CIPAV settles into a silent "pen register" mode, in which it lurks on the target computer and monitors its internet use, logging the IP address of every server to which the machine connects. (Kevin Poulsen, "FBI Spyware Has Been Snaring Extortionists, Hackers for Years," Wired, April 16, 2009)

"Going Dark" is ostensibly designed to help the Bureau deal with technological changes and methods to intercept Voice Over Internet Protocol (VOIP) phone calls facilitated by programs such as Skype. But a tool that can seamlessly target hackers and cyber-criminals can just as easily be deployed against political opponents.

The FBI also intends to continue their use of automated link- and behavioral analysis derived from data mining as investigative tools. As a subset of applied mathematics, social network theory and its derivatives, link- and behavioral analysis, purport to uncover hidden relationships amongst social groups and networks. Over time, it has become an invasive tool deployed by private- and state intelligence agencies against political activists, most recently, as Antifascist Calling reported in February, against protest groups organizing against the Republican National Convention.

These methods raise very troubling civil liberties' and privacy concerns. The Electronic Privacy Information Coalition (EPIC) filed a Freedom of Information Act request, demanding that the General Services Administration (GSA) turn over agency records "concerning agreements the GSA negotiated between federal agencies and social networking services, including Flickr, YouTube, Vimeo, Blip.tv, and Facebook."

With the proliferation of social networking sites, applications allow users to easily share information about themselves with others. But as EPIC points out, "Many online services relay information about online associations as users create new relationships. While government agencies may use social networking, cloud computing, and Internet services to create greater transparency on their activities, it remains unclear if there are data collection, use, and sharing limitations."

And with "information discoverability" all the rage amongst spooky security agencies ranging from the FBI to the NSA, "connecting the dots," particularly when it comes to dissident Americans, "is gaining increasing attention from homeland security officials and experts in their ongoing attempt to corral anti-terrorism information that resides across federal, state and local jurisdictions," Federal Computer Week reports.

Will an agreement between Facebook and the FBI facilitate "dot connecting" or will it serve as a new, insidious means to widen the surveillance net, building ever-more intrusive electronic case files on dissident Americans?

The Electronic Police State

As Antifascist Calling reported earlier this month, citing the Electronic Frontier Foundation's (EFF) dossier on the FBI's Investigative Data Warehouse (IDW), the office had "transitioned to the operations and maintenance phase during FY 2008" and now possesses some "997,368,450 unique searchable documents," ready for data mining.

But as study after study has revealed, most recently the comprehensive examination of various programs by the National Research Council, automated data mining is "likely to generate huge numbers of false leads."

Because the mountainous volumes of data "mined" for "actionable intelligence" are drawn from dozens of disparate sources on terrorism or criminal suspects, "they have an enormous potential for privacy violations because they will inevitably force targeted individuals to explain and justify their mental and emotional states."

EFF documented that the Bureau's Telephone Application (TA) "provides a central repository for telephone data obtained from investigations." TA allegedly functions as an "investigative tool ... for all telephone data collected during the course of FBI investigations. Included are pen register data, toll records, trap/trace, tape-edits, dialed digits, airnet (pager intercepts), cellular activity, push-to-talk, and corresponding subscriber information."

Additionally, the civil liberties' group revealed that "records obtained through National Security Letters are placed in the Telephone Application, as well as the IDW by way of the ACS [Automated Case] system." It would appear that "Going Dark" will serve as a research subsystem feeding the insatiable appetite of the Investigative Data Warehouse.

In fact, these programs are part and parcel of what the security website Cryptohippie refers to as the Electronic Police State. Far from keeping us safe from all manner of dastardly plots hatched by criminals and/or terrorists, Cryptohippie avers:

An electronic police state is quiet, even unseen. All of its legal actions are supported by abundant evidence. It looks pristine.

An electronic police state is characterized by this:

State use of electronic technologies to record, organize, search and distribute forensic evidence against its citizens.

The two crucial facts about the information gathered under an electronic police state are these:

1. It is criminal evidence, ready for use in a trial.

2. It is gathered universally and silently, and only later organized for use in prosecutions.

In an Electronic Police State, every surveillance camera recording, every email you send, every Internet site you surf, every post you make, every check you write, every credit card swipe, every cell phone ping... are all criminal evidence, and they are held in searchable databases, for a long, long time. Whoever holds this evidence can make you look very, very bad whenever they care enough to do so. You can be prosecuted whenever they feel like it--the evidence is already in their database. ("The Electronic Police State, 2008 National Rankings," Cryptohippie, no date)

Unfortunately, this is not the stuff of paranoid fantasies, but American reality in the year 2009; one unlikely to change in the foreseeable future.

In addition to "Going Dark," the FBI is busily constructing what ABC News refers to as the "development of the Biometric Technology Center, a Joint Justice, FBI and DoD program." At a cost of $97.6 million, the center will function as a research and development arm of the Bureau's Biometric Center of Excellence (BCOE), one which will eventually "be a vast database of personal data including fingerprints, iris scans and DNA which the FBI calls the Next Generation Identification (NGI)."

The program is closely tied with technology under development by West Virginia University's Center for Identification Technology Research (CITeR). As the FBI's "lead academic partner in biometrics research" according to a Bureau press release, CITeR provides "biometrics research support to the FBI and its law enforcement and national security partners and serve as the FBI liaison to the academic community of biometric researchers nationwide."

Indeed, CITeR director Lawrence A. Hornak, "a visionary of the Big Brother school of technology" told The Register, he awaits the day "when devices will be able to 'recognize us and adapt to us'." The "long-term goal," Hornak declared, is the "ubiquitous use of biometrics."

But as The Register pointed out when the program was publicly rolled-out, "civil libertarians and privacy advocates are not amused."

They claim that the project presents nightmare scenarios of stolen biometric information being used for ever-more outlandish forms of identity theft, which would be nearly impossible to correct. Correcting an inaccurate credit report is already an insulting and hair-raising experience in America, and critics contend that the use of biometrics would make correcting inaccurate credit reports or criminal histories nearly impossible. Besides, they argue, the US government does not exactly have a sterling record when it comes to database security--what happens when, as seems inevitable, the database is hacked and this intimate and allegedly indisputable data is compromised? ...

Databases usually become less accurate, rather than more, the older and bigger they get, because there's very little incentive for the humans that maintain them to go back and correct old, inaccurate information rather than simply piling on new information. Data entry typically trumps data accuracy. Furthermore, the facial recognition technology in its current iteration is woefully inaccurate, with recognition rates as low as 10 per cent at night. All in all, there is ample reason for skepticism--not that it will make much of a difference. (Burke Hansen, "FBI preps $1bn biometric database," The Register, December 24, 2007)

But WVU's CITeR isn't the only partner lining-up to feed at the FBI's trough. ABC reports that the Bureau "has awarded the NGI contract to Lockheed Martin to update and maintain the database which is expected to come online in 2010. After being fully deployed the NGI contract could cost up to $1 billion."

However, Federal Computer Week reported in 2008 that although the initial contract will "consist of a base year," the potential for "nine option years" means that "the value of the multiyear contract ... could be higher." You can bet it will!

Additional firms on Lockheed Martin's "team" as subcontractors include IBM, Accenture, BAE Systems, Global Science & Technology, Innovative Management & Technology Services and Platinum Solutions. In other words, NGI is yet another in a gigantic herd of cash cows enriching the Military-Industrial-Security Complex.

Democracy "Going Dark"

The "vast apparatus of domestic spying" described by the World Socialist Web Site, greatly expanded under the criminal Bush regime is a permanent feature of the capitalist state; one that will continue to target political dissent during a period of profound economic crisis.

That the Obama administration, purportedly representing fundamental change from the previous government, has embraced the felonious methods of the Bush crime family and its capo tutti capo, Richard Cheney, should surprise no one. Like their Republican colleagues, the Democrats are equally complicit in the antidemocratic programs of repression assembled under the mendacious banner of the "global war on terror."

From warrantless wiretapping to the suppression of information under cover of state secrets, and from the waging of imperialist wars of conquest to torture, the militarist mind-set driving capitalist elites at warp speed towards an abyss of their own creation, are signs that new political provocations are being prepared by America's permanent "shadow government"--the military-intelligence-corporate apparatus.

Tom Burghardt is a researcher and activist based in the San Francisco Bay Area. In addition to publishing in Covert Action Quarterly and Global Research, an independent research and media group of writers, scholars, journalists and activists based in Montreal, his articles can be read on Dissident Voice, The Intelligence Daily, Pacific Free Press and the whistleblowing website Wikileaks. He is the editor of Police State America: U.S. Military "Civil Disturbance" Planning, distributed by AK Press.


Tom Burghardt is a frequent contributor to Global Research.  Global Research Articles by Tom Burghardt

Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) & the New World Order

The Council on Foreign Relations (CFR)
and the New World Order

By William Blase

For those who may be confused by the controversies surrounding the "New World Order", a One-World-Government, and American concern over giving the UN more power; those unaware of the issues involved; and those wishing more background, I offer the following.

Originally presented for an Honors Class, "Dilemmas of War and Peace," at New Mexico State University, the paper was ridiculed and characterized by Dr. Yosef Lapid, (an acknowledged and locally quoted "expert" on Terrorism and Middle Eastern affairs) as "paranoid...possibly a symptom of mental illness." You may judge for yourself.

Citing source data is the "scientific method," but does not seem to apply to "Conspiracy Theories." A thousand sources may be quoted, yet will not convince the "skeptics," the "realists." It seems to me the "symptoms of mental illness" are on their side, if they refuse to look at evidence ("There are none so blind as those who WILL not see"); or perhaps something more sinister is at work, such as a knowledge of the truth, that does not want YOU to know.

To be paranoid means to believe in delusions of danger and persecution. If the danger is real, and the evidence credible, then it cannot be delusional. To ignore the evidence, and hope that it CANNOT be true, is more an evidence of mental illness.

The issue involves much more than a difference of philosophy, or political viewpoint. Growing up in the midst of the "Cold War," our generation were taught that those who attempted to abolish our national sovereignty and overthrow our Constitutional government were committing acts of treason. Please judge for yourself if the group discussed is guilty of such.

If one group is effectively in control of national governments and multinational corporations; promotes world government through control of media, foundation grants, and education; and controls and guides the issues of the day; then they control most options available. The Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), and the financial powers behind it, have done all these things, and promote the "New World Order", as they have for over seventy years.

The CFR is the promotional arm of the Ruling Elite in the United States of America. Most influential politicians, academics and media personalities are members, and it uses its influence to infiltrate the New World Order into American life. Its' "experts" write scholarly pieces to be used in decision making, the academics expound on the wisdom of a united world, and the media members disseminate the message.

To understand how the most influential people in America came to be members of an organization working purposefully for the overthrow of the Constitution and American sovereignty, we have to go back at least to the early 1900's, though the story begins much earlier (depending on your viewpoint and beliefs).

THAT outmodedis Constitution our believes which elite bureaucratic a government, of form another representing body system, political and ourgovernment within operating have We government. Constitutional we ?Outwardly speech: in warned Jenner William Senator 1954, 23, February Jackson.? Andrew days the since ever government owned has centers large element financial that Iknow, you as is, matter truth real ?The wrote, Roosevelt Franklin President 1933, 21, November dated associate an to letter In scenes.? behind from power exercise invisible are Washington rulers said: (1939-1962), Court Supreme Justice Frankfurter, Felix know. position americans many by attested been scenes U.S. control indeed does ruling>Baron M.A. Rothschild wrote, "Give me control over a nation's currency and I care not who makes its laws." All that is needed to effectively control a government is to have control over the nation's money: a central bank with a monopoly over the supply of money and credit. This had been done in Western Europe, with the creation of privately owned central banks such as the Bank of England. Georgetown professor Dr. Carroll Quigley (Bill Clinton's mentor while at Georgetown) wrote about the goals of the investment bankers who control central banks: "... nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole... controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent private meetings and conferences."

The Bank of the United States (1816-36), an early attempt at an American central bank, was abolished by President Andrew Jackson, who believed that it threatened the nation. He wrote: "The bold effort the present bank had made to control the government,the distress it had wantonly produced...are but premonitions of the fate that awaits the American people should they be deluded into a perpetuation of this institution or the establishment of another like it."

Thomas Jefferson wrote: "The Central Bank is an institution of the most deadly hostility existing against the principles and form of our Constitution...if the American people allow private banks to control the issuance of their currency, first by inflation and then by deflation, the banks and corporations that will grow up around them will deprive the people of all their property until their children will wake up homeless on the continent their fathers conquered."

Does that not describe the situation in America today?

The U.S. managed to do without a central bank until early in this century, when, according to Congressman Charles Lindbergh, Sr., "The Money Trust caused the 1907 panic, and thereby forced Congress to create a National Monetary Commission." Headed by Senator Nelson Aldrich, father-in-law of John D. Rockefeller, Jr.,the Commission recommended creation of a central bank.

Though unconstitutional, as only "The Congress shall have Power...To coin Money, regulate the Value thereof..." (Article I, Section 8, U.S. Constitution) the Federal Reserve Act was passed in December 1913; ostensibly to stabilize the economy and prevent further panics, but as Lindbergh warned Congress: "This act establishes the most gigantic trust on earth...the invisible government by the money power, proven to exist by the Money Trust investigation, will be legalized." The Great Depression and numerous recessions later, it is obvious the Federal Reserve produces inflation and federal debt whenever it desires, but not stability.

Congressman Louis McFadden, House Committee on Banking and Currency Chairman (1920-31), stated: "When the Federal Reserve Act was passed, the people of these United States did not perceive that a world banking system was being set up here. A super-state controlled by international bankers and industrialists...acting together to enslave the world...Every effort has been made by the Fed to conceal its powers but the truth is--the Fed has usurped the government."

Although called "Federal," the Federal Reserve system is privately owned by member banks, makes its own policies, and is not subject to oversight by Congress or the President. As the overseer and supplier of reserves, the Fed gave banks access to public funds, which enhanced their lending capacity.

Peter Kershaw, in Economic Solutions lists the ten major shareholders of the Federal Reserve Bank System as: Rothschild: London and Berlin; Lazard Bros: Paris; Israel Seiff: Italy; Kuhn-Loeb Company: Germany; Warburg: Hamburg and Amsterdam; Lehman Bros: New York; Goldman and Sachs: New York; Rockefeller: New York. (That most, if not all of these families just happen to be Jewish, you may judge the significance of yourself). The balance of stock is owned by major commercial member banks.

According to Davvy Kidd, Why A Bankrupt America? The Federal Reserve pays the Bureau of Engraving & Printing approximately $23 for each 1,000 notes printed. 10,000 $100 notes (one million dollars) would thus cost the Federal Reserve $230. They then secure a pledge of collateral equal to the face value from the U.S government. The collateral is our land, labor, and assets...collected by their agents, the IRS.

By authorizing the Fed to regulate and create money (and thus inflation), Congress gave private banks power to create profits at will. As Lindberg put it: "The new law will create inflation whenever the trusts want inflation...they can unload the stocks on the people at high prices during the excitement and then bring on a panic and buy them back at low prices...the day of reckoning is only a few years removed." That day came in 1929, with the Stock Market crash and Great Depression.

One of the most important powers given to the Fed was the right to buy and sell government securities, and provide loans to member banks so they might also purchase them. This provided another built-in mechanism for profit to the banks, if government debt was increased. All that was needed was a method to pay off the debt. This was accomplished through the passage of the income tax in 1913.

A national income tax was declared unconstitutional in 1895 by the Supreme Court, so a constitutional amendment was proposed in Congress by none other than ...Senator Nelson Aldrich. As presented to the American people it seemed reasonable enough: income tax on only one percent of income under $20,000, with the assurance that it would never increase. Since it was graduated, the tax would "soak the rich", ...but the rich had other plans, already devising a method of protecting wealth.

As described by Gary Allen in his 1976 book The Rockefeller File, "By the time the (16th) Amendment had been approved by the states, the Rockefeller Foundation was in full operation...about the same time that Judge Kenesaw Landis was ordering the breakup of the Standard Oil monopoly...John D...not only avoided taxes by creating four great tax-exempt foundations; he used them as repositories for his 'divested' interests...made his assets non-taxable so that they might be passed down through generations without...estate and gift taxes...Each year the Rockefellers can dump up to half their incomes into their pet foundations and deduct the "donations" from their income tax."

Exchanging ownership for control of wealth, foundations are also a handy means for promoting interests that benefit the wealthy. Millions of foundation dollars have been "donated" to causes such as promoting the use of drugs, while degrading preventive medicine. Since many drugs are made from coal tar derivatives, both oil companies and drug manufacturing concerns (many Rockefeller owned or controlled) are the main beneficiaries.

With the means to loan enormous sums to the government (the Federal Reserve), a method to repay the debt (income tax), and an escape from taxation for the wealthy, (foundations), all that remained was an excuse to borrow money. By some happy"coincidence," in 1914 World War I began, and after American participation national debt rose from $1 billion to $25 billion.

Woodrow Wilson was elected President in 1913, beating incumbent William Howard Taft, who had vowed to veto legislation establishing a central bank. To divide the Republican vote and elect the relatively unknown Wilson, J.P. Morgan and Co. poured money into the candidacy of Teddy Roosevelt and his Progressive Party.

According to an eyewitness, Wilson was brought to Democratic Party headquarters in 1912 by Bernard Baruch, a wealthy banker. He received an "indoctrination course" from those he met, and in return agreed, if elected: to support the projected Federal Reserveand the income tax, and "listen" to advice in case of war in Europe and on the composition of his cabinet.

Wilson's top advisor during his two terms was a man named Colonel Edward M. House. House's biographer, Charles Seymour, called him the "unseen guardian angel" of the Federal Reserve Act, helping to guide it through Congress. Another biographer wrote that House believed: "...the Constitution, product of eighteenth-century minds...was thoroughly outdated; that the country would be better off if the Constitution could be scrapped and rewritten..." House wrote a book entitled Philip Dru: Administrator, published anonymously in 1912. The hero, Philip Dru, rules America and introduces radical changes, such as a graduated income tax, a central bank, and a "league of nations."

World War I produced both a large national debt, and huge profits for those who had backed Wilson. Baruch was appointed head of the War Industries Board, where he exercised dictatorial power over the national economy. He and the Rockefellers were reported to have earned over $200 million during the war. Wilson backer Cleveland Dodge sold munitions to the allies, while J.P. Morgan loaned them hundreds of millions, with the protection of U.S. entry into the war.

While profit was certainly a motive, the war was also useful to justify the notion of world government. William Hoar reveals in Architechs of Conspiracy that during the 1950s, government investigators examining the records of the Carnegie Endowment forInternational Peace, a long- time promoter of globalism, found that several years before the outbreak of World War I, the Carnegie trustees were planning to involve the U.S. in a general war, to set the stage for world government.

The main obstacle was that Americans did not want any involvement in European wars. Some kind of incident, such as the explosion of the battleship Main, which provoked the Spanish - American war, would have to be provided as provocation. This occurred when the Lusitania, carrying 128 Americans on board, was sunk by a German submarine, and anti-German sentiment was aroused. When war was declared, U.S. propaganda portrayed all Germans as Huns and fanged serpents, and all Americans opposing the war as traitors.

What was not revealed at the time, however, was that the Lusitania was transporting war munitions to England, making it a legitimate target for the Germans. Even so, they had taken out large ads in the New York papers, asking that Americans not take passage on the ship.

The evidence seems to point to a deliberate plan to have the ship sunk by the Germans. Colin Simpson, author of The Lusitania, wrote that Winston Churchill, head of the British Admiralty during the war, had ordered a report to predict the political impact if a passenger ship carrying Americans was sunk. German naval codes hadbeen broken by the British, who knew approximately where all U-boats near the British Isles were located.

According to Simpson, Commander Joseph Kenworthy, of British Naval Intelligence, stated: "The Lusitania was deliberately sent at considerably reduced speed into an area where a U-boat was known to be waiting...escorts withdrawn." Thus, even though Wilson had been reelected in 1916 with the slogan "He kept us out of war," America soon found itself fighting a European war. Actually, Colonel House had already negotiated a secret agreement with England, committing the U.S. to the conflict. It seems the American public had little say in the matter.

With the end of the war and the Versailles Treaty, which required severe war reparations from Germany, the way was paved for a leader in Germany such as Hitler. Wilson brought to the Paris Peace Conference his famous "fourteen points," with point fourteen being a proposal for a "general association of nations," which was to be the first step towards the goal of One World Government-the League of Nations.

Wilson's official biographer, Ray Stannard Baker, revealed that the League was not Wilson's idea. "...not a single idea--in the Covenant of the League was original with the President." Colonel House was the author of the Covenant, and Wilson had merelyrewritten it to conform to his own phraseology.

The League of Nations was established, but it, and the plan for world government eventually failed because the U.S. Senate would not ratify the Versailles Treaty.

Pat Robertson, in The New World Order, states that Colonel House, along with other internationalists, realized that America would not join any scheme for world government without a change in public opinion. After a series of meetings, it was decided that an "Institute of International Affairs", with two branches, in the United States and England, would be formed.

The British branch became known as the Royal Institute of International Affairs, with leadership provided by members of the Round Table. Begun in the late 1800's by Cecil Rhodes, the Round Table aimed to federate the English speaking peoples of the world,and bring it under their rule.

The Council on Foreign Relations was incorporated as the American branch in New York on July 29, 1921. Founding members included Colonel House, and "...such potentates of international banking as J.P. Morgan, John D. Rockefeller, Paul Warberg, Otto Kahn, and Jacob Schiff...the same clique which had engineered the establishment of the Federal Reserve System," according to Gary Allen in the October 1972 issue of AMERICAN OPINION.

The founding president of the CFR was John W. Davis, J.P. Morgan's personal attorney, while the vice-president was Paul Cravath, also representing the Morgan interests. Professor Carroll Quigley characterized the CFR as "...a front group for J.P. Morgan and Company in association with the very small American RoundTable Group." Over time Morgan influence was lost to the Rockefellers, who found that one world government fit their philosophy of business well. As John D. Rockefeller, Sr. had said: "Competition is a sin," and global monopoly fit their needs as they grew internationally.

Antony Sutton, a research fellow for the Hoover Institution for War, Revolution, and Peace at Stanford University, wrote of this philosophy: "While monopoly control of industries was once the objective of J.P. Morgan and J.D. Rockefeller, by the late nineteenth century the inner sanctums of Wall Street understood the most efficient way to gain an unchallenged monopoly was to 'go political' and make society go to work for the monopolists-- under the name of the public good and the public interest."

Frederick C. Howe revealed the strategy of using government in a 1906 book, Confessions of a Monopolist: "These are the rules of big business...Get a monopoly; let society work for you; and remember that the best of all business is politics..."

As corporations went international, national monopolies could no longer protect their interests. What was needed was a one world system of government controlled from behind the scenes. This had been the plan since the time of Colonel House, and to implement it, it was necessary to weaken the U.S. politically and economically.

During the 1920's, America enjoyed a decade of prosperity, fueled by the easy availability of credit. Between 1923 and 1929 the Federal Reserve expanded the money supply by sixty-two percent. When the stock market crashed, many small investors were ruined, but not "insiders." In March of 1929 Paul Warburg issued a tip the Crash was coming, and the largest investors got out of the market, according to Allen and Abraham in None Dare Call it Conspiracy.

With their fortunes intact, they were able to buy companies for a fraction of their worth. Shares that had sold for a dollar might now cost a nickel, and the buying power, and wealth, of the rich increased enormously.

Louis McFadden, Chairman of the House Banking Committee declared: "It was not accidental. It was a carefully contrived occurrence...The international bankers sought to bring about a condition of despair here so that they might emerge as rulers of usall."

Curtis Dall, son-in-law of FDR and a syndicate manager for Lehman Brothers, an investment firm, was on the N.Y. Stock Exchange floor the day of the crash. In his book, FDR: My Exploited Father-In-Law, he states: "...it was the calculated 'shearing' of the public by the World-Money powers triggered by the planned sudden shortage ofcall money in the New York Market."

The Crash paved the way for the man Wall Street had groomed for the presidency, FDR. Portrayed as a "man of the little people", the reality was that Roosevelt's family had been involved in New York banking since the eighteenth century.

Frederic Delano, FDR's uncle, served on the original Federal Reserve Board. FDR attended Groton and Harvard, and in the 1920's worked on Wall Street, sitting on the board of directors of eleven different corporations.

Dall wrote of his father-in-law: "...Most of his thoughts, his political 'ammunition,'...were carefully manufactured for him in advance by the CFR-One World Money group. Brilliantly... he exploded that prepared 'ammunition' in the middle of an unsuspecting target, the American people--and thus paid off and retained his internationalist political support."

Taking America off the gold standard in 1934, FDR opened the way to unrestrained money supply expansion, decades of inflation--and credit revenues for banks. Raising gold prices from $20 an ounce to $35, FDR and Treasury Secretary Henry Morgenthau,Jr. (son of a founding CFR member), gave international bankers huge profits.

FDR's most remembered program, the New Deal, could only be financed through heavy borrowing. In effect, those who had caused the Depression loaned America the money to recover from it. Then, through the National Recovery Administration, proposed by Bernard Baruch in 1930, they were put in charge of regulating the economy. FDR appointed Baruch disciple Hugh Johnson to run the NRA, assisted by CFR member Gerard Swope. With broad powers to regulate wages, prices, and working conditions, it was, as Herbert Hoover wrote in his memoirs: "...pure fascism;...merely a remaking of Mussolini's 'corporate state'..." The Supreme Court eventually ruled the NRAunconstitutional.

During the FDR years, the Council on Foreign Relations captured the political life of the U.S. Besides Treasury Secretary Morgenthau, other CFR members included Secretary of State Edward Stettinus, War Secretary Henry Stimson, and Assistant Secretary of State Sumner Welles.

Since 1934 nearly every United States Secretary of State has been a CFR member; and ALL Secretaries of War or Defense, from Henry L. Stimson through Richard Cheney.

The CIA has been under CFR control almost continuously since its creation, starting with Allen Dulles, founding member of the CFR and brother of Secretary of State under President Eisenhower, John Foster Dulles. Allen Dulles had been at the Paris PeaceConference, joined the CFR in 1926, and later became its president.

John Foster Dulles had been one of Woodrow Wilson's young proteges at the Paris Peace Conference. A founding member of the CFR...he was an in-law of the Rockefellers, Chairman of the Board of the Rockefeller Foundation, and Board Chairman of the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace.

In 1940 FDR defeated internationalist Wendell Willkie, who wrote a book entitled One World, and later became a CFR member. Congressman Usher Burdick protested at the time on the floor of the House that Willkie was being financed by J.P. Morgan and the New York utility bankers. Polls showed few Republicans favored him, yet the media portrayed him as THE Republican candidate.

Since that time nearly ALL presidential candidates have been CFR members. President Truman, who was not a member, was advised by a group of "wise men," all six of whom were CFR members, according to Gary Allen. In 1952 and 1956, CFR Adlai Stevenson challenged CFR Eisenhower. In 1960, CFR Kennedy (perhaps killed for attempting to introduce debt-free money, by executive order - cancelled immediately by LBJ) defeated CFR Nixon. In 1964 the GOP stunned the Establishment by nominating its candidate over Nelson Rockefeller. Rockefeller and the CFR wing proceeded to picture Barry Goldwater as a dangerous radical. In 1968 CFR Nixon ran against CFR Humphrey. The 1972 "contest" featured CFR Nixon vs. CFR McGovern.

CFR candidates for president include George McGovern, Walter Mondale, Edmund Muskie, John Anderson, and Lloyd Bentsen. In 1976 we had Jimmy Carter, who is a member of the Trilateral Commission, created by David Rockefeller and CFR member Zbigniew Brezinski with the goal of economic linkage between Japan, Europe, and the United States, and: "...managing the world economy...a smooth and peaceful evolution of the global system." We have also had (though his name strangely disappears from the membership list in 1979) CFR Director (1977-79) George Bush, and last but not least, CFR member Bill Clinton.

They have all promoted the "New World Order," controlled by the United Nations. The problem is that "...the present United Nations organization is actually the creation of the CFR and is housed on land in Manhattan donated to it by the family of current CFR chairman David Rockefeller," as Pat Robertson describes it.

The original concept for the UN was the outcome of the Informal Agenda Group, formed in 1943 by Secretary of State Cordell Hull. All except Hull were CFR members, and Isaiah Bowman, a founding member of the CFR, originated the idea.

The American delegation to the San Francisco meeting that drafted the charter of the United Nations in 1949 included CFR members Nelson Rockefeller, John Foster Dulles, John McCloy, and CFR members who were communist agents--Harry Dexter White, Owen Lattimore, and the Secretary-General of the conference, Alger Hiss. In all, the Council sent forty-seven of its members in the United States delegation, effectively controlling the outcome.

Since that time the CFR and its friends in the mass media (largely controlled by CFR members such as Katherine Graham of the Washington Post and Henry Luce of Time, Life), foundations, and political groups have lobbied consistently to grant the United Nations more authority and power. Bush and the Gulf War were but one of the latest calls for a "New World Order." Through executive order, Clinton has attempted to give the U.N. authority to command U.S. troops. Many American historical sites are now U.N. "World Heritage Sites," such as Independence Hall, Carlsbad Caverns, and the Grand Canyon. The administration is moving forward with the Biodiversity Treaty (though not ratified by Congress) and the Wildlands Project, developed by convicted eco-terrorist Dave Foreman, founder of Earth First! and present director of the Sierra Club. It would convert much of the area of the U.S. to wilderness areas, connected by corridors for the free movement of species.

Admiral Chester Ward, a member of the CFR for over a decade, became one of its harshest critics, revealing its inner workings in a 1975 book, Kissinger ON THE COUCH. In it he states "The most powerful cliques in these elitist groups have one objective in common: they want to bring about the surrender of the sovereignty and national independence of the United States."

Most members are one-world-government ideologists whose long-term goals were officially summed up in the September 1961 State Department Document 7277, adopted by the Nixon Administration: "...elimination of all armed forces and armaments except those needed to maintain internal order within states and to furnish the United Nations with peace forces...by the time it (UN global government) would be so strong no nation could challenge it."

Within the CFR there exists a "much smaller group but more powerful...made up of Wall Street international bankers and their key agents. Primarily, they want the world banking monopoly from whatever power ends up in control of the global government ...This CFR faction is headed by the Rockefeller brothers," according to Ward.

What must be remembered is that this is not some lunatic-fringe group...these are members of one of the most powerful private organizations in the world: the people who determine and control American economic, social, political, and military policy. Members' influence and control extends to "leaders in academia, public service, business, and the media," according to the CFR 1993 Annual Report.

Their founding they describe as: "American Participants in the Paris Peace Conference decided that it was time for more private Americans to become familiar with the increasing responsibilities and obligations of the United States...there was a need for an organization able to provide for the continuous study of U.S. foreign police for the BENEFIT OF ITS MEMBERS (emphasis mine) and a wider audience of interested Americans."

They sponsor hundreds of programs, where members "exchange views with American and foreign officials and policy experts... discuss foreign policy issues...consider international issues of concern to the business community" (Corporate business), and "...affiliated groups of community leaders throughout the United states...meet with decision makers."

The CFR states that it is "host to many views, advocate of none," and it "has no affiliation with the U.S. government." No, no affiliation at all, if you don't count: "A Council member was elected president of the United States...Dozens of other Council colleagues were called to serve in cabinet and sub-cabinet positions," as they describe it in Foreign Afairs, the official publication of the CFR, along with many members of Congress, the Supreme Court, the Joint Chiefs, the Federal Reserve, and many other Federal bureaucrats. They are not AFFILIATED with government, they ARE the government.

One re-occurring view was stated in the 50th anniversary issue of Foreign Affairs. In an article by Kingman Brewster, Jr. entitled "Reflections on Our National Purpose." Our purpose should be, according to him, to do away with our nationality, to "...take some risks in order to invite others to pool their sovereignty with ours..."

These "risks" include disarming to the point where we would be helpless against the "peace-keeping" forces of a global UN government. We should happily surrender our sovereignty to the world government in the interests of the "world community."

Today we have the spectacle of Spc. 4 Michael New, a U.S. soldier in Germany who refuses to wear the uniform of the UN, facing an "administrative discharge." He states rightly that he swore an oath to defend the U.S. Constitution, not the United Nations. Many other Americans have taken that same oath, such as myself, and believe it is our sworn duty still to defend The Constitution, since an oath sworn before God must be fulfilled. (Why else do we swear to tell the truth in our courts, or when taking public office?) Those who actually BELIEVE in God and the oath that was taken to defend our Constitution are characterized as extremists. Is it a crime to be honest these days?

Meanwhile, those who attempt to destroy The Constitution and our sovereignty are given honors and position...

"In short, the 'house of world order' will have to be built from the bottom up rather than from the top down...An end run around national sovereignty, eroding it piece by piece, will accomplish much more than the old fashioned assault..." in the opinion of Richard N. Gardner, former deputy assistant Secretary of State in Foreign Affairs, April 1974.

James Warburg, son of CFR founder Paul Warburg, and a member of FDR's "brain trust," testified before the Senate Foreign Relations Committee on February 17, 1950, "We shall have world government whether or not you like it--by conquest or consent."

Is this an AMERICAN speaking, or a dangerous lunatic? Who is this "We" who threatens to CONQUER us?

They are a group that actually has the power to do it, and is doing it every day, bit by bit.

CFR Members in the mass media, education, and entertainment push their propaganda of "humanism" and world brotherhood. We should all live in peace under a world government, and forget about such selfish things as nationalities and patriotism. We can solve our own problems. We don't need God, or morals, or values: it's all relative, anyway, right?...Because if we actually had some moral character and values, we might be able to discern that these people are actually EVIL.

The Bible says that the LOVE of money is the root of all evil (1 Tim. 6:10). These people are evil because they love money and power, and greed drives them to do anything to achieve their goals. They have lost all morality and conscience, and believe such concepts, as well as our Constitution, "outdated".

THAT is insanity--to have more wealth than can be spent, and still it is never enough. They have to control governments, start wars, conspire to rule the world; least the "common people" wake up to how they have gained their wealth, take it away from them, and demand that they pay the price for their crimes.

That is why they constantly pit us one against the other, with "Diversity," Affirmative Action, and other programs,...black against white, men against women, rural against urban, ranchers against environmentalists, and on and on...least we look in their direction, and see that they are the hate-mongers, the polluters, the criminals.

We The People are held to a much higher standard. If we threaten the President or a public official, we are charged with a crime...yet the One-World-Gang can threaten The Constitution and the liberties of We The People, the sovereign rulers of this nation, and nothing is said or done. We are taught that we have a government OF the People, BY the People, and FOR the People; yet if The People attempt to take their sovereign power unto themselves and form common law courts, grand juries, or self-defense militias, they are branded as right-wing extremists. Perhaps the Constitution and Common Law have been suspended by the State of Emergency in 1933 (continued to this day through Executive Order), emergency powers granted to the President, and admiralty law instituted, and they just neglected to tell us.

Perhaps they do not fear what Man can do to them... they believe they have arranged everything, and their power and wealth will prevail in this world. However, those among them who have sworn an oath before God to uphold and defend The Constitution: the President, members of Congress, and the military; will find one day that they do indeed have something to fear, when they stand before the Judge of All.


Partial List of CFR members, from the 1993 "Annual Report."
Approximately 3,000 members total.

Elliott Abrams, ROGER ALTMAN, John Anderson, Roone Arledge, LES ASPIN, BRUCE BABBITT, Howard Baker, William Bennett, LLOYD BENTSEN, Shirley Black, Tom Bradley, TOM BROKAW, Harold Brown, RONALD BROWN, Z. Brezindski, WILLIAM BUCKLEY, Frank Carlucci, JIMMY CARTER, John Chancellor, Richard Cheney, Henry Cisneros, BILL CLINTON, William Colby, WARREN CHRISTOPHER, Mario Cuomo, James Dalton, Richard Darman, JOHN DEUTCH, Charles Dodd, Michael Dukakis, L. Eagleburger, Daniel Ellsberg, Geraldine Ferraro, Thomas Foley, GERALD FORD, Robert Gates, DAVID GERGEN, NEWT GINGRICH, RUTH GINSBERG, Katherine Graham, ALAN GREENSPAN, Alexander Haig, Richard Helms, Benjamin Hooks, C. Hunter-Gault, JESSE JACKSON, Bernard Kalb, N. Katzenbach, George Kennan, John Kerry, Jean Kirkpatrick, Henry Kissinger, ANTHONY LAKE, JIM LEHRER, I. R. Levine, John Lindsay, Richard McFarlane, George McGovern, Robert McNamera, Robert McNeill, George Mitchell, Walter Mondale, Daniel Moynihan, Edmund Muskie, Jack Nelson, Paul Nitze, SANDRA O'CONNOR, Claiborne Pell, Richard Perle, COLIN POWELL, DAN RATHER, ALICE RIVLIN, Charles Robb, David Rockefeller, John Rockefeller, William Rogers, Walt Rostow, W. Ruckelshaus, Warren Rudman, Dean Rusk, Carl Sagan, Harrison Salisbury, Jonas Salk, DIANE SAWYER, John Scali, James Schlesinger, Daniel Schorr, PAT SCHROEDER, Brent Scowcroft, William Scranton, DONNA SHALALA, William Shirer, S. Shriver, George Shultz, GARY SICK, L. Silberman, William Simon, Steven Solarz, G. Stephanopoulas, David Stockman, Robert Strauss, Peter Tarnoff, D. THORNBURGH, Stansfield Turner, LAURA D'ANDREA TYSON, Cyrus Vance, John Vessey, Paul Volcker, BARBARA WALTERS, Paul Warnke, Ben Wattenberg, William Webster, Caspar Weinberger, Timothy Wirth, Frank Wisner, JAMES WOOSLEY, Elmo Zumwalt


Past and present Directors of the CFR include George Bush, Thomas Foley, Averell Harriman, David Rockefeller, Donna Shalala, Zbigniew Brzezinski, John McCloy, Douglas Dillon, Adlai Stevenson, Bill Moyers, Cyrus Vance, Henry Kissinger, George Shultz, Alan Greenspan, William Rogers, Lane Kirkland, and many other well-known names.


Corporate Members include:

American Airlines, American Express, Archer Daniels Midland, ASARCO, AT&T, Atlantic Richfield, Avon Products, BMW of North America, Bank of America, Bankers Trust, Barclays Bank, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Capital Cities/ABC, Chase Manhattan Bank, Chevron, Citibank/Ciiticorp, Coca-Cola, Deere & Company, Dow Chemical, Dow Jones & Company, Dun & Bradstreet, E. I. du Pont, Estee Lauder, Exxon, Forbes Magazine, Ford Motor Company, General Electric, General Motors, Georgia-Pacific, H. J. Heinz, Hilton Hotels, IBM Corporation, ITT Corporation, John Wiley & Sons, Johnson & Johnson, J. P. Morgan & Co., Peat Marwick, Merill Lynch, Mitsubishi, Mobil Corporation, New York Times, Nippon Steel USA, Occidental Petroleum, Olin Corportation, Paramount Publishing, PepsiCo, Pfizer, Phillips Petroleum, Price Waterhouse, Proctor & Gamble, Prudential Insurance, RJR Nabisco, Rockefeller Group, Schlumberger Limited, S. G. Warburg & Co., Siemens Corporation, Smith Barney Shearson, Sony Corporation, Texaco, Times Mirror, Toyota Motor Corp., TRW, Xerox Corp.


Colonel House, the fallen angel, still has relatives controlling the CFR. Karen Elliot House is Chairman of the Membership Committee, and a member of the Nominating Committee, along with Jeane Kirkpatrick. David Rockefeller is now "Honorary Chairman of the Board", after serving as Chairman 1970-1985; and "Director Emeritus," after serving as a Director 1949-1985. Peter G. Peterson is Chairman, Admiral B. R. Inman is Vice Chairman, while Thomas Foley and Jeane Kirkpatrick are Directors serving on the Executive Committee.

These "private citizens" have access to government officials and policy makers as often as they wish, yet the results of their meetings can only be given to other government officials, corporate officers, or law partners. Participants are forbidden to transmit an attributed statement to any public medium, such as newspapers or TV, where there is "risk that it will promptly be widely circulated or published," as the Annual Report puts it.

Should not OUR public officials be forbidden to meet in secret with private groups? Public officials should only be allowed to discuss public business and policy in a public forum. The Public...remember US?

There is much more to say about this group and their plans for America. Gary Allen, in The Rockefeller File, states that they are behind the many regional government plans, which would abolish city, county, and state lines, leaving us at the mercy of federal bureaucrats; and behind the push for "land use" controls. They want "federal control of everything. Since they intend to control the federal government..."

There are also the many allegations of involvement in gun running, drug smuggling, prostitution and sex slaves; and the many mysterious assassinations and "suicides" of witnesses and others who get too close to the truth...but that is another story.

During the past several decades, they have begun implementation of their "Population Control" schemes. AIDS appeared during the 1980s, after military funding for exactly this type of biological weapon. In the mid-1990s a new phenomena began, that the media has managed to totally ignore...whole populations being debilitated through airborn Chemical Spraying ("Chem-Trails"). This is the new, "non-lethal" warfare... if the sickness does not kill your adversary outright, then they must buy medicines, from the very people who developed the illness to begin with. And once again, the Rockefellers and their associates seem to be at the center of it all.


REFERENCES

Bo Adelmann, 1986. "The Federal Reserve System". The New American, October 17.

Gary Allen, 1976. The Rockefeller File. Seal Beach, CA: '76 Press.

Gary Allen with Larry Abraham, 1972. None Dare Call it Conspiracy. Rossmoor, CA: Concord Press.

Congressional Record, December 22, 1913, Vol. 51.

Phoebe and Kent Courtney, 1962. America's Unelected Rulers, The Council on Foreign Relations. New Orleans: Conservative Society of America.

Curtis B. Dall, 1970. FDR My Exploited Father-In-Law. Washington D.C.: Action Associates.

A. Ralph Epperson, 1985. The Unseen Hand. Tucson, AZ: Publius Press.

F.D.R.: His Personal Letters, 1950. New York: Duell, Sloan and Pearce.

William P. Hoar, 1984. Architects of Conspiracy. Belmont MA: Western Islands.

Herbert Hoover, 1952. The Memoirs of Herbert Hoover, The Great Depression 1929-1941. New York: Macmillan.

Frederick C. Howe, 1906. Confessions of a Monopolist. Chicago: Public Publishing Co.

Robert C. Johansen, 1980. "Models of World Order," in Dilemmas of War and Peace.

Peter Kershaw, 1994. Economic Solutions.

Devvy Kidd, 1995. Why A Bankrupt America? Colorado: Project Liberty.

Ferdinand Lundberg, 1938. America's 60 Families. New York: Vanguard.

Louis T. McFadden, 1934.The Federal Reserve Corporation, remarks in Congress. Boston: Forum Publication Co.

James Perloff, 1988. The Shadows of Power. Appleton, WI: Western Islands.

Carroll Quigley, 1966. Tragedy and Hope. New York: Macmillan.

Pat Robertson, 1991. The New World Order. Dallas: Word Publishing.

Charles Seymour, ed., 1926. The Intimate Paper of Colonel House. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

Colin Simpson, 1972. The Lusitania. Boston: Little, Brown.

Arthur D. Howde Smith, 1940. Mr House of Texas. New York: Funk and Wagnalls.

Antony C. Sutton, 1975. Wall Street and FDR. New Rochelle, New York: Arlington House.

George Sylvester Viereck, 1932. The Strangest Friendship in History. New York: Liveright.


This document may be freely distributed or quoted in any medium,provided credit is given to the author and The Courier.

Copyright 1995 William Blase

The Courier
115 W. Hall
Hatch, New Mexico 87937
TEL  505 267 3546  505 267 3546
FAX 505 267 3019

 

 

 

Iowa's Announcement of Appearance of Virulent Swine Flu Virus Spells Trouble Ahead

 

800 FEMA camps are reported to be in place in the USA ready to operate incinerators. FEMA trains are waiting on their tracks. Large quantities of plastic coffins have been reported.

 

In short, the entire infrastructure of mass murder that was in place in Nazi Germany is in place in the USA today - and the banksters and Bilderbergers with their back to the wall are desperate to use it before they end up being prosecuted once the Audit the Fed Bill goes through.

 

As in Nazi Germany, the US media just like the European media today, though, largely acts as propaganda instrument hiding the stark reality from people of.

 

It is left to the independent media to warn people of the impending danger.

 

The independent media and bloggers have to carry out the role of the horsemen who raced between towns carrying a lantern to light up the night during the First American Revolution to warn people the British were coming and so allowing them time to prepare to defend themselves.

 

It sure looks like the "colonial British“ are determined to impose their will again but this time, they have turned up armed with vaccines and quarantine orders as well as guns.

 

Just as during the First Revolution, they are finding plenty of people who will do their work for them on US soil.

 

But the „British“ will not succeed any today than they did the first time if enough people stand up and fight back in this still undeclared biological war against the people, targetting children with especial cruelty and deceit.

 

It is time to listen to see the warning signs and recognise we really are at war with the globalist banksters. They really do want to impose an autocratic UN/WHO government at our expense under a pandemic pretext. The time really has come for us to prepare for our defence in the US and Europe.


How long until we hear the virulent swine flu virus has killed 27 people in Norway or Spain or Austria? 


Every single person has a role to play in this great battle between the power of lies and deceit and the truth. It could be YOU who makes the difference.
 

 

Swine Flu Expose

a book by Eleanora I. McBean, Ph.D., N.D.


 

Chapter 1  Swine Flu--Another Medically-made Epidemic
    Preface
    $5,000,000 law suit filed against flu promoters for causing paralysis
    Swine flu vaccine tests prove unsafe
    No swine flu epidemic
    All vaccines are poison
    Ford the puppet
    Vaccines can trigger heart attack
    80% of all medical doctors are unfit
    Drugs cannot cure
    Vaccine promoters try to dodge the blame
    A few congressmen blast the swine flu hoax
    How to punish the culprits
    Law suits against the vaccine promoters
    American medical Association has been outlawed
    New Anti-trust suit against AMA filed by the chiropractors
    2,000,000 doses of defective swine flu vaccine condemned
    Many fake findings by scientists seen
    Swine flu promoters tried to con the swine raisers
    President Coolidge unswayed by medical pressure
    God give us men
    What our leaders should have checked on before throwing us to the killer (vaccine) sharks
    Question that should have been answered before considering any vaccination drive
    Death count may never be known
    Who pockets the money?
    Compulsory army vaccinations are unconstitutional
    How will our new President Carter handle the swine flu swindle?
    Fluoridated tooth paste dangerous
    A better campaign
Chapter 2  The Spanish Influenza Epidemic of 1918 was caused by vaccinations
     I was an on-the-spot observer of the 1918 influenza epidemic

Chapter 3  Anti-Typhoid vaccine causes a worse disease which the doctors name paratyphoid
    Typhoid is not contagious
    The soldiers were killed by the treatment
    "Typhoid Mary" was never a carrier

Chapter 4  Medically-made epidemics--court cases
    Court cases of smallpx epidemics declared when there was no smallpox
    Another medically-made epidemic in Pittsburgh in 1924
    Polio vaccine expose blocked by AMA

Chapter 5  Falsified death certificates and medical records
   Honest medical reports rejected
    A doctors answer to a serum death
    Health board accused
    Reluctant admission by doctor
    Doctors ordered to falsify smallpox records
    Can medical statistics be relied on?
    The medically manipulated figures
    Falsifying death certificates--a prison offense
    Punishment for felony
Chapter 6  Let's stop the fluoride water poisoners
   False claims of the fluoridationists
   False claims refuted
   The challenge
   Is natural fluoride safe?
   Findings linking cancer to fluoridation create impact in Great Britain
   The experiment
   The water poisoners of Los Angeles
   Should our politicians prescribe medicine for the public?
   Higher cancer rate in fluoridated cities

PREFACE

This booklet on Swine Flu hazards and fakery is part of a larger book on vaccination, titled, VACCINATION CONDEMNED BY COMPETENT DOCTORS. It is about time a large and comprehensive book of the long concealed facts about vaccination is brought forth. This is the largest and most informative book on the subject ever written in America. It contains data collected from medical records, army reports, and startling findings from researchers all over the world.

The book is intended to help combat the disastrous effects of vaccine promoters and their deceptive propaganda.

I have seen cancers caused by vaccinations, on the arms of people, exactly where the vaccine was injected. I have also seen paralysis and other tragedies caused by vaccinations. All these are unnecessary and avoidable by the application of information contained in the chapters of this book.

It will be noted that there are many repetitions of certain facts all through the book. There are two reasons for this. One is that some chapters are used as separate booklets like the chapter on SWINE FLU. The other reason is that the wrong information about vaccination has been drilled into the people from early childhood, so it is necessary to repeat the truth many times in order to re-program the thinking from false claims to the truth.

Truth wears no mask, she seeks neither place nor applause, bows to no human shrine; she only asks a hearing."----Anon

CHAPTER 1: SWINE FLU ANOTHER MEDICALLY-MADE EPIDEMIC

"Take the profit out of the manufacture and administration of serums and vaccines and they would soon be condemned even by those who are now using them"—George Starr White M D

At the present writing, October 1976 a group of medical opportunists have taken upon themselves the dictatorial authority to declare the threat of a sweeping epidemic of SWINE FLU which they said was similar to or related to the 1918 epidemic of Spanish influenza which wiped out 20,000,000 people world-wide This declaration was supposed to scare all the people into their vaccination centers to be shot full of experimental vaccine poisons, while they, the promoters, raked in the profits During the big polio vaccine drive, a spokesman for ParkeDavis one of the five drug houses making the vaccine stated "Our company will clear over $10,000,000 on Salk vaccine in 1955 " Before they were through they had fleeced the people of over $4 billion dollars on the Salk racket (See the chapter on POLIO CAUSED BY VACCINATION)

Most of the people had their eyes opened during the polio vaccine fiasco so now when the same poison pushers started to beat their drums again for swine flu vaccine customers, they were smart enough to see through the hoax and refuse the shots, even though the scare-head propaganda slogans said swine flu is contagious and you can die if you don t get the shots

However, the scare techniques and perhaps other inducements, worked on (the then acting) President Ford who has since been voted out of office—and none too soon When the high pressure sales committee, Doctors Salk Sabin, Sencer, Mathews Cooper, etc marched into Ford s office in March (76) and told him to hand over $135,000,000 to support their private money making racket, he handed it over like a simple child without even bothering to ask them for a guarantee that their unproved vaccine would not kill the people—as it did in other vaccine drives—or that their claims were justified.

Their claims of safety, effectiveness and need have all been proved to be false during the past few weeks when the vaccine killed 113 people, nation wide, and paralyzed 75 in California alone. We do not have the reports from all 50 states, but if it is the same as in Calif. that would add up to 3,675 cases of paralysis. Many coroners have been given orders by the doctors not to give out the swine flu casualties. So, we don’t know all the facts yet, and we may never know unless we have a "Watergate" investigation.

$5,000,000 LAW SUIT FILED AGAINST FLU PROMOTERS FOR CAUSING PARALYSIS

A radio newscast (Jan. 77) reported that one of the paralyzed swine flu victims has filed a $5,000,000 suit against the vaccine promoters for causing his paralysis in December of 1976. His suit is against the instigators of the flu epidemic scare, who are Dr. David Sencer of CDC (Center for Disease Control) who spearheaded the vaccine campaign, and Dr. Theodore Cooper of WHO (World Health Organization), the Health Departments which promoted the shots and the six drug houses making the swine flu vaccine. (Why not Ford also and his Congress who financed it?) His complaint was that they had put out propaganda promising that the vaccine had been thoroughly tested and was perfectly safe, and that the swine flu was contagious and people could die if they didn’t get vaccinated, and that they would be protected if they had the shots, and that the side effects, if any were "inconsequential."

Dr. Edwin Kilbourne, head of the Microbiology Department at Mount Sinai Medical School (L.A. Calif.) said he thought "the cases of paralysis were only coincidence."

Paralysis is known to be a common after-effect of vaccination—any kind of vaccine—and these 75 California cases were paralyzed shortly after their flu shots—and yet, this doctor says (in effect) "forget it—maybe it wasn’t the vaccine that did it." If that is the kind of teaching and slipshod guesswork that our young medical students are getting it isn’t surprising that the doctors come out of medical college all mixed up and unable to cure anything—not even the common cold or pimples. All they learn is how to suppress symptoms with poison drugs or mutilate the patients with unnecessary operations. 97% of the operations performed by U.S. doctors are unnecessary, according to the admission of doctors, themselves, who met to decide what operations would really be necessary in case of socialized medicine when there would be no profit in it for them. They decided that only about three percent (3%) would be necessary.

All the flu vaccine sales promises were lies—proved later by the deaths and disasters within a few hours after the shots.

The insurance companies which had insured the doctors and vaccine makers down through the years balked at this obvious vaccine swindle game. We wonder why Ford couldn’t have taken a tip from these shrewd businessmen and also turned down the whole, questionable vaccine program. We wonder what inducements prompted Ford and Congress to let themselves be talked into financing not only the vaccine but paying the damage costs which could amount to billions of dollars judging by the large number of deaths and disasters already reported, plus those which have been hushed up by the vaccine promoters.

The most common remark we hear on the streets today is, "IT’S THE BIGGEST RIP-OFF OF ALL TIME."

The vaccine promoters and drug insurance companies, no doubt, remembered the multi-million dollar law suits following the devastating polio vaccine campaign of the 1950’s when the Salk, Sabin, and Cutter vaccines caused thousands of cases of polio, death, and other disasters. The law suits flooded the courts and the vaccine promoters and drug houses had to pay out damages amounting to many millions of dollars.

The five pharmaceutical houses making the Salk vaccine were called the Rockefeller chain then, and it is the same ones now making the swine flu vaccine, with a few exceptions. The vaccine promoters wanted to dodge all financial loss—the cost of the vaccine and the damage suits, so they could make clear profit, while the taxpayers were saddled with both the payment of the vaccine and the damages, also. I doubt that the crime syndicate could run a more crooked racket than this government sponsored and financed caper, with all the profits siphoned off into the pockets of the medical and drug concerns.

If those smooth talking con-men had been holding a machine gun on Ford they couldn’t have done a quicker and easier job of robbing this simple man who didn’t even know enough to do a little investigating before dipping into the public till to finance a private money making scheme.

Ford was not the only guilty one in this conspiracy against the people. Most of the members of Congress gave their supporting vote.

Before leaving office Ford asked the taxpayers to give the Congressmen a substantial raise. We wonder if he wanted to reward them for their part in helping him support organized medical crime.

An AP news report in the Los Angeles Times (Dec. 3, 1976) with a headline: $129 MILLION FEDERAL RAISE PROPOSED, says in part:

". . . Ford will put the exact rates of pay he thinks advisable into the budget submitted next month. Unless the House or Senate kills the proposals. (Are they likely to turn down a raise?) the members of the House and Senate will receive $57,500 annually compared to the current $44,600."

Are they worth it? Another report told us that most of our Congressmen are corporation lawyers with an eye to serving private interests. Their vote for giving $135,000,000 of tax money to support a private medical racket (swine flu vaccine) would indicate that they are indeed working for "outside interests", and not for the good of the people who hired them to their high positions.

The same AP report also says: "The commission (to raise salaries) made it clear that it hoped to link the raises to a commitment by the three branches of government to come up with a stricter code of conduct on outside income and financial disclosures."

Does this mean that if they are given the big raise they must promise to tell the truth about what "outside interests" paid them extra to swing the "big deals" in their favor?

Public officials like this should not be given any raise at all; they should be given a dismissal and a prison sentence, plus confiscating the bribes they have taken from "big business".

SWINE FLU VACCINE TESTS PROVE UNSAFE

At the same time the vaccine promoters were telling Ford the vaccine was "tested and perfectly safe" they were still testing it on lab. animals, soldiers and little children. The ones who can’t defend themselves.

In A REPORT TO THE CONSUMER (Sept., 75) by Ida Honorof, she presents a compilation of data from the National Institute of Health—Division of Biologic Standards, Bulletin of World Health Organization, and Dr. J. Anthony Morris, former Director of a branch of FDA Virus research. Dr. Morris’ findings show that the flu vaccine, when inhaled by lab. animals "tended to enhance cancerous tumors."

Pregnant women had been on the preferred list for shots until findings indicated that certain substances in flu vaccine "could pose a serious threat of fetal damage to women who might become pregnant. . ."

In the report she reviews an article by Aurora Reich, Director of Scientific Communications, published in Indianapolis Star, which states:

"The virus itself (flu vaccine) has toxic properties, even after it is killed, which can cause fever and convulsions, especially in children. January Journal of Pediatrics carried the research of Doctors at Atlanta and Sheffield, England working together testing a purified killed influenza vaccine. They concluded that even the purified killed vaccine is too toxic (poison) to be given to children . .. The study showed 69% of the infants ran high fever 6 to 12 hours after vaccinations, and one had convulsions."

Other studies showed that about 10% had convulsions, and one died. One doctor pointed out that "there are 9 million children under 3 years of age. If 10% of them had convulsions, that would be 900,000 with convulsions.. (and how many deaths?) The routine vaccination of infants and children has not been recommended by the Public Health Service."

How tragic that these helpless little children are being used to test poison drugs—like laboratory animals. I thought that was against the law. It’s deplorable to even use animals for this, as practically all the tests are for things we do not need, such as poison drugs, vaccines, unnecessary operations, etc. Yes, all vaccines are dangerous drugs. (See the chapter on HOW VACCINES ARE MADE)

Every once in a while we hear of an honest doctor who is not afraid to speak out and warn the people against vaccines. Such a man is Dr. James A. Shannon, of the National Institute of Health. He stated: "THE ONLY SAFE VACCINE IS A VACCINE THAT IS NEVER USED."

When it was proved that the vaccine was too dangerous to be used on children it should have been condemned and destroyed before it did any more harm, because if it is too dangerous for children or anyone else, it is too dangerous for all people.

Doctors who have been questioned, admit that they are not taking the shots for themselves or their own children.

The old, the ill and the other "high risk" cases are more sensitive to poisons and more readily broken down and killed by them, and yet, the doctors and vaccine promoters advised them to be the first in line to get the shots. I think they wanted to test the risky vaccine first on them to see what would happen and if it caused death and disasters the doctors could blame it on their old age or their various infirmities.

The doctors seem to consider these sick and elderly people expendable commodities of no importance. I saw an example of this when I sat in on a vaccine promotion meeting on USC campus (L.A.) recently, when the promoters were trying to drum up business and get the students to submit to the shots.

People in the audience started to ask questions of the doctor on the stand. They asked about the vaccine death that had occurred a few hours after the shots. He passed it off lightly with indifference saying that "they would have died anyway," or "They were old and probably had ailments that killed them." he made it clear that the vaccine promoters were not going to take any responsibility for their death dealing vaccines. He was one of the teachers at the medical school at USC. God protect us from the kind of doctors he would influence.

These vaccine casualties were not listed as such or the public records. The death certificates were falsified and causes were given other than the vaccine which killed them (See the chapter on FALSIFIED MEDICAL RECORDS.)

NO SWINE FLU EPIDEMIC

The whole swine flu scare was based on the death of only one soldier at Fort Dix, New Jersey (One report said october, 1975 and another said February, 1976). There was never any real evidence that he even had swine flu. There was a wide divergence of opinion among the doctors as to the real cause of his death. Some even tried to blame it on a walk he took when he was ill. An official diagnosis pronounced his death to be from A-Victoria flu, and not swine flu. All the soldiers at the camp had been innoculated with Port Chalmers flu vaccine, which was claimed to contain antigens to protect against all strains of flu. Shortly after the shots over 500 men got sick with the flu anyway, thus proving that the flu vaccine is a total failure and does not protect from the flu or anything else. 66 more were hospitalized at Fort Knox about the same time. We do not have the report from all the army camps but, it is quite certain there were a large number of cases of serious vaccine poisoning—no doubt, called by some other name, and death certificates falsified as is usually the case with vaccination deaths. The death certificates of vaccine poisoning usually read, "died of pneumonia" or hepatitis, or meningitis or something else.

The present flu vaccine they are using on the civilian population is just as ineffective and dangerous, and yet, it is being promoted all over the country with disastrous results. No matter how many casualties they have they are determined to use it as long as they can get away with it—because it is profitable. That is its one and only purpose.

Even if the swine flu had been the cause of the soldier’s death, one case of a disease is not grounds to stage a nation-wide epidemic. It takes at least 30 cases of the same disease in the same locality to constitute an epidemic.

The vaccine promoters have been frantically trying to find at least one case of swine flu anywhere in the world to justify their custom made vaccination campaign. But they have not found one case—even among the swine. They heard of a man named Larry Hardison in Missouri who had a cold and they rushed to him to try to get a throat sample so they could make a case out of it. But he got well before they got the throat sample. Most of the cases of flu they check are caused by the vaccine itself.

There is no swine flu epidemic in U.S. or anywhere else in the world, and there is not going to be one either unless the vaccine promoters carry out their plan to vaccinate all the people; then there will be a full blown epidemic of vaccine poisoning—not flu.

There are already 113 recorded vaccine deaths and that is enough to be an epidemic of vaccine poisoning.

ALL VACCINES ARE POISON

Vaccines contain decomposed protein such as that which is taken from pustules on sick animals or putrefied eggs mixed with deadly drugs such as carbolic acid (phenol), mercury, formaldehyde (formalin), etc. Decomposed proteins can cause botulism, salmonella or other types of body poisoning. It’s no wonder people drop dead after the shots.

All doctors who know the subject know and admit that all vaccines are highly toxic, and the after-effects are unpredictable. No doctor, laboratory technician or scientist can possibly determine the reaction the vaccine will have on each individual. It is impossible to know, in advance, the toleration point for poison which each person has. Therefore it is a deadly gamble—like Russian roulette—as to whether the vaccine will cause instant death (and that sometimes happens), or paralysis a few hours later, or cancer, heart trouble or TB a few years later, or kidney disease, liver damage, insanity (post vaccinal encephalitis—inflammation of the brain caused by vaccines) or some other chronic disease somewhere along the way.

Vaccine is even worse than Russian roulette because that kills only a few and they are usually other crooks, while vaccination kills thousands of innocent and trusting people.

FORD THE PUPPET

After the vaccine promoters "took" Ford for $135 million, they told him to be a good boy and roll up his sleeve so they could photograph him having a shot to induce all the rest of the people to follow his example. They wanted to use him and his photo and influence as sales propaganda to sell their poison drugs. He obeyed like a puppet on a string.

No wonder the rest of the world is laughing at us. They see a fake epidemic—a mass poisoning campaign—and our national leaders dancing to the tune of the drug (vaccine) pushers.

Dr G. Nossel of the World Health Organisation said:

‘You Americans ought to have your heads examined—No way would we permit it.. . There has been no proper investigation . . . The vaccine has not been properly researched.. . There are too many unknowns."

From as far away as Australia, there are those in authority who are shocked to see that such a fraud should be permitted—even promoted by the U.S. Government, along with the medical establishment, notorious for their money making schemes.

Dr. Archie Kalokerines, medical superintendent of Colleranebri Hospital in Australia, called the swine flu immunization program "a plan for mass murder . .. If a person is susceptible, the vaccine may act as an immunological insult predisposing that person to things like pneumonia or anemia ... If an individual is incubating another flu virus it can cause an immediate and severe attack of that disease.. . We don’t know what the long term effects of this drug (swine flu vaccine) will be. It may predispose a person to cancer or other diseases . . ." (See the chapter on CANCERS CAUSED BY VACCINATION.)

The above statement is from an exclusive interview with the Glendale News Press (9/24/76) and reprinted in A report to the Consumer, by Honorof.

"Harry Nelson, Medical Editor for L.A. Times, reported on an American Cancer Society Seminar for Science Writers, and announced that microbiologists have uncovered new findings that incriminate vaccination. One of the participants was Dr. Robert M. Simpson of Rutgers University, N.J., who stressed that ‘Immunization programs against flu, measles, mumps, and polio may actually be seeding humans with RNA to form proviruses which will then become latent cells throughout the body . .. Some of these could be molecules in search of a disease, which under proper conditions become activated and cause a variety of diseases including rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, lupus erythematosus, Parkinson’s disease and perhaps cancer." This quote is from the Honorof Report for June, 1976.

The chapter on CANCER CAUSED BY VACCINATION shows photographs of vaccine victims with cancers on the arms where the vaccine was injected.

From the NATIONAL HEALTH FEDERATION we hear, "The risks of life and health from the high incidence of fever and other side-effects of the swine flu vaccine are substantial. Public health experts estimate that approximately 15% of those inoculated will suffer disabling illness."

Our paid government health agencies who are supposed to warn us of health hazards are not doing it. It has been outsiders who have been busy spending their own time and money to find out facts and warn the people against this colossal medical fraud. One source we need to thank for this is THE NATIONAL ENQUIRER and their state-by-state probe to collect data on deaths from vaccination, cases of swine flu, if any, who started the vaccine hoax and why, etc. In their Nov. 2, 1976 article by Chuck Michelini and Dan Schwartz, they write:

"Blundering government health experts (?) are directly to blame for the trail of deaths in the swine flu program — because they failed to warn people of vaccination dangers. And the mass inoculation program is needless —because there are no cases of swine flu in the entire world.

"Those are the charges leveled by top medical experts — who say the swine flu threat was blown out of proportion, then sold to President Ford and the American public with scandalous "horror tactics."

"Government officials are trying to scare Americans into getting shots with totally misleading TV commercials that say swine flu is contagious — and newspaper ads saying ‘you can die’ if you aren’t vaccinated."

Actually, swine flu is not contagious at all. Like other diseases, it is a cleansing effort of the body to force out the accumulated poisons that have been injected or eaten, breathed or taken in in some other way. Coughing, sneezing, sweating (fever), vomiting, diarrhea, rashes, eruptions, etc. are the manifestations of the unloading program and should not be interfered with by suppressive drugs or other medical meddling. Most drugless doctors say that most diseases heal normally if the patients stay at home in bed, in a quiet airy room with no food, no medicines, and no drinks except a little warm distilled water.

In case of a cold, most medical doctors say take two aspirins and drink plenty of liquids. That’s bad advice because aspirin is a drastic heart poison and should be avoided entirely in all circumstances, and "liquids" — not specific enough. The patient could take that to mean coffee, tea, alcoholics, soft drinks (all of which are poison) or soups, fruit juices, ice water, etc. all of which are harmful in illness. Reasons are given in another chapter.

Although the medical and government propaganda mills sent ads to the major newspapers warning "You can die from swine flu," authorities who were willing to stick to facts were saying just the opposite. For instance, Dr. J. Anthony Morris, one of the government’s top experts on vaccines, stated:

"That’s absolutely false. There’s no evidence that swine flu is a killer . . . It is not contagious . . . There is no evidence that swine flu will spread. It has not been isolated anywhere since it was (allegedly) found in Feb. at Fort Dix, N.J." While addressing a meeting in Los Angeles he said, "...The swine flu vaccine is worthless. There’s no evidence that it will protect you against swine flu because there’s been no cases of swine flu to test it against."

He also said: "Effectiveness of flu vaccine is comparatively low. Flu vaccine made from inactivated virus particles such as now being manufactured, produces the wrong kind of immunity. It elicits systemic antibody that can be measured in the blood, but does not produce the local antibody in lungs and nose needed to protect against infection to the virus if later infected.

"There is no precise way to measure the potency of flu vaccine that will be offered Americans because the standard units do not measure the mass of virus particles in a vaccine."

Dr. Morris was fired from his job because he opposed the swine flu program and pointed out the defects which showed it could be dangerous as well as entirely ineffective.

Dr. Weidman, of the University of Florida, a recognized virologist, also agrees that the swine flu vaccine is inadequate to do any good. Doctors both here and in England found that their tests on laboratory animals were not encouraging. When the dose was potent enough to kill the virus it also killed the animals and when it was weakened enough to be safe for animals and people it was too weak to do any good, and was no protection.

"So far, only 25,000,000 Americans out of a total population of 216.2 million have had the swine flu shots. And as Dr. J. Anthony Morris puts it: ‘That means 191 million Americans have failed to be taken in by the hard sell propaganda. The swine flu program is a program of incredibly high costs and questionable benefits’ " (Enquirer, 12/21/76).

It seems to us that some doctors are slow learners. They should have found out by this time that they can’t fight poison with poison, as their poison drugs and medicines only make matters worse in the long run. Most diseases are caused by poisons either generated within the body or imposed upon the body from without such as contaminated, devitalized foods, tobacco, alcohol, coffee, vaccines, fluoride-poisoned water, all drugs, insecticides, radiation, etc. Because vaccines are all poison they do damage in 100% of the cases. The damage ranges all the way from sudden death to chronic diseases in later years.

VACCINE CAN TRIGGER HEART ATTACK

Dr. Selye of the University of Montreal, one of the world’s foremost authorities on human stress, stated:

"After inoculations, elderly people and the chronically ill are particularly predisposed to have certain stress reactions such as heart failure." (Enquirer 12/21/76)

In spite of this and other similar findings, the vaccine promoters urged all the senior citizens, the old and ill the high risk cases to be the first in line to get their shots. Because of this mad rush for profits the promoters are guilty of causing all those needless deaths of the elderly people a few hours after they had their shots.

Dr. Cyril Wecht, of Allegheny, Pa. performed autopsies on several of the flu vaccine victims and said:

"People should have been advised to ask their doctor if the shots were safe for them, especially if they’d had heart attacks or high blood pressure — but this was not done."

What good would it do to ask their doctor? Most doctors don’t know the dangers of vaccination, and if they did they wouldn’t tell their patients, as long as it was profitable to them to keep silent about it. The individual doctors usually do what their medical hierarchy tells them to do, and when they are promoting a vaccination drive the doctors are ordered to comply.

My previous research on vaccination revealed many cases of sudden death from heart failure after vaccinations. As stated many times before, all vaccines are poison and when they are shot directly into the bloodstream they circulate throughout the body including the heart, in a matter of seconds, and continue to circulate and cause corrosion and malfunction of all the delicate tissues of the body. The heart valves are made of fragile membrane which is affected by the poisons, in such a way as to render it incapable of proper functioning, leading to heart failure. At the same time, all other vital organs are impaired by the same poisons.

Most doctors and coroners try to deny the obvious when protecting a favorite money making racket like vaccination. For instance, the Los Angeles County Coroner, Thomas Noguchi performed autopsies on people who had died within 48 hours after being inoculated with swine flu vaccine. His statement, published in Los Angeles Times, Nov. 2, 1976, savored of both whitewash and sales propaganda when he said: "We do not believe the vaccine had anything to do with their deaths . . . Heart disease of various types was the cause of death in each case The patient with heart disease is clearly at risk of getting flu if he or she is not protected. Therefore, under guidance of their physician, it is advisable for such high risk persons to get their shots."

If we all followed his advice and got poisoned with the vaccines we would all be dead from vaccine induced heart failure or some other disease of blood contamination.

80% OF ALL MEDICAL DOCTORS ARE UNFIT

In a KABC radio interview, recently, Edgar Berman, M.D., consultant on medical affairs to the White House and associate professor at Johns Hopkins School of Medicine made some startling statements, a few of which are as follows:

"At least some 200,000 M.D.’s practicing medicine today are guilty of incompetence. . . I estimate at least 10% of these are actually fraudulent and corrupt ... And an unfortunately small percentage — certainly less than 15% —are intelligent, hardworking, compassionate, and moral

The scramble for the dollar shows up in statistics. Approximately 1 500 000 (unnecessary) tonsillectomies a year Some 14 000 to 16,000 persons die each year because of the 2,000,000 to 3,000,000 unnecessary operations performed, and God knows how many hundreds of thousands have complications.

"Over the past 50 years doctors have been implicated in producing more infections, crippling and suffering than all the accidents caused by the combustion engine plus every illness foisted on the laborer by industry, from black lung to radiation poisoning.

"Studies at Cornell and Yale have shown that 1,250,000 hospitalizations a year are caused by prescribed drugs. And once in a hospital, you’re still far from safe. Our hospitals, even the best in the land, produce over 5,000,000 cases of disease a year."

Dr. Berman wrote a book titled, THE SOLID GOLD STETHOSCOPE. It’s a shocker. It "gives the low-down on the high-ups" in the medical field and has the authenticity of a man — a medical doctor — who knows the story from the inside — the seamy side. It’s not only informative, it’s a million laughs.

There is so much bungling, guesswork, faulty diagnosis and cover-up, both inside and outside of the hospitals, that the doctors conceal their manslaughter cases by calling them "Accidents." There are so many doctor-caused diseases that they have given them a name, "iatrogenic." It means doctor-caused diseases. People think they go to the hospitals to get well — to be healed, but instead, millions of them are made sicker by the treatments, and even killed by the poison drugs, operations and experiments. Most, maybe all, of the hospitals have a separate section set aside for their "iatrogenic diseases." Why are they kept separate? It is probably because the doctors don’t want the visitors to see what they have done to them, and also to use them for experimentation. They justify this by claiming they must experiment to find a cure for the diseases they have caused. But they use the same deadly drugs and treatments that caused the diseases in the first place.

The famous Dr. Charles Mayo, in a radio broadcast a number of years ago was honest enough to admit that with all their latest equipment and medical training at the Mayo Clinic, they are able to get only 20% of their diagnoses and treatments right. The autopsies on the dead bodies showed them what they did wrong.

An article in Dr. Shelton’s Hygienic Review (Dec. 76) quotes some interesting statements from a group of 18 internationally known scientists. The Chicago Tribune (Dec. 22/76) also carried the article by Ronald Kotulak. Here are a few of their remarks:

The shocking conclusion is that drugs are so widely misused that only 10% of the medications taken in the industrialized world are for disease-related purposes.

"They point out that there is no such thing as a safe chemical, a fact that doctors tend to forget and that most people do not know . . . Doctors frequently prescribe drugs even though they know little about them, and the people eagerly take them. The price which the patients pay in terms of adverse side effects are horrendous.

"Studies in America and England have revealed that, out of every 20 hospital patients, one is admitted because of the harm done by drugs.

"Once in the hospital the risk increases. Up to 18% of the patients suffer from bad side-effects caused by medications prescribed in the hospitals.

"‘The annual cost of treating this unnecessary and preventable abuse of medications is close to $3 billion,’ said this international Commission of Internal Pollution — a staggering waste of money and health

"Who is to blame for our medicinal extravaganza? The responsibility must be shared by the drug industry, the government agencies that oversee them, the doctors and those who take the drugs.

"Another breakdown occurs when it comes to test new drugs on people. A spot check conducted by the Food and Drug Administration in 1973 disclosed that 20% of the doctors doing these clinical trials were guilty of unethical practices, including prescribing wrong doses and falsifying records."

DRUGS CANNOT CURE

All chemicals and drugs are inert, foreign substances which act as irritants when taken internally. They do not have power to act in the body or cure anything. The only reason why they seem to cause some changes which people like to believe are curative is that the internal defense system tries to eject this unwanted foreign matter, and that sets up a reverse action to remedy the harm done by the drugs or chemicals. This taxes the bodily reserves and delays healing. In the case of some drugs it makes healing impossible.

I talked to a young medical student who said that the med. schools were dominated by the drug houses which are flooding the market with so many new drugs which the students are required to learn that they didn’t have time to study anatomy and the things which doctors are supposed to study. No wonder the new doctors don’t seem to know anything except how to give drugs, shots and whatever the pharmaceutical houses dish up to them.

The antibody theory collapsed with scientific tests and that leaves the vaccine business without a leg to stand on. (See Chapter on Germ Theory.)

VACCINE PROMOTERS TRY TO DODGE THE BLAME

Now that the vaccine racket is being exposed, the vaccine promoters are trying to squirm out of it by making confessions or trying to lay the blame on others. The day after the scare headlines came out in the papers — "Swine flu can cause death" — and "the flu vaccine is safe and will protect you. . .", etc., a top virologist for the CDC (Center for Disease Control) which heads the flu program — admitted that the CDC knew the headlines were false." (Enquirer Probe, 12/21/76).

"An official working with the CDC — Dr. Elmer Spurner, director of laboratories for the Missouri Division of Health, admitted, ‘Our tests were not meant to confirm that there was a swine flu outbreak. I don’t know how that got into newspaper stories.’ "He knows.

He and the other promoters did not issue any denials when the headlines across the country read: "Swine Flu Case is Confirmed," and "Flu Vaccine Rushed to Missouri in Crisis." (Ibid)

After the many deaths, heart attacks, paralysis and other cases of vaccine poisoning began to mount, some of the promoters were asked to justify their widely advertised claims that the vaccine "would protect 85% to 90% of those vaccinated" . . . and that the side effects would be few and "inconsequential." One of the favorite tricks of the guilty was to lay the blame on others. As an example, Dr. John Seal of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases said:

"The public should be much more careful in interpreting what we mean when we make such statements." (Ibid) What did he mean?

Another man on the advisory committee admitted:

We don’t know what the vaccine will do when it faces the virus." Yet, they all told the people it was "tested and perfectly safe."

In other words, they don’t know what they’re doing, but they tell lies to lure people into their vaccination centers, and when the deaths and disasters occur, the doctors tell us in effect — "It’s your fault for being stupid enough to believe us."

"Dr. Ernest C. Harrmann, associate professor of microbiology at Peoria, Ill., School of Medicine, believes that "the time has come to ask for resignations of all those behind the swine flu vaccine rip off.’ "(Enquirer Probe—12/21/76)

A FEW CONGRESSMEN BLAST THE SWINE FLU HOAX

Not all of our Congressmen are hopeless. Some are actually on our side. Congressman Ron Paul of Texas is also a doctor and is able to see both sides of the swine flu question. Most doctors have tunnel vision and see only one side — the side with the dollar mark.

Congressman Paul, in an interview with the Enquirer (Dec. 21, 76) said: "I am outraged by this program. It has been a shocking misuse of funds ... and an evil political maneuver. There are people whose careers are in question because of this program. And I predict these blatant advertising efforts to panic the people into taking swine flu shots will fail.

"I think Congress has wasted more than one hundred million dollars. The swine flu program should be brought back to Congress and discontinued at once. The program should be stopped, and those who were responsible should be held morally accountable to the American public."

Congressman Larry McDonald of Georgia, also a medical doctor, said: "I think the swine flu program is a tailor-made hoax that finds its roots in frightening the American people . . . I believe that a full investigation of those in charge should be launched . . . and if it turns out to be a dishonest promotion, everyone responsible should be removed from their jobs."

It’s heartening to find that all our Congressmen are not corrupt. But where were they, the good ones, when the vote was being taken to endorse and finance this mass poisoning program?

HOW TO PUNISH THE CULPRITS

Removing the guilty from their jobs is not enough. A punishment should be imposed on them which they will feel, and that would be to take away all their money — that’s their real love, obviously. If we gathered up all the bribes they have taken from their outside clients, plus all the other millions they have rounded up by using their governmental influence it, would amount to a billion dollars or more —perhaps. With this backlog of funds we could establish some good non-medical schools which would teach the people what to do to take care of their own ailments — even how to avoid all illness. That is possible because many are now living the health life and have no ailments whatsoever. These schools should be kept free from medical domination and political strings.

Health doctors with the right kind of non-medical training get at least 90% more successful "cures" than do the medical doctors with drugs. This project should be carefully supervised to make sure that a lot of pseudo schools do not spring up parading under the guise of the authentic, well trained schools of natural healing.

The present day medical doctors are 30 years behind the well trained health doctors. Medicine is on its way out. It is a failure method which leads the people astray.

LAW SUITS AGAINST THE VACCINE PROMOTERS

When our President and Health Departments joined bands with our mortal enemies-- the poison pushers (vaccine promoters), and failed to warn the people against hazards of the oncoming poison raid, the people were left unprotected, with no use of the mass media (TV, radio, press etc.) and no help from City Councils, Mayors, Congressmen, County Supervisors, or police, because all our paid protectors had given their allegiance to the public poisoners. When the vaccine was causing death and disaster soon after the campaign was launched a and the trusting unwarned, people were walking blindly into the vaccination centers, the few "do-gooders" who knew what was going on tried to reach as many as possible with WARNING leaflets and meetings. But that was not reaching enough people. It is a helpless feeling to see all our tax supported public officials working against the people and supporting a killer racket.

A few tried to go through legal channels with law suits against our derelict president and the heads of thE vaccine campaign. But that is a slow and expensive procedure, and besides, these hard working "do-gooders’ were not making any money at their self appointed task of warning the people of the deadly hazards of the vaccines.

Three suits were filed from California. One suit which is progressing well was filed by Lewis E. Cook Jr. of San Diego, Calif. He charges that the inserts that appear in the vaccine packages produced by Merck, Sharp and Dohme, Wyeth, and Park Davis (firms making the swine flu vaccine) do not state the vaccine "might be in any way effective ir Preventing influenza . . ." which is supposed to be its purpose and its only justification...

"The claims that influenza vaccine will or can prevent influenza cannot be made legitimately since there is no evidence anywhere in the world which would suggest that influenza vaccines have ever prevented even one case influenza.

"The data indicates that the entire mass immunization program is fraught with unknowns, suppositions, speculations, assumptions and little or practical and sound scientific validity---conceived and implemented in a most amateurish, haphazard and irresponsible manner, which poses a threat to the health -lives of the American public….

"Antibodies (supposedly) produced by the injection of the inactivated and disrupted whole virion and subvirion flu vaccines manufactured for swine flu cannot be shown to be effective in preventing swine flu ... The whole mass immunization program is fraught with dangers and risks without sound scientific data. The immediate, short, and long term adverse effects of the vaccines could not have been adequately determined during the brief period of only 3 or 4 months during which experiments on a few humans were conducted prior to publication" (of drug inserts).

It usually takes the drug companies several years to test vaccines before trying them out on people.

The third suit was filed by Ida Honorof representing People Against Political Innoculations, and of The National Health Federation. They joined forces to file suit in the U.S. District Court to stop the misuse of public funds for a vaccination campaign that has not been proven safe or effective. They assert that the mass inoculation program violated the U.S. Constitution--First Amendment. They request that the whole program be discontinued "unless and until grave doubts and hazards associated this massive vaccine program are disclosed and fully known to the public." Honorof contends that the swine immunization program has been "a series of lies, deceptions -and errors of judgment. We’re asking Ford, and Education and Welfare (HEW) that they terminate the program at once. The greatest danger is not flu but vaccine itself." (Published in VANGUARD, Sept. 76)

AMERICAN MEDICAL ASSOCIATION HAS BEEN OUTLAWED

The A.M.A. was found guilty in a U.S. Court of Law for violating the Anti-trust act a number of years ago. Dr. Morris Fishbine, President of the AMA, at that time, was sentenced to a prison term and the AMA was fined and admonished to cease and desist from their illegal activities. Fishbine didn’t serve his prison term and the fine was not heavy enough to worry the association so they have continued to operate in violation to the law ever since then. Therefore, they are an "outlaw gang."

NEW ANTI-TRUST SUIT AGAINST A.M.A. FILED BY CHIROPRACTORS

On Oct. 12, 1976 an anti-trust suit was filed in Chicago, U.S. District Court, against the American Medical Association. This suit was filed by a group of Chiropractors who have proof that the AMA has, for years, boycotted, libeled, and tried to destroy and eliminate the whole chiropractic profession. Details in an article in SPEARS HOSPITAL NEWS, (Denver, Dec; 1976).

The AMA has not only carried on a continuous fight against Chiropractors, but all drugless fields of healing, most, if not all of which have safer and more successful methods of healing. Some of the drugless methods are not as good as others but, at least, they don’t use poison drugs and knives, so they cannot do the harm that medical methods do.

The medical profession has no safe and sure cure for any disease. I know because I have worked with medical doctors. They hired me for what I knew that they didn’t know. But, in spite of their lack of ability to cure anything, they used dictatorial powers to put out of business and into prisons many drugless doctors who could "cure" what they couldn’t cure.

I know several highly successful health doctors who were practicing under Chiropractic licenses, but were sent to prison for "practicing medicine without a medical license." This was in a state where the medical dictatorship held sway, and they would not allow any other school of healing to practice there, although the drugless doctors achieved better results than they did.

Medical doctors call all other healers "quacks." A quack is one who claims to be able to cure diseases, and takes money for it, and does not "cure" the patients. Doesn’t this description of "quack" fit practically all the medical doctors? They can’t cure cancer; they can’t cure arthritis; they can’t cure colds or anything, but they treat the patients and take their money.

The better drugless doctors have "cured" all these diseases without drugs.

When President Ford rolled up his sleeve and had a shot for advertising purposes, he was making it clear that the government endorsed the vaccine program and he wanted all the people to follow his example and be vaccinated. When a person tells others to take a certain medication he is prescribing medicine. Technically speaking, Ford was practicing medicine without a license. The AMA likes to put people in prison for practicing medicine without a license. The medical associations usually pick on their business rivals, the drugless doctors. Will they put Ford in Prison for committing the same crime they have convicted others for? Or, is there one law for those who oppose the harmful medical methods and another law for those who help promote medical crimes?

2,000,000 DOSES OF DEFECTIVE SWINE FLU VACCINE CONDEMNED

The haphazard and slipshod methods used by the vaccine makers has produced vaccines that have killed and paralyzed hundreds of people already, and no one seems to be supervising them. There are no safeguards, no tests and no proof of safety and effectiveness required of the vaccine makers except what they, the manufacturers, set for themselves.

The Los Angeles Herald Examiner (June, 3/76) published an AP report stating that the experimental "vaccine ready for testing on elderly and high risk cases was found to be defective. As a result, the program would be delayed 6 weeks. The Public Health Service said that 2,000,000 doses will be held in reserve for use if the correct vaccine is in short supply."

They admit it is a bad batch---too dangerous to use---and it is condemned, yet they didn’t destroy it as they should have done. They intend to use it anyway--if they can get away with it---who would know the difference, (seems to be their attitude) as long as they can sell it and make money.

Who will know which of the unlucky people will get the bad vaccine? The vaccinators are not going to tell. Were all those 113 people who died a few hours after the shots given some of the condemned vaccine? Or was it approved vaccine? They’re just as dead with one or the other, as all vaccines are poison---they are purposely designed to cause illness.

The bad batch was not discovered by government inspectors or by the lab technicians making the vaccine, but by another doctor not assigned to that task. We wonder who is supervising the supervisors. Is there another "outsider" sleuthing in all the laboratories which make the vaccine, looking for mistakes that pass as safe vaccine? We think not, as there have been too many casualties for that possibility.

Mistakes are also being made in other laboratories making different vaccines. This has been going on for years. Back in the days when the polio vaccine was being high-pressured on the public, the same Dr. Anthony Morris who is trying to warn us against the dangers of the swine flu vaccine, was doing the same then. He found that some of the polio vaccines were contaminated with SV 40, a virus known to cause cancer in monkeys and hamsters.

It’s frightening to think that all this uncertainty, careless, unscientific guesswork with its deadly hazards passes for safe and scientific vaccination, approved by the government, the schools, the medical boards, the press and then passed on the people as something that they must not question or criticize.

The only way to be safe from these blood poisoning, money making vaccine campaigns is to refuse all shots. Prevention is better than cure; and much can be learned by reading good health books written by qualified health researchers. A few are listed in the bibliography. Don’t be fooled by medical books with health titles. They have misled and mistaught the schools and the general public, for over a century. Medicine is not health. It is a health destroyer. "Preventive" medicine should actually "Prevent" medicines and drugs, and then it would be doing some good.

People are often fooled by, SO called "scientific findings" which are not scientific at all, but are manipulated by schemers, and then bought and paid for to be used as propaganda. The following is from an article in the Los Angeles times (11/26/76). The survey was run by Dr. Ian St. James-Roberts of London. (See page 42)

"MANY FAKE FINDINGS BY SCIENTISTS SEEN"

"Many scientists may be faking their findings, according to a report published Thursday in New Scientist magazine.

"The magazine asked scientists in a questionnaire whether they knew of cases of ‘intentional bias’--- faking results to make experiments appear well conceived and important.

"90% of 200 replies reported knowledge of such cases.

"University scientists proved the worst offenders. Most cheaters were discovered by other scientists trying to duplicate the experiments. But those who replied said the gains from such frauds were often nothing, but in a few cases resulted in promotion.

"Some scientists implied that drug companies encouraged them to cheat by being obsessed with getting positive results, for one forensic scientist said it was not unusual for the police to indicate the sort of forensic (legal procedure) evidence they would prefer."

We wonder what pressures, bribes or other inducements were offered the, so called, scientists to say that the swine flu vaccine was properly tested and safe. Dr. Wecht said people should have been warned that the vaccine could trigger heart attacks, "but this wasn’t done."

Many people who saw through the fraud from the start tried to get warnings in the papers and on T.V. and other channels of communication, but the media turned a deaf ear.

SWINE FLU PROMOTERS TRIED TO CON THE SWINE RAISERS

In the planning stage, the vaccine promoters expected to round up a few cases of flu and stampede the whole world into the vaccination centers like they did for the 1918 flu epidemic. That would be a multi-billion dollar profit, like their lucrative polio vaccine drive. But the world didn’t take the bate this time, and most of the Americans didn’t either. So the promoters thought they would have a ready market with the swine raisers because they had named the vaccine "swine" flu vaccine. They tried to sell 80,000,000 doses of the vaccine to the swine raisers, but they saw through the fraud and turned it down without hesitation, not that hogs don’t have ailments sometimes --they do when they are fed wrong and medicated. But the hog raisers had learned through bitter experience that shots, in previous years, had disastrous effects on their herds and they lost hogs and money from it.

If the hog farmers had enough common sense to refuse the poison shots for their hogs, why couldn’t our high priced President and Congress use some of that common sense and do the same? Aren’t our leaders as interested in Protecting us from the commercial poisons as the farmers are in protecting their pigs?

When the opportunists see a weak president on the "throne" they plan to "use him". When they staged massive polio vaccine drive in the 1950’s they worked on the smiling, affable President Eisenhower and got $9,000,000 to start with, then kept twisting his arm until they wrenched $63,000,000 from him (the taxpayers) to support their killer vaccine campaign.

President Franklin Roosevelt was another "touch." He even let them use him and his infirmity to advertise and sell their polio vaccine.

The same drug houses and vaccine promoters got $100,000,000 from Nixon.

After the polio vaccine drive was over the promoters bragged that they had raked in $5 billion dollars over the several years they kept polio vaccine sales going.

PRESIDENT COOLIDGE UNSWAYED BY MEDICAL PRESSURE

We need strong, intelligent leaders. Where are they now when we need them? President Coolidge set a good example. When the Jones-Parker Bill and the Randall Bill (bills to set up a medical dictatorship within the government, raising the head potentate to the official status and salary of the Surgeon General of the Army) were rushed through Congress in 1928, and were brought before President Calvin Coolidge, he was unmoved by the high pressure medical lobbying. He looked at the bills and stopped them with a Presidential veto. He gave as his reason for this action:

"These bills give a military status to men supposed to be engaged in scientific research."

The plot of medical establishments to set up a medical dictatorship in U.S. goes way back to the Founding Fathers when they were framing the U.S. Constitution. There were quite a number of medical doctors in Congress at that time trying to high pressure a constitutional decree to set up a medical dictatorship. But the wise opposition won. Dr. Benjamin Rush and Dr. Josiah Bartlett were the opposing forces. They convinced Congress that one branch of healing in control would be as bad as one religious sect dominating all the others. That’s exactly what we were fighting against.

George Washington was also a strong President. Even that long ago in 1775 he knew more than our present day doctors do about the harmful effects of vaccination. He issued an order that no man in the Continental Army was to be inoculated. Any enlisted man or officer who submitted to that blood contaminating practice would be dishonorably discharged. He had seen the devastation of smallpox caused by the practice of arm-to-arm inoculation which was introduced from Europe. Edward Jenner and his cow pox abomination did not begin until 1791--16 years later. Both methods caused widespread disease, disability and death until compulsory vaccination was abolished all over the world except in about three backward countries and the U.S. armed services. These are the places which still have outbreaks of the same diseases they vaccinate against. And the diseases are in the vaccinated.

George Washington had enough problems without a lot of vaccine induced disease. Vaccination and inoculation was practiced by the unenlightened as far back as 1,500 years B.C. (See the chapter on HISTORY OF VACCINATION).

What is wrong with our leaders of today. Are their heads turned by bribes or can’t they tell the difference between false propaganda and facts. They are being paid by us to do some home work and investigate before putting our lives and our money on the line.

The following poem sounds a clarion call:

GOD GIVE US MEN

"God give us men! A time like this demands
Strong minds, great hearts, true faith and ready hands
Men whom the lust of office does not kill;
Men whom the spoils of office cannot buy;
Men who possess opinions and a will;
Men who have honor; men who will not lie;
Men who can stand before a demagogue and damn his
treacherous flatteries without winking.
Tall men, sun-crowned, who live above the fog
In public duty and in private thinking;
For while the rabble, with their thumb-worn creeds
Their loud professions and their little deeds,
Mingle in selfish strife, Lo, Freedom weeps,
Wrong rules the world, and waiting Justice sleeps.
—Josiah Gilbert Holland 

WHAT OUR LEADERS SHOULD HAVE CHECKED ON BEFORE THROWING US TO THE KILLER (VACCINE) SHARKS

(1) First of all, Ford, Congress and the other leaders paid to look after our interests and safety, should have required a guarantee that the vaccine was safe--not deadly. The propaganda of the sales crew said it was safe, but they gave no proof and no guarantee. The sales crew are not authorities; so Ford should have demanded a money back guarantee from the pharmaceutical houses making the vaccine. There should have been written proof of safety and effectiveness before the $135,000,000 was paid. But, the drug houses could not give any proof of safety because they knew it was not safe. Their lab. tests and field tests proved it killed test animals and people. This was not made public.

A number of years ago when the diphtheria toxin-anti-toxin was being promoted, some suspicious people went to the laboratory making the vaccine, and asked for a written guarantee. The lab. refused to give any statement of safety, and admitted that "all vaccines are unstable and unpredictable in their effects, and could never be declared safe."

If Ford and the rest of the government had taken care of that necessary bit of business (making a careful check) before transacting the questionable $135,000,000 deal, then the flu vaccine would have been rejected and the taxpayers would not have been swindled out of the $135 million. Besides that, all those people who were killed by the vaccine would still be alive and happy today.

(2) The promoters said that the vaccine would prevent flu. It didn’t; it caused it.

(3) They said the flu was contagious and the vaccine would protect people. Flu is not contagious. It is caused by the blood poisoning effects of the vaccine itself as well as other kinds of body contamination. Viruses and germs cannot cause disease. (See the chapter on WHY GERMS CANNOT CAUSE DISEASE.)

(4) The vaccine promoters said the blood samples from the man who died at Fort Dix showed viruses like the blood samples from the 1918 flu epidemic and that it could trigger a widespread, deadly epidemic like the previous one.

This is not true because there are no virus-bearing blood samples from the 1918 flu epidemic. That epidemic was 58 years ago and viruses were unknown then. The first swine virus was discovered by a U.S. man in 1931. A British science team isolated the first virus in man in 1933. But, viruses have never been proved to be the cause of disease anyway, although the vaccine makers try to use them as a scare tactic, knowing that they are so small that people can’t see them or prove one way or another if they have any. One dictionary definition of virus is "a morbid poison." A poison is an inert substance. It cannot move about and attack people.

If any blood samples from the 1918 flu epidemic are still on record they would be so dried up and changed in structure that they couldn’t prove anything. Certainly no germs or viruses would be seen.

I have examined fresh blood samples under the microscope in college and saw how rapidly the blood changed in color and structure as it dried on the plate in just a few seconds. A sample 58 years old is a poor excuse for the vaccine promoters to try to rely upon for proof.

Viruses would not have even been mentioned in the medical or lab. reports for the 1918 period because they were unheard of. And besides, they couldn’t be seen with the kind of microscopes they had then.

The flu of 1918 was caused by the conglomeration of diseases which the sinister variety of vaccines brought on. Practically everyone in the world had been propagandized into submitting to all the vaccine that were invented---the surplus stock left over from World War I which was the first war in which all the vaccines were used. The vaccinated got the flu and the unvaccinated didn’t. I was one of the unvaccinated and I didn’t get the flu. I didn’t see an unvaccinated person who got the flu.

QUESTIONS THAT SHOULD HAVE BEEN ANSWERED BEFORE CONSIDERING ANY VACCINATION DRIVE

Ida Honorof, head of PEOPLE AGAINST POLITICAL VACCINATION, tried to get the Los Angeles Board of Supervisors and certain other officials to put pressure on David Mathews of Health, Education and Welfare, and other promoters of the vaccine to answer some important questions before they embarked on the questionable vaccination drive. Mathews was in L.A. to give a talk and his mind was already made up to promote the vaccine. Honorof, confronted him and presented him with the list of questions, but he didn’t answer them and the Supervisors didn’t request him to.

The questions are as follows:

(1) Can you define any benefits derived from the swine flu vaccine? According to the law the benefits must outweigh the risks. (They don’t.)

(2) Will the swine flu vaccine prevent swine flu? (It never has.)

(3) Is it true that if one gets the "shot" will he get an even more severe case of flu? (Yes, and death 113 cases.)

(4)Why were Dr. Morris’ test animals in 4 laboratories destroyed? His test results would have shown the efficacy or hazards of the vaccine.

(5) Did Health, Education and Welfare submit any testimony before the sub-committee on Health and Environment…..at their scheduled hearings, relating to possible hazards of the swine flu vaccinations, names of persons submitting opposing evidence and how many witnesses were heard that opposed the program?

(6) Is there any evidence that a high percentage of those who have the shots will receive no benefits?

(7) Claim is made that 70% of the people who get vaccinated would be protected. Among the unvaccinated 75% would be protected. Explain these contradictions.

(8) Can you give any evidence that a swine flu epidemic exists? (None)

(9) It takes approximately 10 years of testing and research to approve any substance, drug or biological which is to be administered into the human body. If the same standard applies to vaccines why has not the swine flu vaccine been subject to the same tests which the FDA says are necessary before injection into human beings?

(10) Even though the Pharmaceutical insert accompanying the flu vaccine cautions against "injecting intravenously," isn’t it true that there is no control with the jet injector, which explodes the vaccine into the skin with 1,300 pounds pressure--- into tissue space, tissue cells, directly into the arteries, veins, lymph vessels (and right to the heart) thereby producing great destruction, and eventually ending up in the blood stream?

(11) Each of the vaccine manufacturers making the swine flu vaccine (Park-Davis, Merrell, Wyeth, Merck) use a mercury derivative as a preservative. The danger of (the highly poisonous) mercury injected into the body---or inhaled or ingested, etc. is well documented.

(12) Why is the printed form which is presented to persons to sign before getting their shots, read "registration," when Public Law 94-390 specifically stipulates that it be a "consent" form. This was strenuously objected to by the National Commission for the Protection of Human Subjects of Biomedical and Behavioral Research, and they asked that said forms be destroyed and not used, since they are definitely not "consent" forms, and are gross violation of the act.

(13) What is the detailed definition and description of swine flu?

(14) Is there really a disease called "swine flu"?

(15) Why wouldn’t vaccine manufacturers produce and distribute the vaccine without indemnification from all the liability for vaccine-caused sickness, disabilities and deaths?

(16) Why did the insurance companies refuse to provide such insurance?

(17) Why were the people and public tax money, made responsible for all liabilities and claims resulting from the sickness, disabilities and deaths caused by the swine vaccine?

(18) Who benefits from the mass vaccination of 215 million Americans?

(19) Is it really necessary or advisable for everyone to get a swine flu vaccination? (No)

So far, the flu promoters have not answered the questions.

DEATH COUNT MAY NEVER BE KNOWN

Up to January 7, 1977 the death count from swine flu vaccine was 113 (people) and paralysis was 139. We have reason to believe that this is only a fraction of the actual casualties. During the polio vaccine drive in the early 1950’s when the shots caused so many deaths and cases of paralysis, Dr. Dale, of the Los Angeles Epidemiology Department, said that for every case that was reported there were an estimated 15 unreported cases. Many vaccine deaths were recorded as from other causes, to conceal the hazards of the vaccine.

During my 30 years of research and writing I have uncovered facts that prove the medical records and death certificates are sometimes deliberately falsified and changed to cover up guilt of doctors and lab. technicians. (See the chapter on FALSIFIED DEATH CERTIFICATES AND MEDICAL RECORDS.) -

All vaccines are poison, and therefore, cause death and disease. This is a known fact, and every vaccination campaign has brought on a large number of disasters. Those of us who knew this, tried to warn the people and ward off the vaccine drive. But the din of the well financed vaccine juggernaut drowned out our cry, and the high pressure advertising scare campaign panicked millions into the vaccination centers. We knew death and disease were inevitable — but none were announced in the papers at first. Therefore, Ida Honorof (head of Citizens Against Political Vaccinations) decided to do what the health officials should have done; she went to the L.A. County coroner and made a check on the deaths. She found that five people there had died within 48 hours after their flu shots. Some were young and didn’t have other ailments that could be blamed for their deaths. The vaccine promoters including the health departments had intended to cover up the vaccine deaths and disasters. But Honorof brought it out in the open. She contacted the National Health Federation (a non medical group which tries to protect the people from health hazards from medical, commercial and political sources. They called a public meeting in Glendale, Calif. where they aired some startling facts about the vaccination campaign and the mounting disasters caused by the poison vaccine. Some of the relatives of the flu victims were there and gave account of the state of health of those who were killed by the vaccine.

After this expose’ the papers had to announce some of the deaths as it was no longer possible to conceal them. The coroner and doctors tried to gloss over it by saying that the deaths were all from heart trouble and they would have died anyway without the shots. Naturally, the heart stops when a person dies from any cause, so heart failure is an "easy out" for the coroner.

For a few days, deaths were announced in the papers until the count rose to 52. Then suddenly the death reports stopped. People got suspicious because the vaccinations were continuing and we knew that all vaccines are poison and that means that people do die from the shots.

Honorof did a little more detective work and learned that Dr. Shirley Fannin, Chief of Acute Disease Control Center of L.A. had met with the vaccine promoters and medical boards to decide what they could do to keep the people from finding out how many were being killed by the vaccine. They decided among themselves not to count as vaccine casualties those who didn’t die suddenly within 48 hours after getting the shots.

This was a shocker. The idea that these poison promoters who were killing the people with wild abandon, had set themselves up to be so high and mighty that they could lay down the law as to what hour people could die, and if they happened to die 49 hours after the shots they would not be dead from their poison vaccine. Dr. Fannis then wrote a letter to the Coroner ordering him to not announce the deaths as vaccine casualties unless they died within her 48 hour time span. This gives us an idea of the tricky business they have been carrying on all through the years, and we didn’t suspect a thing.

The 48 hour "cut off time" of theirs, cuts out those thousands who died a little later. It also cuts out Private David Lewis, the man who died at Fort Dix, New Jersey of what the doctors diagnosed as swine flu. He died more than six weeks after his vaccinations at camp. He was the one and only case of swine flu the doctors have found in the whole world. He was all they had to hang their whole nation-wide swine flu scare on. And now, their own medical decree that it isn’t swine flu unless he dies within 48 hours, knocks out their one and only case. Actually, the official diagnosis by military doctors was that Pvt. Lewis died of A-Victoria flu (vaccine), not swine flu.

Now, without one authentic case of swine flu and without any epidemic except the epidemic of vaccine poisoning, the vaccine promoters and all the doctors who participated in giving or endorsing the shots, as well as the political heads who financed it, are all guilty of hundreds of vaccine deaths--murders. What are we going to do about it? Are there enough honest and concerned officials to prosecute them and make them pay all the damages and then put them out of circulation?

WHO POCKETS THE MONEY?
The arrangement was that the $135,000,000 of the people’s money was for vaccine doses for all the 215 million people in this country, at 50c a shot. So many people were killed and paralyzed by the vaccine that the campaign had to be stopped before a riot broke out to kill all the doctors and vaccine promoters--and a few others. So only a few in the country were vaccinated. Even if we stretch a point and estimate that there were 50,000,000 who had shots, that would be only 25,000,000 dollars used out of the $35,000,000. That leaves $110,000,000 of our money which they, the promoters, still have. Do those doctors and various other crooks intend to pocket the $110 million? It should be returned immediately to the treasury and the vaccine promoters billed for the rest of the $25,000,000 which they took under false pretenses, because there was no epidemic and the vaccine was not safe and all their promises and claims were false.

COMPULSORY ARMY VACCINATIONS ARE UNCONSTITUTIONAL
Private David Lewis who died at Fort Dix, supposedly of swine flu, would be alive today if the Army had not violated the law by forcing the poison shots on the soldiers. Our U.S. Constitution gives us the "right to be secure in our persons." Therefore, all enforced vaccination (mass medication) is a violation of our legal rights.

According to Blackstone (the "Bible" of the lawyers): "No laws are binding upon the human subject which assault the body or violate the Conscience."

The U.S. Supreme Court ruled that:

"No right is held more sacred or is more carefully guarded by the common law, than the right of every individual to the possession and control of his own person, free from all restraint or interference of others ….

Judge Cooley stated: "The right of one’s person may be said to be a right of complete immunity; to be let alone."

In the official code book of the U.S. Armed Services titled, UNION CODE OF MILITARY JUSTICE, we find that there is no compulsory vaccination law in any of the branches of our military services. Therefore, as there is compulsory vaccination law in United States or the military establishment, the enforced vaccinations on our recruits is against their legal rights. Because vaccines are proved to be poisonous and harmful in all cases, the military forces are guilty of malpractice and subject to the laws governing that offense.

One woman I talked to has already sued the Army for $1,000,000 for causing the death of her son as a result of shots at camp. In England, so many outraged parents sued the government for vaccine damages to their sons in the military services, that the government abolished compulsory vaccination in both the military and civilian life. (See the chapter on WHAT VACCINATIONS DID TO OUR SOLDIERS.)

HOW WILL OUR NEW PRESIDENT CARTER HANDLE THE SWINE FLU SWINDLE?
Last Spring (1976) the epidemic makers were in a frantic rush to get President Ford to give them the full payment of $135,000,000 immediately, with no questions asked, no guarantee of safety and with no swine flu epidemic pending, not a case in the world, and they didn’t even have any effective vaccine.

Why the big rush we wondered. The only obvious answer was that the November Presidential election might remove their "pigeon." They knew Ford was easy to manipulate and they wanted to "use him" while they had him on a string. A new president might take a second look and refuse to support their private money making racket.

Now, the election is over and our new President Carter .is left with the ragged ends to clean up, left from Ford’s term. We are wondering how he will handle "Ford’s Folly" and if he will investigate the vaccine scandal and require the guilty ones to repair their damages and return our money they took under false pretenses.

We are hoping that President Carter will not be swayed and dominated by the powerful medical and drug lobby. But one blotch on his past record makes us wonder. We heard that he let himself be controlled by the fluoride promoters and paid them to poison the entire state water system of Georgia. If he is a man for the people why didn’t he investigate the other side, not just the false sales propaganda? Chemists report that "fluoride compounds rank along with cyanide and arsenic in toxicity." Sodium fluoride or hydrofluosilicic acid is the form which is used to poison the public water supplies. Most water supplies already contain calcium fluoride which is also poisonous, but sodium fluoride is 15 times more poisonous than calcium fluoride. A few states such as Texas are working to filter out all the fluoride even the calcium fluoride because they have found by tests that all fluoride is too dangerous for them.

Sodium fluoride is a cheap by-product of the aluminum and fertilizer companies. About the only thing it is good for is rat poison. But their promotion man conceived the idea of selling it to the politicians to dump in the public water supplies. Enough City Council members were "on the take" or weak minded enough to buy the sales propaganda and consequently quite a number of cities and a few states were fluoridated. However, hundreds of them have abandoned the program when it was found, after years of use, that the fluoride was not only expensive, it was damaging to the health and to the water pipes and all equipment that came in contact with the poisoned water.

Their main selling point is that it (fluoride) prevents cavities in children. This is false. Fluorides deteriorate the bony structure of the entire body and make the tooth enamel brittle, thus causing more dental trouble in later years.

FLUORIDATED TOOTH PASTE DANGEROUS
TV commercials saying that fluoridated tooth paste has 20 tests proving that said tooth paste prevents cavities, should be investigated. Some dental associations have been "procured" by the fluoride promoters, and they try to get all the dentists under their influence to endorse fluoridation. But those who dare to tell the truth say fluoride is damaging to the teeth and the general health. The membrane of the mouth is very porous and the poison fluoride in the tooth paste enters the blood almost immediately and causes kidney disease and all kinds of diseases of body poisoning. (See the chapter on FLUORIDATION.)

MEDICINE — ON THE WAY OUT
The study of medicine has never been a science. It creates far more illness than healing. Recovery occurs in spite of the drug treatment because of the internal healing forces within all living organisms which struggle to survive.

Books on the newer knowledge of "nature cure", teaching the underlying fundamentals of health and healing will soon be available to the general public and they will read them and be able to follow the rules and avoid disease. Those who are already ill will be able to "cure" their ailments better than the established medical methods. This will make medicine obsolete — out of date and unpopular.

In closing this chapter I should like to state that all medical men are not guilty of the crimes exposed in this booklet. A few doctors are sincere in their efforts to help their patients. Their weakness is that they are badly trained and dominated by an organization which leads them away from their avowed purpose. There is hope for those who want to learn better ways and help the sick get well. If they don’t try to catch up with the modern "health doctors" and "natural methods" of healing, their patients will outstrip them in knowledge and ability and leave them trailing in the dust.

A BETTER CAMPAIGN
The swine flu vaccine campaign was such an obvious fraud, with no epidemic, not even one authentic case of swine flu anywhere in the world, it makes us wonder about the sanity of the promoters. If they really wanted to combat a growing health disaster why don’t they work against something that is killing millions, such as SMOKING? Tobacco and its smoke contains over 30 poisons, three of which are cancer causing. Over 300.000 people in the United States alone, die from the effects of poisons in tobacco. The great number of cases of tobacco heart, lung cancer, Burgher’s disease (gangrene of the feet caused by smoking), and many other diseases of tobacco poisoning, make smoking the number one killer of today. Smoking kills more in one year than were killed in all our wars from the American Revolutionanyone is trying to stop it. Our government subsidizes the killer tobacco industry because it brings in around $8 billion in revenue. But the damages and disasters caused by smoking (fires, death, disease, etc.) cost this country over $24,000,000,000 (billion) every year.

Ford and our government gave $135 million to support a fake swine flu epidemic which killed and paralyzed hundreds (maybe thousands if we had the "undoctored" records), so why not bring that money back from the medical swindlers and put it into a campaign to get rid of the real killer of men, women and even children. Many children die of tobacco heart because they have to breathe the poison fumes from their smoking parents; also, they learn to smoke early because they see it all the time and think it is all right because their parents smoke. (Read my book, ANSWERS FOR THE WORRIED SMOKER, which tells how to quit without the "cold turkey" method, which is harmful and not too effective. Write to E. McBean, Box 55278 — L.A., Calif. $5.00, postage and tax paid. Deluxe edition.)

Some people are wondering if Chicago ‘s famous Mayor Daily also got a wrong dose of the flu and suddenly died, the same as hundreds of others within hours after their flu shots.

If anyone knows for sure if Mayor Daily had a swine flu shot, please write and give me the such as time, place, who gave the shot, etc.

Thank you, E .McBean


CHAPTER 2: THE SPANISH INFLUENZA EPIDEMIC OF 1918 WAS CAUSED BY VACCINATIONS

As has been stated before, all medical and non-medical authorities on vaccination agree that vaccines are designed to cause a mild case of the diseases they are supposed to prevent. But they also know and admit that there is no way whatsoever to predict whether the case will be mild or severe - even deadly. With this much uncertainty in dealing with the very lives of people, it is very unscientific and extremely dangerous to use such a questionable procedure as vaccination.

Many vaccines also cause other diseases besides the one for which they are given. For instance, smallpox vaccine often causes syphilis, paralysis, leprosy, and cancer. (See the chapters on smallpox and plagues.) Polio shots, diphtheria toxin-antitoxin, typhoid vaccine, as well as measles, tetanus and all other shots often cause various other stages of disease such as post-vaccinal encephalitis (inflammation of the brain,) paralysis, spinal meningitis, blindness, cancer (sometimes within two years,) tuberculosis, (two to twenty years after the shot,) arthritis, kidney disease, heart disease (heart failure sometimes within minutes after the shot and sometimes several hours later.) Nerve damage and many other serious conditions also follow the injections.

When several shots are given (different vaccines) within a few days or a few weeks apart, they often trigger intensified cases of all the diseases at once, because the body cannot handle such a large amount of deadly poison being injected directly into the bloodstream. The doctors call it a new disease and proceed to suppress the symptoms.

When poison is taken by the mouth, the internal defense system has a chance to quickly eject some of it by vomiting, but when the poisons are shot directly into the body, bypassing all the natural safeguards, these dangerous poisons circulate immediately throughout the entire body in a matter of seconds and keep on circulating until all the cells are poisoned.

I heard that seven men dropped dead in a doctor’s office after being vaccinated. This was in an army camp, so I wrote to the Government for verification. They sent me the report of U.S. Secretary of War, Henry L. Stimson. The report not only verified the report of the seven who dropped dead from the vaccines, but it stated that there had been 63 deaths and 28,585 cases of hepatitis as a direct result of the yellow fever vaccine during only 6 months of the war. That was only one of the 14 to 25 shots given the soldiers. We can imagine the damage that all these shots did to the men. (See the chapter on What Vaccinations Did to Our Soldiers.)

The first World War was of a short duration, so the vaccine makers were unable to use up all their vaccines. As they were (and still are) in business for profit, they decided to sell it to the rest of the population. So they drummed up the largest vaccination campaign in U.S. history. There were no epidemics to justify it so they used other tricks. Their propaganda claimed the soldiers were coming home from foreign countries with all kinds of diseases and that everyone must have all the shots on the market.

The people believed them because, first of all, they wanted to believe their doctors, and second, the returning soldiers certainly had been sick. They didn’t know it was from doctor-made vaccine diseases, as the army doctors don’t tell them things like that. Many of the returned soldiers were disabled for life by these drug-induced diseases. Many were insane from postvaccinal encephalitis, but the doctors called it shell shock, even though many had never left American soil.

The conglomerate disease brought on by the many poison vaccines baffled the doctors, as they never had a vaccination spree before which used so many different vaccines. The new disease they had created had symptoms of all the diseases they had injected into the man. There was the high fever, extreme weakness, abdominal rash and intestinal disturbance characteristic of typhoid. The diphtheria vaccine caused lung congestion, chills and fever, swollen, sore throat clogged with the false membrane, and the choking suffocation because of difficulty in breathing followed by gasping and death, after which the body turned black from stagnant blood that had been deprived of oxygen in the suffocation stages. In early days they called it Black Death. The other vaccines cause their own reactions — paralysis, brain damage, lockjaw, etc.

When doctors had tried to suppress the symptoms of the typhoid with a stronger vaccine, it caused a worse form of typhoid which they named paratyphoid. But when they concocted a stronger and more dangerous vaccine to suppress that one, they created an even worse disease which they didn’t have a name for. What should they call it? They didn’t want to tell the people what it really was — their own Frankenstein monster which they had created with their vaccines and suppressive medicines. They wanted to direct the blame away from themselves, so they called it Spanish Influenza. It was certainly not of Spanish origin, and the Spanish people resented the implication that the world-wide scourge of that day should be blamed on them. But the name stuck and American medical doctors and vaccine makers were not suspected of the crime of this widespread devastation — the 1918 Flu Epidemic. It is only in recent years that researchers have been digging up the facts and laying the blame where it belongs.

Some of the soldiers may have been in Spain before coming home, but their diseases originated in their own home-based U.S. Army Camps. Our medical men still use that same dodge. When their own vaccines (required for travel) cause vaccine diseases abroad they use this as grounds for a scare campaign to stampede people into the vaccination centers. Do you remember the Hong Kong Flu and the Asian Flu and the London Flu scares? These were all medically-made epidemics mixed with the usual common colds which people have every year.

Now (1976) we are being worked on again by the vaccine -epidemic makers in their effort to force another multi million dollar vaccine sale caper. Their con men have already talked President Ford into handing over $135 million dollars to start their vaccine racket. Even the insurance companies refused to become involved with such an obviously dangerous and crooked scheme. So, again the medical and drug con men induced the appropriate government officials to guarantee insurance against the, possible billions of dollars in law suits which could be brought against the vaccine promoters if the vaccine campaign is carried out as planned. It’s a good thing Ford was voted out of office. It’s too bad he wasn’t "dumped" before he paid the poison squad the MONEY’ to poison the whole population. However, we don’t yet know if President Carter will be any better. Will he be held in the grip of the medical and drug dictatorship? Or will he investigate — learn the truth — reverse the decisions and make the vaccine makers return the money taken from the taxpayers under false pretenses?

The statement of the swine flu vaccine promoters to the effect that the vaccine is harmless, is false, and the statement that it will protect against flu is false. Fifty-six people died after the shots, some within 48 hours. There is confusion and disagreement among the doctors about all aspects of the vaccine, from the safety and effectiveness to the necessity for it, who should have it and who should be warned against it.

Their scare-head campaign cry is that the swine flu is like the 1918 flu which killed 20,000,000 people. They don’t have any usable and provable blood samples from the 1918 flu epidemic to prove it. That was 58 years ago, and the doctors were just as confused and inefficient then as now. However, one thing is certain — the 1918 Spanish Influenza was a vaccine-induced disease caused by extreme body poisoning from the conglomeration of many different vaccines. The soldiers at Fort Dix who were said to have had Swine Flu had been injected with a large variety of vaccines like the vaccines which caused the 1918 flu epidemic. The flu epidemic at Fort Dix was in no way related to swine. There were no swine at camp (unless we want to sarcastically call the vaccine promoters who caused the diseases -"swine.")

To add to the confusion, the doctors tell the people that there are a lot of various kinds of flu; the one which the soldiers at Fort Dix had was AVictoria flu, there are other strains of flu virus, and also, that the swine flu vaccine which so many people have taken already will not protect them against the many other types of flu. This will be used as an "out" in case of law suits later on when more casualties begin to show up. The doctors will say that the vaccine failed because it was the wrong kind of flu for the vaccine. Of course, no one can prove it one way or the other because viruses are illusive, invisible organisms which are unstable and unpredictable. One dictionary definition of virus is "a morbid poison." The vaccines injected into the body are poison and cause the typical poison reactions. Virus (poison) does not fly around and attack people.

Therefore, there will be no swine flu epidemic unless the vaccine promoters make one like they did in the 1918 flu epidemic. It will not kill 20,000,000 people unless the people submit to the disease-producing shots. There are also, other causes of disease besides vaccines, such as bad food, which has been devitalized and contaminated with poison preservatives and artificial drug concoctions. There are many more causes of disease but no diseases are contagious(See the chapter on the germ theory).

Vaccine drives come and go as often as the vaccine promoters can cook up the slightest pretense of a reason.n Back in1957 they were trying to stir up a vaccination campaign for what they decided to call Asiatic flu. An editorial in the Herald and Express for August 29, 1957 was captioned, "Fear of Flu Propaganda." Part of the piece is as follows:

"What a tempest in a teapot has been blown up over the probability that this country will experience an epidemic of the Asiatic flu in the fall and winter months ahead.

"Even the United States Department of Health is stooge for the panic — and has issued statements which are frightening the public, rather than reassuring them by pointing out that this epidemic, while widespread, gives no indication of being any more dangerous than our usual flood of influenza-like colds when winter comes on.

"Those who read between the lines even wonder whether the whole thing might not be a bit of super salesmanship on the part of those who are making and selling the vaccines which are being prepared.. . ."

 I WAS AN ON-THE-SPOT OBSERVER OF THE 1918 INFLUENZA EPIDEMIC
All the doctors and people who were living at the time of the 1918 Spanish Influenza epidemic say it was the most terrible disease the world has ever had. Strong men, hale and hearty, one day would be dead the next. The disease had the characteristics of the black death added to typhoid, diphtheria, pneumonia, smallpox, paralysis and all the diseases the people had been vaccinated with immediately following World War 1. Practically the entire population had been injected "seeded" with a dozen or more diseases — or toxic serums. When all those doctor-made diseases started breaking out all at once it was tragic.

That pandemic dragged on for two years, kept alive with the addition of more poison drugs administered by the doctors who tried to suppress the symptoms. As far as I could find out, the flu hit only the vaccinated. Those who had refused the shots escaped the flu. My family had refused all the vaccinations so we remained well all the time. We knew from the health teachings of Graham, Trail, Tilden and others, that people cannot contaminate the body with poisons without causing disease.

When the flu was at its peak, all the stores were closed as well as the schools, businesses — even the hospital, as the doctors and nurses had been vaccinated too and were down with the flu. No one was on the streets. It was like a ghost town. We seemed to be the only family which didn’t get the flu; so my parents went from house to house doing what they could to look after the sick, as it was impossible to get a doctor then. If it were possible for germs, bacteria, virus, or bacilli to cause disease, they had plenty of opportunity to attack my parents when they were spending many hours a day in the sick rooms. But they didn’t get the flu and they didn’t bring any germs home to attack us children and cause anything. None of our family had the flu — not even a sniffle— and it was in the winter with deep snow on the ground.

When I see people cringe when someone near them sneezes or coughs, I wonder how long it will take them to find out that they can’t catch it — whatever it is. The only way they can get a disease is to develop it themselves by wrong eating, drinking, smoking or doing some other things which cause internal poisoning and lowered vitality. All diseases are preventable and most of them are cureable with the right methods, not known to medical doctors, and not all drugless doctors know them either.

It has been said that the 1918 flu epidemic killed 20,000,000 people throughout the world. But, actually, the doctors killed them with their crude and deadly treatments and drugs. This is a harsh accusation but it is nevertheless true, judging by the success of the drugless doctors in comparison with that of the medical doctors.

While the medical men and medical hospitals were losing 33% of their flu cases, the non-medical hospitals such as BATTLE CREEK, KELLOGG and MACFADDEN’S HEALTH-RESTORIUM were getting almost 100% healings with their water cure, baths, enemas, etc., fasting and certain other simple healing methods, followed by carefully worked out diets of natural foods. One health doctor didn’t lose a patient in eight years. The very successful health treatment of one of those drugless doctors who didn’t lose any patients will be given in the other part of this book, titled VACCINATION CONDEMNED, to be published a little later.

If the medical doctors had been as advanced as the drugless doctors, there would not have been those 20 million deaths from the medical flu treatment.

There was seven times more disease among the vaccinated soldiers than among the unvaccinated civilians, and the diseases were those they had been vaccinated against. One soldier who had returned from overseas in 1912 told me that the army hospitals were filled with cases of infantile paralysis and he wondered why grown men should have an infant disease. Now, we know that paralysis is a common after-effect of vaccine poisoning. Those at home didn’t get the paralysis until after the world-wide vaccination campaign in 1918.


CHAPTER 3:  ANTI-TYPHOID VACCINE CAUSES A WORSE DISEASE WHICH THE DOCTORS NAME PARATYPHOID

 Our American medical boast has been that anti-typhoid vaccine wiped out typhoid fever in the Army. When this claim was made public, the people in general accepted it without question. But those who were not satisfied without some facts or evidence of truth, decided to look up the Army records of that period, and found that just the opposite was the case.

In comparing records before and after the enforcement of Army vaccination in 1911, we find that the highest typhoid death rate prior to that time was during the Spanish American War in 1898- 1899. This infamous war of aggression was fought in the tropics of Cuba where the heat and other unhealthful conditions were conducive to the development of typhoid as well as many other diseases. There was no refrigeration, so the food spoiled, except that which was loaded with poison preservatives including formaldehyde, nitrates, salt, saltpeter, etc. Decomposed protein and other poisons are the cause of ptomaine poisoning and other diseases of intestinal putrefaction, such as typhoid fever, typhis, yellow fever, malaria, cholera, etc. These diseases are not caused by germs, bites of insects, rats or any of the other things which doctors like to blame. There was no sewer system or sanitation measures, and the heavy rains, slime, mud, and noxious fumes in the swamps the soldiers had to wade in day-after-day, were ideal breeding grounds for fever diseases.

The men drank from polluted streams and were fed vermin-infested rancid foods. Therefore it was not surprising that their bodies’ internal safeguards were worked to the breaking point in an effort to eliminate all this contamination. So-called disease is nothing but a remedial effort of the body to get rid of poisons, blockages, and conditions which interfere with normal functioning. These healing efforts of the body manifest in such ways as sweating (fever — to force impurities out through the skin, which is one of the channels of elimination), diarrhea (bowel-cleansing when a rush-job is needed to get rid of drastic poisons), vomiting, coughing and sneezing (to unload toxic waste from stomach, lungs, nose, throat, etc. Lack of appetite suggests to the patient that he refrain from taking in more food (fasting). Weakness forces the patient to rest. All of these processes are essential to healing.

The stricken soldiers would probably all have recovered if they had avoided doctors and their poison medication and suppressive methods. Unfortunately, they were sent to the army hospitals and drugged to death by the doctors, who know nothing about the true principles of health and natural healing. The doctors, then as well as now, mistake the symptoms for the disease and give drugs to suppress the symptoms instead of letting the internal healing mechanism do its work to bring about normalcy. The doctors think they must do something to bring down the fever and give certain drugs to stop the coughing and other drugs to stop the diarrhea. All these damaging medical methods block the elimination of poison waste, and death or permanent injury is the result.

After the heavy toll of lives, when they learned that all the tricks of medical science (?) had completely failed, the Army was resourceful enough to realize that they would have to give some attention to health measures if they were to survive as a living army. So they set up a rigorous regimen of hygiene, sanitation and improved nutrition. This sensible program reduced the incidence of typhoid to less than 3 cases per 1,000. This marked decline in disease was brought about in less than 10 years, from 1899 to 1908. And this was done without one injection of anti-typhoid vaccine being administered, or any other vaccine.

In contrast to this remarkable record of disease prevention, we find that after vaccination became compulsory in the Army in 1911, not only did typhoid increase rapidly, but all other vaccinal diseases increased at an alarming rate.

I have heard some of the Army personnel argue that vaccination is not compulsory in the American armed services. But I -have also talked to G.I.’s who testified that those who refused to line up for the shots were seized by military police and forcibly held while the medics injected the poison serums into them — all fourteen shots. I have also seen the records of several soldiers who were given long prison terms (seven years) at Fort Leavenworth for resisting vaccination. They may have had to fight the M.P.’s to do this, and that went against their records. Other penalties were also imposed on the soldiers, such as demotion and witholding pay, for this rejection of enforced blood poisoning (vaccination), which the military interpreted as "insubordination."

It was during World War I (we entered it in 1917) when vaccination was enforced to the fullest extent, that the death rate from typhoid rose to the highest point in history— even higher than it had been during the pre-sanitation days of the Spanish American War. This 1917-1920 death rate could not be blamed on bad sanitation or spoiled food as was the case in the tropics. The deaths occured after the shots were given in sanitary American hospitals and well-supervised army camps in France, where sanitation had been practiced for years. There was no typhoid in the camps before vaccination, so it couldn’t be blamed on contagion. The only reason for this extremely high death toil was the blood-poisoning practice of vaccination.

The report of the Surgeon General of the U.S. Army shows that during 1917 there were admitted into the Army hospitals 19,608 men suffering from anti-typhoid inoculation and vaccinia. The report for 1919 covering 1918 shows the total admissions suffering from anti-typhoid vaccinations to be 23,191, and 10,830 suffering from vaccinia. (24,021 in all, from vaccine poisoning). This takes no account of those whose vaccine diseases were attributed to something else, nor of those whose sufferings, though great, were not great enough to cause them to be sent to the hospital (from VACCINE AND SERUM EVILS by Dr. H. M. Shelton).

This official Army report didn’t speculate as to whether or not the diseases could have been caused by germs, viruses, contagion or other things that usually get blamed for disease; the doctors knew without any question of a doubt that all these thousands of cases of disease and death were caused by vaccination, and it was so stated in their medical reports. I doubt, however, that the grieving parents were told that their sons were killed by the poison doses administered by the doctors.

Knowing the devastation caused by vaccination, we wonder why they didn’t stop the deadly practice way back in 1916 when they found out—for sure—that vaccination was a killer with no redeeming feature. But they didn’t. The reasons are given in another chapter, "The Money Motive."

Under the most antiseptic conditions in hospitals all over the world, diseases develop, such as typhoid, polio, pheumonia, virus X, paratyphoid, flu, etc., when there is no other case in town for the victim to "catch it from." The patients have already received shots to "protect" them from the diseases. Doctors cannot blame it on invading viruses, germs or bacteria, because their germicides and antiseptic precautions in hospitals have been used to kill the germs. Why cannot the doctors understand what many other people already know, that it is not germs and viruses which cause the diseases, but the body-poisoning from medication, vaccines, processed foods, etc., which cause the sickness?

When Walter D. McCaw, Chief of Army Medical Staff, saw the shocking increase of typhoid among his well vaccinated "protected" (?) troops, he tried to lay the blame on laxity in sanitary precautions, such as unsterile needles, etc. He should have known that nothing on the needle could ever do as much harm as the poison vaccines inside the needle. Their reliance upon vaccination gave them a false sense of security which blocked any effort toward looking in the right direction for the real causes of the disease

McCaw said that "75% of the men in the Chateau Thierry offensive (France) were afflicted with typhoid," and that at one time in the Argonne sector "there were more than 300 cases of typhoid." He referred to "a unit of 248 men from Camp Cody, New Mexico, which arrived in England in July, 1918 with 98 cases of typhoid, of whom 8 died." He spoke of another contingent which lost 10% of their typhoid cases. All these men had been vaccinated in the Army, and all had been healthy when inducted.

Sir William Osler, the famous British physician wrote an article in the "Lancet" (renowned British medical journal) on this subject. (Nov. 28, 1914) An excerpt is as follows

"Perhaps the best chapter in British sanitation is that which deals with sanitation and typhoid fever.. . . It has beer well said that enteric fever is the sanitary index of a country; and that today our camps are not hot-beds of the disease is a result of more than half a century of intelligent and efficient sanitation.’

We notice that he did not say that it was vaccination which wiped out typhoid and other diseases of intestinal putrefaction such as typhoid (enteric fever). He knew for a fact that it was not vaccination that brought about the improvement; it was the reforms in sanitation and better nutrition and other healthful measures which prevent body poisoning in the first place. It is the poisoning that causes disease.

England had learned by the bitter experience of over century of vaccination, that it does not prevent nor cure disease of any kind. They knew that if they were to control widespread disease they must attack the real causes, the main ones of which were vaccines and bad living conditions. After these reforms were made there was a rapid decline in the disease rate. (Details given in a later chapter.)

England already knew this when our men were suffering and dying in the swamps of the tropics and the battlefields of France. But I’m quite sure our needle doctors would not listen to any warnings of vaccine hazards from the British — at that time However, as stated previously, our military doctors finally did turn to sanitation and nutrition reforms and reduced their disease rate without the vaccinations, in the Spanish American War.

According to British Army records, "In 1938 there was not a single case of any form of enteric fever (typhoid) among the unvaccinated soldiers, while in the vaccinated ‘protected’ class there were 37 cases and 5 deaths." Compulsory vaccination has been abolished in the British Army. However, it is available for those who want it, and a few unenlightened people still want it, in spite of all the evidence against it.

Another news item says: "Hundreds of inoculated soldiers in India have contracted typhoid or paratyphoid and the Army Medical Department reports record at least 200 deaths among inoculated men."

"THE JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN MEDICAL ASSOCIATION," July 28, 1917 (Vol. 69, p. 267) under the heading "Vaccination in War, "states:

"Bernard and Paref, in an analytic study, reported in 1915 a great preponderance of paratyphoid infection in the anti-typhoid vaccinated over those in the non-vaccinated, presenting the remarkable figures shown in Table 2.

"Table 2: Preponderance of Paratyphoid Infections over Typhoid
  Cases Vaccinated Non-Vaccinated
Typhoid (Eberth Bacifius) 77 45 32
Paratyphoid 248 222 26

"Table 3: "

Paratyphoid 150 120 40

According to General Goodwin, the British Army had 7,423 cases of typhoid, with 266 deaths, up to 1918. Compulsory vaccination was in force in the British Army at that time.

In the book MEDICAL VOODOO by A.R. Hale, the author states on page 185: "In World War I, in the French Army alone, there were 113,165 cases of typhoid with 12,380 deaths up to Oct. 1916. Anti-typhoid inoculations were made compulsory in the French Army in March, 1918."

A.R. Hale, researcher for the U.S. Congress, said:

From one Congressman I learned that he was at the very moment pleading the cause of three ex-service men before the Veterans’ Bureau, two of whom had been made totally blind by army vaccinations against smallpox, and the third had been driven insane by an anti-typhoid vaccination followed by a spinal puncture. He said the Bureau was fighting the compensation claims of these disabled men, because it was unwilling to admit their disablities were caused by the army-camp treatments, although the evidence in all three cases was clear and inescapable."

TYPHOID IS NOT CONTAGIOUS
One of the outstanding authorities on the real cause and cure of disease is the late Dr. Russell T. Trall (a reformed M.D.,) whose teachings are still 100 years in advance of our present day medical methods. Regarding typhoid fever, Dr. Trall wrote:

"Typhoid fever is not essentially a dangerous disease. It may be severe — without being at all dangerous. Nor is pneumonia a dangerous disease. Left to itself, it would seldom terminate fatally. We have known physicians of extensive practice treat this disease for many years without losing a patient. But in those cases very little medicine was given, and that of the simplest kind. The medicines were not (the usual poisons such as calomel, whiskey, opium, antimony, blisters (perhaps this means mustard plasters).

"These diseases (typhoid and pneumonia) are nothing more nor less than a cleansing process — a struggle of the vital powers to relieve the system of its accumulated impurities. The causes of the diseases are constipating foods, contaminated water, atmospheric miasmas, and whatever clogs up the system or befouls the blood. And the day is not far distant when a physician who shall undertake to aid and assist (suppress) Nature in her efforts to expel impurities, by the administration of poisons (drugs, medicines, shots, radiation, etc.) will be regarded as an insane idiot. But now this practice is called medical science."

Dr. John Tilden, another reformed physician, said, "You cannot have a very severe round of typhoid fever unless you have a "first-class" physician to give it strength to down you."

THE SOLDIERS WERE KILLED BY THE TREATMENT
It was a common expression during the war that "more soldiers were killed by vaccine shots than by shots from enemy guns." The vaccines, in addition to the poison drugs given in the hospitals, made healing impossible in too many cases. If the men had not been young and healthy to begin with, they would all have succumbed to the mass poisoning in the Army.

The following are just a few of the case histories which show us how the soldiers were drugged to death in the military hospitals (from BASIC PRINCIPLES OF NATURAL HYGIENE by Dr. H.M. Shelton, p. 532:

"CASE No. 4 — S.P., a private, age 32. Admitted January 16th. Medication: Quinine and whiskey with capsicum were administered in ‘free doses.’ Brandy and turpentine given in enema. The next day the patient was worse (not surprising.) But the treatment was continued; sinapisms (mustard plasters) were applied to the back of the neck, chest, abdomen and calves of the legs. In the evening he was growing worse. "But the same treatment was continued until he died on January 18th, at 7:00A.M." (two days after treatment began.)

"CASE No. 7 — O.W.W., a private, age 22, was admitted into the hospital Monday the 13th. He was taken sick two days previously. Treatment : Wine once every two hours, quinine every three hours, 15 grains of calomel to be followed in three hours with 6 grains of carbonate of ammonia. All symptoms became rapidly aggravated. The patient died on the 22nd." He was younger and survived the poisoning program for nine days before he died.

"CASE No. 8 — D.N., a private, 18 years of age. His treatment included spirits of nitre, acetate of ammonia, camphor, castor oil, chloroform, spirits of turpentine, sulphuric acid, sugar of lead, opium, ipecac and white wine. He died after 29 days."

Although he was young and strong to start with, even he could not survive this onslaught of poisons, experimentation and malpractice by the physicians.

The report states that the condition of the patients got progressively worse every day, but the treatments were continued anyway. We wonder what was the matter with the doctors.

Dr. Trall said that most patients would recover if they were not doctored at all. He Stated: "I have not lost a case in 15 years (including typhoid and pneumonia), and I have treated hundreds. Fatality is attributable to the medication."

"TYPHOID MARY" WAS NEVER A CARRIER
Because the average doctor does not understand the cause nor the cure of disease, he flounders around in a confusion of guesswork. Lacking facts, the various medical associations and medical schools base their beliefs on many false concepts with no basis in fact. The germ theory of disease is a graphic example. These dangerous concepts lead the doctors and the people astray— that is, all but the few who think for themselves and seek out proof for their beliefs.

It is bad enough for the doctors to blame the diseases on germs, viruses and bacteria, but when they pick on healthy people who do not "catch diseases" when they are exposed, and claim they are "carriers" and can infect others, this is the height of the ridiculous. See the chapter titled, Why Germs Cannot Cause Disease.

As disease is just a transition period from a contaminated body to a normal, healthy body, it stands to reason that no one can "catch" a disease any more than he can catch a dirty neck. Therefore, if a person is in the company of an ill person and does or does not get the same disease, it does not make him a "carrier" of that disease. Yet some of our medical men promote that theory. On the strength of this unsupported, unproved medical opinion of physicians and Health Departments, people have actually been sent to prison, merely because they were too healthy to get sick when the doctors thought they ought to.

Who has not heard of the sad case of "Typhoid Mary?" A fascinating book titled MEDICAL VOODOO, by Annie Riley Hale tells the story on page 337. The account reads: "Mary, a maid-servant of the better class in New York City, in the summer of 1907 was working where several cases of typhoid developed. Because Mary did not fall ill with the fever, though in contact with the patients, the only explanation that ‘medical science’ could offer for such a phenomenon, was that the woman was a ‘typhoid carrier.’ There was absolutely no evidence or proof of it except the health officer’s wild guess. Much contrary evidence was offered by Mary and her friends, but she was arrested, charged with ‘a menace to the public health,’ branded ‘Typhoid Mary’ in the newspapers, and imprisoned in the isolation hospital on North Brothers Island." She remained there for 30 years in solitary confinement until she died. She had commited no crime. She was a victim of medical stupidity and ignorance. The whole medical case rested on the fact that she was healthy and didn’t get the diseases which several others had developed.

In the same well-to-do household where Mary worked, there were, undoubtedly, other members of the family who did not develop the disease, but of course, they were not sentenced to life imprisonment for being healthy. There are no "Typhoid Rockefellers"’ nor "Diphtheria Morgans", are there? Neither are there any "typhoid carriers" anywhere in the world, except in the weird imaginations of certain backward doctors.

When we think of all the millions of mothers who care for their children who develop all kinds of diseases, and the mothers do not "catch it", it is a frightening thought to consider that some doctors could haul them off to prison for life because they managed to stay well in the presence of illness.

In the Middle Ages, before Pasteur conjured up his fallacious germ theory, there were some equally strange and dangerous theories of disease. One of them was the belief that diseases were caused by devils, that somehow got inside the body of the patient and caused the illness: The doctors then bored a hole in the head of the sick person to let the evil spirit out. If the patient died of the operation, which I suppose was usually the case, the doctors would naturally claim that the patient came too late and the devil did it. This is not to infer that evil spirits cannot possess a susceptible person; maybe they can, (The Bible says so) but if they got in they can get out the same way they got in, without the dangerous — often fatal — practice of boring a hole in the patient’s skull.

As we look back on these crude and barbaric medical procedures, we hope we have advanced beyond that stage of primitive medical practice; but, have we? The "Typhoid Mary" case was of recent times. She died only a few years ago in prison. But our present-day medical men have not advanced out of the Dark Ages yet; they still chase down healthy, innocent people who do not develop typhoid after being near typhoid cases. These cases are even now, branded as "carriers" and hounded by medical men driven by medical ignorance. This is borne out by no less a medical authority than Roy O. Gilbert, M.D. (L.A County Health Officer.) In the Los Angeles News Herald, 1954, Dr. Gilbert wrote an article titled "Spread of Typhoid Stopped by Apprehension of Carrier." In this article he states: "Typhoid carriers are individuals who act as symptom-free portable reservoirs for the germs of the disease and many of them are unaware that they may transmit the infection. . . - Whether the disease is mild or otherwise, it is estimated that between three and four percent of the individuals who have had it become carriers. - . - About one fifth of all carriers have never had the disease in a recognizable form.

"All known carriers are kept under strict surveillance by the Public Health Officials and are visited at least twice yearly. . . . Annual booster shots are given as an additional precaution."

Dr. Gilbert also states: "Typhoid fever, among the last of the pestilential fevers modern science learned to prevent and keep under control in the Western World is caused by a bacillus called Salmonella-typhosa. The ways in which it may be transmitted are understood and its control readily possible. Nevertheless, an average of 26 cases has been reported in Los Angeles County for the last five-year period."

If medical science (or confusion) knows how to control the disease, why do we have it every year? On checking the news items on Typhoid outbreaks over the past years, we find that the cases are among the guests of a wedding party, a camp meeting, a picnic, or some other gathering where food was served without refrigeration and sanitary supervision. Foods containing milk, meat and eggs are highly putrefactive out of refrigeration, and can generate toxins which cause vomiting, fever, intestinal disturbance and other symptoms of food poisoning, Whether or not the doctors find typhoid bacilli in the patients does not prove a thing, because all kinds of germs are found in sick people. The germs do not cause the disease; they evolve out of the dying cells and do a useful, remedial work.

The doctors have not been able to control the diseases because they are forever looking in the wrong direction for the causes. The cause is usually some form of body poisoning.

They give their so-called carriers a shot of poison vaccine every year, thus weakening their natural powers of defense against invasion of poisons. Vaccines always contaminate the body and weaken the whole physical organism and make one more susceptible to disease. This was proved by the high death rate and disease rate among the 100% vaccinated soldiers in all our wars from 1917 up to the present time. See chapter on "What vaccination did to our soldiers."


CHAPTER 4: MEDICALLY-MADE EPIDEMICS---COURT CASES

Drug sales are big business, whether it is marijuana, heroin, tobacco, vaccines, or the misnamed "miracle" drugs, antibiotics, etc. They all cause cell destruction and eventual death — delayed reaction in most cases — although some deaths are sudden, as in penicillin and vaccines which often cause death within 20 minutes.

Vaccine campaigns have been carried on periodically for many years, and it is one of the most lucrative of drug sales, and not illegal such as for heroin and marijuana. The sales propaganda is so deceptive that most of the people believe it, and the medical and drug businesses have enough control over the news media to conceal or distort the reports of deaths and disasters from vaccines to keep the people in the dark as to the hazards of their popularized poisons. The Better Business Bureau is better for business but not for the people. That agency is instructed (by the medical and drug concerns) to forbid the newspapers from selling any advertising space to writers of anti-medical books and articles. I wouldn’t make this statement unless I had proof and legal papers to back it. (This is discussed in more detail in another chapter.) It is a form of medical dictatorship — and that is against the law.

Most of the medically-made epidemics get by without being exposed and prosecuted, but a few occurred in cities which had some alert and concerned health groups which took the vaccine promoters to court and got convictions. Two of these court cases are briefly outlined below:

COURT CASES OF SMALLPOX EPIDEMICS DECLARED WHEN THERE WAS NO SMALLPOX
(Report from THE ADVERTISER’S PROTECTIVE BUREAU of Kansas City)

"In the fall of 1921 the health of the city was unusually good, but dull for the doctors. So the Jackson Medical Society met and resolved to make an epidemic in the city.

According to the record:

"MOTION WAS MADE AND SECONDED THAT A RECOMMENDATION BE MADE BY THE COMMITTEE TO THE BOARD OF HEALTH THAT AN EPIDEMIC OF SMALLPOX BE DECLARED TO EXIST IN THE CITY AT THE PRESENT TIME.

"MOVED AND SECONDED THAT A DAY BE SET ASIDE TO BE TERMED VACCINATION DAY, ON WHICH PHYSICIANS WILL BE STATIONED AT ALL SCHOOLS, CLINICS, PUBLIC BUILDINGS AND HOSPITALS ... TO VACCINATE, FREE OF CHARGE. (No shots are free. The taxpayers are charged for them.)

"It is further recommended that wide publicity be given, stating that vaccination is a preventitive of smallpox and urging the absolute necessity of vaccination for every man, woman and child in the city.

Those who investigated this fake, doctor-made epidemic searched for cases of smallpox to justify this vaccination drive, but could not find one case in the city.

The scare-head vaccination propaganda showed a picture of a child covered with sores (probably from empetigo, psoriasis or congenital syphilis), and called it smallpox. People are easily frightened when public officials tell them a disease is contagious and is in their midst. The fear vanishes when people learn the truth. Smallpox is not contagious, and compulsory vaccination is illegal. (See the chapter on smallpox for information on tests which proved smallpox and other diseases are not contagious, and can be avoided with the right knowledge and application of that knowledge, given in the big book, "VACCINATION CONDEMNED BY COMPETENT DOCTORS."

Most people do not question the decision of their doctors and public officials so they trustingly put their lives and the lives of their children into the hands of the unprincipled drug vendors. The results were disastrous for the people but good for the doctors. The hospitals were soon filled with vaccine poisoned people and the doctors had business all winter.

According to the record, the doctors made $500,000 from that Kansas City vaccination spree, not counting the millions of dollars from the hospital cases.

ANOTHER MEDICALLY-MADE EPIDEMIC IN PITTSBURGH IN 1924
The same procedure was carried out as for Kansas. The doctors called a meeting and moved and seconded that an epidemic be declared in the city. As usual, they spread their scare propaganda far-and-wide and herded the people into the vaccination centers.

When the vaccination campaign was at its height, the report showed the death-rate rose 22% in three months, from July 1 to Sept. 30. These deaths were all among the recently vaccinated. Were the doctors and pharmaceutical companies charged with murder and given the death sentence? No. They "got by with murder;" they usually do.

This doctor-made epidemic never would have been brought to public attention if it had not been for an active, and well informed group of non-medical, health-minded citizens known as THE PITTSBURGH HEALTH CLUB. They, and their legal aid investigated this manufactured epidemic and brought the instigators to trial.

According to the Health Club’s attorney:

"THE DIRECT MONEY LOSS TO THE CITY OF PITTSBURGH IN THIS VACCINATION RAID in 1924 was $3,096,616 of which the doctors took $2,000,000. .

"This does not represent the indirect losses such as deaths, permanent injury, business loss from work, etc."

Every city and town today should have an active, capable, and well prepared NON-MEDICAL health group such as those in Pittsburgh and Kansas City to warn the people against the many questionable practices of the medical doctors, because they continue to stage deadly vaccination campaigns, both large and small in all cities across the country every year, but most of them are not investigated or questioned.

We are in the middle of one of these medically-made epidemics right now. It is the SWINE FLU VACCINE epidemic. There was not a certified case of swine flu in the world when they planned it in 1976, but this multi-million dollar vaccine campaign was foisted on the people anyway, and now three months after it started there are 113 reported deaths and many more cases of paralysis from the shots. All these "murders" forced the public officials to halt the vaccinations. However, the doctors and vaccine makers have stated in the papers that they will try to lift the ban and continue the vaccinations — poisoning and killing more people and refusing to take the blame, because it is profitable.

That is why this book has been rushed into production — unfinished — to warn the people and prevent more disasters from the vaccines. The chapter on swine flu and a few others are included in this advance edition, and the rest will be available later, for those who send for them.

POLIO VACCINE EXPOSE’ BLOCKED BY AMA
After reading of the above court cases in Pittsburgh and Kansas City people may say, "That happened way back in 1921 and 1924; that couldn’t apply to us now in 1977." Oh, yes it can; it’s being done right now again with the swine flu racket. They — the vaccine promoters — should be investigated, prosecuted and stopped permanently.

In 1954 when the vaccine promoters were building up their nation-wide polio vaccine campaign, I wrote a book of facts trying to warn the people against the Salk, Sabin, and Cutter vaccines which were bound to cause widespread death, paralysis and financial loss to the taxpayers. The Better Business Bureau — arm of the medical and drug trusts— blocked me from getting any advertising notices in the papers, radio, TV, etc. But I got some of the books out to as many people as I could anyway. But the "medical dictatorship" decided they were not going to let me tell any more people about things they had kept suppressed, including the court cases. You didn’t read of those investigated and prosecuted medical rackets in the papers did you? I had to "dig" for that information. In order to stop my book and put it out of circulation, they had it barred from the mails —without any legal grounds. I had taken it (the manuscript before printing) to a lawyer and had him examine it to see if it was legal. He said, "It is all in order — nothing against the law — but it is dynamite."

I then took it to the Post Office in Los Angeles and had them go over it to see if anything was against their regulations. They said, "It is all in order and not against our rules, not libelous, not obscene, not anti-American, not fraudulent."

So, I had it printed and distributed until the medical "dictatorship" issued orders to the Post Office to bar the book from the mails. This they did, although they had told me it was all in order and legal for the mails.

It’s hard to believe that one branch of the business (medical) in this country is so powerful that they can force the Post Office to break the law and bar a book they have approved — a book which is designed to save lives.

In the hearing, the opposition said they barred my book from the mails because it disagreed with accepted medical opinion.

It seems I was the only one with a "fighting book" out to condemn the polio vaccinations, so when it was eliminated and I was threatened if I sold it, distributed it, or even gave it away, the medical poisoners had a clear field to sell their poison vaccines without hindrance. So they continued selling polio vaccine and are still at it, even though it has killed and paralyzed thousands. Many law suits were filed against the vaccine makers and won, and they, the vaccine promoters, had to pay millions of dollars in damages, but they make more in sales than they have to pay out in damage suits so they consider it a good business venture anyway. (See the chapter on POLIO)

This is the reason why people rarely hear anything against vaccination; those who raise a voice against it are silenced.


CHAPTER 5: FALSIFIED DEATH CERTIFICATES AND MEDICAL RECORDS

"Man, proud man, wrapped up in little brief authority, plays such fantastic tricks before High Heaven, as make the Angels weep."Shakespeare

Vaccination, which is entirely lacking in value to the human race, has been sustained by falsity. Records of the enormous number of deaths from vaccination have either been completely concealed or twisted to appear favorable to the people. The medical records, unfortunately, have been in the hands of the doctors who profit from the sale of vaccines and drugs and who, (by their own admission,) are more interested in their own financial gains than in the well-being of the public.

Lawsuits and government investigations have been made from time to time, which brought some of the medical confessions into public view, just enough to show us that there is a great deal yet to be uncovered in this sordid game of murder for money.

Dr. Henry May, a medical officer of health, wrote in the Birmingham Medical Review (Vol. 3. pp. 34 & 35,) the following statement which was obviously intended for doctors only:

"In death certificates given by us voluntarily, and to which the public have access, it is scarcely to be expected that a medical man will give opinions which may tell against or reflect upon himself in anyway.. . . In such cases he will most likely tell the truth, but not the whole truth, and assign some prominent symptom of disease as the cause of death. As instances of cases which may tell against the medical man himself, I will mention erysipelas from vaccination, and puerperal fever. A death from the first cause (vaccination) occured not long ago in my practice, and although I had not vaccinated the child, yet, in my desire to preserve vaccination from reproach, I omitted all mention of it from my certificate of death."

As Dr. May was one of the medical heads, he set the pattern for other doctors to follow. If their bungling practices and poisons were deadly enough to kill the patients, it was made clear to them that they must not tell the truth on the death certificates. A number of convenient names of other diseases were suggested by Dr. May to cover their guilt.

Dr. Maclean stated that "very few deaths from cowpox (vaccination) appear in the Bills of Mortality, (death records,) owing to the means which have been used to suppress a knowledge of them. . . . not because they did not happen, but because some practitioners were interested in not seeing them, and others who did see them were afraid of announcing what they knew."

In the report of the Royal Commission (England) Vol. IV, pages 194 to 478, we find a number of cases of vaccinal deaths that were not reported as such. For example: Mr. Payne gave evidence that he had a child who died of vaccination. The doctor told him that he had not the slightest doubt that the illness was the result of vaccination, but that he dared not put it on the certificate of death.

In the same section we read: "Local Government Board inquiry into six deaths at Misterton, Linconshire, found all to have resulted from vaccination; and in all the cases, vaccination was not mentioned on the certificate of death. Local Government Board inquiry into four deaths from vaccination at Norwich, found that in three of these cases vaccination was not mentioned."

Although these few findings are from England, England is by no means the only country to conceal and falsify death certificates. The same type of lawlessness exists in all countries that use vaccination as a source of revenue for the doctors, the government or the serum factories, or all three. The United States is one of the worst offenders in this respect. For instance:

Dr. R.A. Gunn, surgeon and medical editor, had the courage to uncover and expose some of the underhanded practices of the Board of Health in New York. Among other things he stated:

"I personally investigated over 70 cases of smallpox in this city, that had been reported by the Board of Health as unvaccinated, and found 64 of the number had been vaccinated, and many of them re-vaccinated."

"I challenge the health officials of New York and Brooklyn, to publish a full list of smallpox cases with addresses. and I will undertake to prove that 80% of them have been vaccinated."

The city officials and the Board of Health refused to supply the names. Many requests for an investigation have been made, but these tax-supported servants of the people dodge the issue from year to year, not only in New York, but in all American cities, thus suppressing critical information on life and death issues that the people have a right to know.

HONEST MEDICAL REPORTS REJECTED

"Charles W. Smith, of Woodbine St., Brooklyn, N.Y. died from the results of vaccination. Dr. Costello, who attended him, gave the cause as vaccination followed by acute rheumatism, and secondary cause hemorrhages."

The City Health Commissioner (strong arm of the medical trust) said he would not let that certificate pass. Dr. Costello, who knew the patient died of vaccination, refused to change the certificate to suit the commissioner. The commissioner then dismissed Dr. Costello and called in another physician, Dr. E.H. Wilson, who knew nothing about the case, and had him assign the cause of death as nephritis (degeneration of the kidneys.) The story of the case in the New York Times was headed: "Death of Charles W. Smith not due to Vaccination."

James Connor, age seven, of Evanston, Illinois, died three minutes after being given anti-scarlet fever serum. The doctor who killed the boy told the coroner’s jury that the serum couldn’t possibly have killed him. Therefore the jury officially decided the boy had died of shock What shocked him — deadly poison injection?

A DOCTOR’S ANSWER TO A SERUM DEATH

Dr. John Tilden in his Health Review (p. 570) wrote:

"John Begasiren, a child of four years, helpless and taken by his father to the Bellview hospital for treatment for infantile paralysis, is dead. Unofficially his death is recorded as due to a ‘serum accident.’

"The staff physician at the institution passed off the tragedy casually saying, ‘It wasn’t the serum that killed the boy; it was the child’s susceptibility that made him unable to stand the shock of the poison virus that was injected into his veins.’

"Digest this gem of logic, if you can. Tap yourself over the head with a hammer; and if it hurts, blame your head for not being more resistant to shock. The blow with the hammer could not possibly be to blame — now could it? Just ask your doctor."

In the May 1931 issue of Health Review (p. 257) Dr. Tilden again comments on vaccination by saying: "The vaccine and serum business insinuates a little poison in the body. If the victim is not too vulnerable from other poisoning and infection, the effects may pass and not show up for several years. But should the victim be unduly susceptible, the vaccine may precipitate a case of tuberculosis, rheumatism, heart trouble or some other type of symptom-complex which may end life prematurely."

Willit Nagengast developed lockjaw soon after vaccination with the so-called, pure glycerinated calf lymph, but the Cleveland Leader reported the case as "Not due to Vaccination."

Julia Burggruff of New York (address witheld by request) died as a result of vaccination, but the New York World reported the cause as lockjaw. Lockjaw is a common after-effect of vaccination.

HEALTH BOARDS ACCUSED

Thomas Morgan, in his MEDICAL DELUSIONS, page 54, comments on this situation by saying:

"These conditions exist more or less all over the country, and the so-called boards of health are in reality boards for propogating disease, mutilating human bodies, and destroying human life. They stand accused by medical men in the very highest ranks of the profession. Thousands of instances might be given of willful and deliberate lying in compiling statistics to favor vaccination and thereby save it from its deserved reproach."

RELUCTANT ADMISSION BY DOCTOR

Dr. Lund admits: "As I myself contracted smallpox after being vaccinated three times, I took the trouble to go into all statistics, which I found very few medical men have

Against vaccination there is, of course, to be weighed the fact that it occasionally causes death."

This death element in regard to vaccination is glossed over, slighted or lied about all through medical literature. In

VACCINATION AND THE MEDICAL PROFESSION (p.35,) W.L. Furnival asked Dr. Lund these pointed questions:

Why do medical men use such extraordinary endeavors to keep the word vaccination off their death certificates? And why has the column of ‘Other Effects of Vaccination’ been deleted from the Registrar General’s Returns? Is there any other word in the English language they are so feverishly concerned about on such occasions?" The questions remained unanswered.

There were 923 medically-reported deaths due to vaccination in a period of only 19 years, and yet Dr. Lund said "vaccination occasionally causes death."

Alfred Milns, statistician, stated that if the officially admitted deaths were multiplied by 12, it would come much nearer representing the actual number of deaths resulting from vaccination. If we multiplied the above 923 official vaccinal deaths by 12 we would see that there were 11,176 deaths from vaccination which is considerably more than the smallpox deaths.

"Dr. Charles Fox, of Cardiff, published 56 personally investigated cases of vaccinal casualties with 17 deaths, and in only two of these, where he himself gave the certificate, was vaccination mentioned." From the Royal Commission Report we read:

"Dr. Buchanan reported six deaths from smallpox, stating them to be unvaccinated. An inquiry was organized, under the orders of the Local Government Board and. - . - it was found that all had been vaccinated but one. One of the death cases had been vaccinated by Dr. Buchanan himself. Dr. Buchanan acknowledged his error and said that the cases were of confluent smallpox (so bad that the vessicles were run together) and he couldn’t see the vaccination marks." (Report of the Royal Commission, England, Vol. II, p.219.)

Professor Alfred Russel Wallace, after doing some extensive research on vaccination, gave a list of 785 deaths traceable to vaccination, yet which were officially reported as deaths from erysipelas. He states:

"I am acquainted with a physician in a northern town, one who holds a government position. I have a letter from him in which he says, ‘while in practice in London I frequently filled out death certificates of children naming the disease as marasmus (wasting away,) debility, etc., when I felt perfectly certain that such cases of wasting and debility had been induced by vaccination.’

DOCTORS ORDERED TO FALSIFY SMALLPOX RECORDS

The following notarized, eyewitnessed accounts of deliberate falsification and misuse of the law give us an idea of the corruption that exists in this country which allows an unscrupulous medical dictatorship to wield power over the people. The following statements are from the private files of V.E. Rowton, Investigator:

 Denver, Colorado

January 4, 1923

To whom it may concern:

This is to certify that the undersigned was at one time a patient at the Sand Creek Hospital for smallpox under the regime of Dr. Sharpley.

That while there I was present at the questioning of a group of smallpox patients who had just arrived and that I saw the answers made by said patients, written down, by the Superintendent in charge, upon the blanks provided for this purpose.

That two of the five patients answered "yes" to the question whether they had been successfully vaccinated within the preceding three years.

That I saw the Superintendent write down the word "no" instead of "yes" that the patient answered to this question.

That afterwards, immediately I called the attention of the Superintendent to this mistake.

That the Superintendent told me that he had done this deliberately and that he had orders to write "no" in this space regardless of what answer the patient made to the question and that such orders came from the office of the City Physician.

Signed Ernest B. Safford

NOTARIZED STATEMENT:

Denver, Colorado

March 14, 1923

I the undersigned, Alice G. Vincent, being duly sworn on oath to make this statement:

In December, 1921, I went to the office of Dr. Sharpley and asked to see the records of the smallpox deaths (which should be open to the public) and he refused to allow me to see them. I went to the Mayor’s office, and the Mayor’s secretary asked if Dr. Sharpley had refused me and I said he had. Then she said I could not see them, that Dr. Sharpley was supreme. I went to the City Attorney’s office and asked him by what authority Dr. Sharpley refused to show me the records. I was told that they did not know, but if he had refused I would have to bring suit in order to see them, and if I did it would be the business of the City Attorney to defend Dr. Sharpley.

Signed AliceG. Vincent

Subscribed and sworn to before me

this 14th day of March, A.D. 1923

Signed Jean Raber

Notary Public

on down to the late Vietnam war, and hardly

Not only are doctors given verbal instructions to disregard the truth, but the written instructions in medical journals and texts also make it clear that lies are preferred and expected in order to protect the fianancial "racket" of vaccination. For instance, an article titled "Smallpox — Its Differential Diagnosis," by Archibald L. Hoyne, M.D., which was read before the Chicago Medical Society and published in the Illinois Medical Journal, June 1923, states:

"In examining a case of suspected smallpox, close observation is of the utmost importance. If the patient shows evidence of a typical vaccination scar of comparatively recent date, váriola (smallpox) may be almost absolutely ruled out."

From the Journal of the Michigan State Medical Society (March, 1927) we read: "The following points are important aids m the diagnosis of smallpox

"The absence of any history of having had smallpox or a successful vaccination within the past five years."

Even in "Modern Medicine" by the famous Dr. William Osler (Vol. 1, p.853) instructions are given the physicians to report cases of smallpox as chickenpox if there is a vaccination mark. The first differential point in the diagnosis of chickenpox and smallpox is pointed out as "the vaccinal condition of the patient."

It does not matter how serious and certain the smallpox may be, the vaccinated cases are diagnosed as chickenpox, syphilis or something else, and when the records are compiled, the Health (?) Departments announce to the people that there is no smallpox among the persons successfully vaccinated.

CAN MEDICAL STATISTICS BE RELIED ON?

W.R. Hadwin, M.D., one of the most prominent vaccination authorities in England, was asked the following question in a public lecture:

"Can you give the death-rate of smallpox under ten years of age, in the recent London outbreak of smallpox, differentiating between the vaccinated and the unvaccinated?"

To this he answered: "Unfortunately, the authorities won’t give us the particulars. We have sent for them three times. We have quoted the act of 1898, which states that every Sanitary Authority shall supply the names and addresses of those who are attacked by smallpox, on payment of a certain fee. We have offered them the fee but they have refused to supply the names. - . . They won’t allow us to test their figures; they apparently are afraid we might trace them down and learn the truth. Moreover, the Medical Officer said in writing to our secretary that his figures were not the same as those of the registrar, they don’t tally. And the consequence is that we are not even to take what the registrar says for granted. He says: ‘I don’t fill in my statistics until the cases are complete.’

"When we consider the cases, as at Middlesborough (where, after a canvas of smallpox deaths, we found that out of something like 200 so-called ‘unvaccinated’ cases, 98 of them had been vaccinated and revaccinated, and some had been re-vaccinated three or four times, and they died of smallpox, it will give us an idea how much official statistics are to be relied upon. In the same town, the Medical Officer tabulated his cases of children under ten years in much the same style as the authorities of the Metropolitan Asylums Board are doing now, as follows:

THE MEDICALLY MANIPULATED FIGURES

Vaccinated cases 45 Deaths 0

Unvaccinated cases 62 Deaths 29

Unvaccinated fatality 47%

"When the names and addresses of these patients were obtained from the Town Council and a careful, independent investigation was made, this is how the facts turned out:

Vaccinated cases 61 Deaths 16

Unvaccinated cases 46 Deaths 13

Fatality 28%

"In the epidemic of 1870-72 the Metropolitan Asylum Board records 195 cases of smallpox in vaccinated children under five years of age, with 38 deaths; a fatality of 19.5% and 786 cases from five to ten years with 60 deaths, a fatality of 6.6%. This shows that the nearer they were to the date of the vaccination, the worse they suffered. In the same pandemic in Berlin, 2,240 successfully vaccinated children under ten developed small-pox, of whom 736 died; that is a fatality of nearly 33%." (from THE VACCINATION DELUSION by Dr. W.R. Hadwin, p. 30.)

Professor Alfred Russel Wallace commented on this situatioh in his WONDERFUL CENTURY (p. 232) as follows:

"The facts and figures of the medical profession and of government officials, in regard to the question of vaccination, must never be accepted without verification. And when we consider that these misstatements and concealments and denials of injury, have been going on throughout the whole of the century, that penal legilation has been founded on them, that homes have been broken up, that thousands have been barred by police and have been imprisoned and treated as felons, and that at the rate now officially admitted, a thousand children have been certainly killed by vaccination during the past 20 years, and an unknown but probably much larger number injured for life, we are driven to the conclusion that those responsible for these reckless misstatements and their terrible results have, thoughtlessly and ignorantly, but nonetheless certainly, been guilty of a crime — a terrible crime —against liberty, against health, and against humanity, which before many years have passed, must be universally held to be of the foulest blots on the civiliation of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries."

FALSIFYING DEATH CERTIFICATES—A PRISON OFFENSE

Since falsifying death certificates is associated with murder and deliberate concealment of guilt, there was at one time a uniform law making it a prison offense, but the pressure of the medical trust on the various state legislatures has reduced or eliminated the penalty from many of the statute books, leaving the physicians free to kill and cover their guilt without any questions being asked. Most states have a law against destroying evidence such as the following one from the PENAL CODE OF CALIFORNIA (1949, p. 33-135.)

DESTROYING EVIDENCE

"Every person who knowing that any paper, record, book, instrument in writing, or other matter or thing, is about to be produced in evidence upon any trial inquiry, or investigation whatever, authorized by law, willfully destroys or conceals the same, with the intent thereby to prevent it from being produced, is guilty of a misdemeanor."

PUNISHMENT FOR FELONY

A felony is a crime which is punishable by death or by imprisonment in the state prison. Every other crime is a misdemeanor and is punishable by law, according to the decision of court.

Is there any other reason for falsifying death certificates except for covering up guilt? Falsification to protect a lucrative killer racket such as vaccination, is part of the guilty offense and the doctors involved should be held accountable. Whether a person is killed by a shot in the arm by a doctor, or a shot in the back by a gangster, the result is the same; the victim is just as dead, and the "punishment should fit the crime."

Pickering, in his "SANITATION AND VACCINATION" (p. 165) sums up the situation tersely when he says:

"When I know that the deaths from atrophy and debility, diarrhea, and convulsions, a total of 54,344 deaths annually, are wrongly certified; that they are symptomatic, not causative, I am justified in saying that the whole system of registration and certification requires to be remodelled and reformed. Medicine will never reform itself. Certification should be in the hands of an independent authority."

This statement is not only true but critically urgent, providing that independent authority is accurate, honest and dependable.

Mr. Baxter, an editor of an independent newspaper is to be commended for these fearless words:

"I am reminded of the statement, ‘no evil is ever corrected by those who profit from it.’ As long as the powerful monopolistic Rockefeller-dominated drug trust, through its political influence and mutual understanding with the union that controls medical practice, makes billions of dollars each year from drugs, including sales to the armed forces, we can expect to see laws continually on the books forcing people to be vaccinated. We can expect to see the drug trust’s watchdogs in our public schools seeing to it that not one child escapes indoctrination with the vaccination hoax.

"Perhaps some good union man or apologist for compulsory vaccination will give me a statement that vaccines positively will prevent the diseases which they are supposed to prevent. If any doctor will give me such a statement I’ll be glad to publish it. Thus far I have not found one doctor in the entire United States who will make such a statement or will stake his reputation that vaccines and serums will prevent disease.

"Undoubtedly, there are many instances which justify the use of certain drugs and surgery, and the need for the training and skill of the physician should not be underestimated. When the body is torn and maimed by unnatural forces, as on the battlefield or in serious accidents, the use of unnatural methods (anesthetics, surgery, etc.) in the emergency is not only justified but entirely sensible."

The purpose of this chapter is not to condemn doctors as a whole; it is only their harmful practices that we object to and their continuance and justification of their crimes by false certification to conceal the truth.


CHAPTER 6: LET’S STOP THE FLUORIDE WATER POISONERS

 On September 11, 1974, which could be called BLACK WEDNESDAY, ten of our 15 Los Angeles city councilmen voted to poison the city water supply with sodium fluoride (Hydrofluosilicic acid is the form of fluoride which is usually dumped into the water systems. It is highly poisonous) the well known rat and roach killer.

I sat in on the hearings and was shocked to see how the majority of our elected officers allowed themselves to be swayed, conned, brainwashed, hoodwinked and steam-rollered into voting for mass poisoning. They were sold a "bill of goods" by professional con men who were hired by the aluminum companies to go from city to city pressuring the sale of their sodium fluoride, which is a dangerous and almost worthless by-product of aluminum, steel and fertilizer manufacture.

These poison factories were having problems disposing of their deadly by-product (fluoride.) If they dumped it in the streams, it killed the fish; and if they dumped it on the ground, the wind blew it around and killed the livestock and destroyed vegetation, and brought on lawsuits.

So they shopped around and found a tricky man who said, for a price, he could work out a scheme to get rid of the poison at a profit. His name was G.J. Cox, a chemist from the Melon institute of Pittsburgh. His plan was to launch a massive world-wide sales campaign to sell it to cities to dump into their public drinking water, and get them to believe it was good for them. They probably learned from psychologists that the average person has the mentality of a 12-year-old and "can be taken."

The plan was to "tell them anything to sell the stuff. Tell them it will prevent cavities, and save them millions in dental bills, and will do no harm, etc." Cox had no medical background and made no clinical studies as to the effect of fluoride poisons on living tissue — body and brain. But that was of no concern to him or the aluminum companies. They started their propaganda wheels rolling for the largest, most deceptive and dangerous racket ever foisted on this country. They even took it to other countries, but most of them were too alert to be fooled, and turned it down.

In order to put over a fraud of such proportions, they figured they would need government support. This was done in the usual way with big corporations and the government. (A high percent of our government officials are corporation lawyers.) The Aluminum Company of America had a sharp lawyer named Oscar Ewing who was promptly manipulated into a high position in the government, which was no less than that of director of the Federal Security Administration. From there he proceeded to influence Surgeon General Scheele and other big names who would help promote the fluoridation scheme.

With his new influence and power he asked for and got $2,000,000 of the taxpayers’ money just for fluoride propaganda. He also had at his disposal millions of dollars to buy support from dental and medical associations by way of grants to their schools, with strings attached, of course. These associations have become so involved with this shady business that "the good" doctors and dentists who are opposed to fluoridation are restrained from speaking out against it because of these "under-the-table" deals by their associations.

Ewing was later head of the U.S. Public Health Service. With all this power and money and a battery of trained con men he was able to influence state and local governments across the country and sell millions of dollars worth of fluoride, and masspoison multitudes of innocent, unsuspecting people who trust their public officials and depend on their water departments to provide safe drinking water.

The purveyors of poison have boasted openly that they have foisted other poisons on the public, so the promoters could make profit, so why should the public resist this new poison. They have more planned if they can get away with it.

One of the poison programs they have made fortunes from is chlorine for the public water supply. They said it would purify the water. Many water companies and communities rejected it, so I guess it is not necessary, or they have something safer like charcoal or lime to do the job. Another dangerous poison they popularized for profit is penicillin. They concealed the sudden deaths from it and the allergies and side effects. Then there is the tubercular testing of cows. This disease-producing injection has wiped out whole herds and does harm to all cows. They try to control the damage with penicillin, but the cows cannot be normal again and the milk is contaminated. They get away with it because it is profitable. Lawsuits have been fought and won by the cattle men, but the practice goes on, and the news of the suits is suppressed. Another poison program is vaccination and immunization. The injection of poison pus and drugs into the bloodstream cannot prevent or cure disease, but they get away with it because it is big business for the doctors and drug houses. Only recently have the people begun to wake up and protest. Because of the protests the smallpox vaccine is now obsolete; it was proved to be causing more deaths than the disease itself. Only false promises and flagrant lies have kept the polio vaccine and other shots in use. It is to be hoped that the whole vaccine racket will soon be investigated and stopped before too much damage is done.

FALSE CLAIMS OF THE FLUORIDATIONISTS

The fluoride promoters gamble on the proposition that there are enough politicians running the local governments who are dishonest enough to be bribed, or stupid enough to believe their false propaganda, and vote for their poison program. In the training class for the fluoride salesmen (mostly dentists lacking integrity,) they are told to make their sales pitch behind closed doors in the city council chambers without the public, without debate, without contest by anti-flouridationists because the latter’s cold facts cannot be refuted. They are told to promise what the council wants to hear " and it doesn’t necessarily have to be true," they said. They are told to keep it from going to a public vote, because too many people know it is rat poison and would vote against it. "If the people come into the council hail and demand a voice, intimidate them, ridicule and insult them; use all the dirty tricks you know to get the vote of the council and make the sale." One of the days I sat in on the hearings in Los Angeles, there was a dentist there who had some patients suffering with fluoride poisoning, but he was not given a chance to speak. A researcher was there also, with some important findings but she was not allowed to give it, as it was against fluoridation. However, the proponents had all the time they wanted to spread their false propaganda. If it came to an issue, the council would claim that both sides had equal advantage, but it just was not so.

The fluoride salesmen and our ten less astute councilmen made many false claims for fluoridation, but the following are the most questionable and they will be refuted briefly in the next few pages:

THEY SAID:

(1) that children up to 12 years would have 65% less cavities;
(2) that fluoride is not poison and is perfectly harmless in .8 ppm concentration.
(3) that fluoride is a nutrient and is beneficial to the health;
(4) that because certain medical groups endorse it, it has to be good for all;
(5) that the cost to the people "is too cheap."
(6) that fluoride does not damage water pipes;
(7) that public fluoridation would equalize the dosage, especially to blacks;
(8) that the doctors, dentists, PTA and people want it;
(9) that the people should not be allowed to vote on the issue;
(10) that because some cities have accepted it, all must do likewise;
(11) that fluoride makes beautiful teeth.

The above claims are unproved and without foundation in fact. Our five better councilmen were able to see through the fraud, and we wonder why the other ten could not muster enough integrity and clear thinking to see what millions of others can see — that it is a multi-million dollar con game which robs the people of money and health.

In the early days of this country, if a man was caught poisoning the water hole of a rival rancher he was shot on the spot or hanged at sunrise. Today, the water poisoners are protected by the government and applauded by certain dental and medical groups — even the PTA, whose children are being exploited. All this is done in the name of "profit making," the so-called, American Way. Let’s change it!

FALSE CLAIMS REFUTED

No pretense is made here to give all the proof against fluoridation, as that would take volumes, but a few scientific findings will be presented for each false claim.

(1) The Fluoride Proponents Claim That Dental Caries Would be Reduced 65% in Children Under 12 years.

THE FACT IS:

A report in the American Journal of Clinical Nutrition (June 1969,) stated:

"....Fifteen years of fluoridation discloses that dental caries are rampant and increasingly frequent with age.. . . pregnant and lactating (nursing) woman showing the highest prevalence of decay.. . . Dental fluorosis (fluoride poisoning) was particularly prevalent in school children. Sixty-four percent of the cases observed belonging to the ten to 14 year age group."

Other symptoms in this 15-year-study were dental malocclusions (buck teeth) from fluoride poisoning, permanent brown spots on teeth, goiter, bow legs, (fluoride leeches calcium out of bones and weakens them,) kidney disease, enlarged parotid gland, inflammation of the tongue, 39% anemia among infants, 50% anemia among expectant mothers, and up to 10% of this blood disease among children from one to nine years.

A report published in the Yearbook of Agriculture (1939, p. 212 & 213,) deals with a survey of a number of fluoridated cities in which it was found that:

"……Fluoride interferes with the normal calcification of the teeth during the process of their formation, so that affected teeth, in addition to being usually discolored and ugly in appearance, are structurally weak and deteriorate early in life. For this reason, it is especially important that fluoride be avoided during the period of tooth formation, that is from birth to the age of 14 years. - . ." (emphasis supplied)

So here we have the truth of the matter. Careful, scientific research proves that fluorides are especially damaging to the teeth and health of children up to 14 years of age, and even worse to the mothers and the unborn.

No one, not even the fluoride sellers claimed that fluoride was good for adults. Their main selling point is that it reduces cavities in teeth of children. They were willing to wreck the health of the entire adult population on the flimsy promise that it would be good for children. They had no proof for these claims — just baseless promises.

So here we have sound and substantial evidence that fluoride will not prevent cavities in anyone, but will actually increase them and cause many serious diseases at the same time. And the children will be the hardest hit.

Any poison that is potent enough to damage teeth (which are the hardest tissue of the body) will do even greater harm to the rest of the body all along the way, such as the soft tissues of the eyes, nerves, glands, organs, cells, and hair.

THE CHALLENGE

The fluoride promoters and our ten water-poisoning councilmen have been asked if they will back up their claim and promises of safety and benefit (of fluoridation) with a money guarantee. But not one of them believes in fluoridation enough to back it with even a dime. So they can expect numerous lawsuits for damage done if fluoridation is enforced. I read of a woman in New Haven who has already filed a $100,000 damage suit for sodium fluoride poisoning. She is filing against a health commissioner, a doctor, a supervisor and the city water department which is committed by law to furnish safe, pure drinking water for the people. Instead, they poisoned it.

There are thousands of people in Los Angeles County who are now suffering from kidney disease, diabetes, and other ailments especially sensitive to fluoride poisons. They would be immediately hurt or killed by the addition of fluoride to the drinking water. Others would be broken down later on, after years of slow poisoning.

(2) They Said That Fluoride is Not Poison and is Harmless at .8 ppm. Eight tenths parts per million is the amount they prescribed for Los Angeles water.

THE FACT IS:

Accurate and scientific tests in many laboratories and public water works show that .8ppm is a dangerous dose Even much smaller amounts have been found to cause cancer in test animals The University of Texas found that it took only .4 1/2ppm of sodium fluoride to cause cancer in their laboratory expenments It also shortened the lifespan considerably

The University of Arizona has been experimenting with powdered bones to get the fluoride out of their water They said, "We have plenty of evidence that 1 ppm is too much for universal acceptance " Doctors Clark and Mann of the University of New Mexico have made similar adverse discoveries about 1. ppm fluoride.

Texas, Arizona, New Mexico and California have higher than average natural calcium fluoride; Texas and New Mexico are doing something about it and trying to get rid of it. But in Los Angeles our bungling, inept ten fluoride-promoting councilmen are busy trying to increase the amount in our already over—poisoned water. The main part of Los Angeles had .6ppm while the east part of town (Negro and Mexican section) have .2 and .3ppm, which is a safer amount; but they are complaining that they are deprived and want more. (I have learned from researchers that these percentages are not correct, but are made up and used by the fluoride promoters to influence the thinking.)

IS NATURAL FLUORIDE SAFE?

Some people are of the opinion that what is already in the water is safe and non-poisonous because it is calcium fluoride. This is not true. All fluorine compounds are poison. However, sodium fluoride is 65 times more poisonous than calcium fluoride. It is this highly toxic sodium fluoride that our public enemies have voted to put in our water. And they have agreed to take from $5,000,000 to $12,000,000 or whatever the fluoride salesmen ask, to pay for it, that is, take it out of the taxpayers’ pockets, without our consent.

According to researcher G.F. Knight, "Sodium fluoride in a solution 15 times weaker than 1.ppm reduces some enzyme activity by 50%." Bakers and brewers know this because their yeast will not rise in fluoridated water.

FLUORIDATION IS ILLEGAL in Norway and Denmark and has been rejected in Italy, France, Holland, West Germany and Sweden*(Fluoridation has also, been rejected by 23 other countries not named.) Over 2,500 communities in the U.S. have rejected fluoridation. England rejected it after seeing the American Experiment. They said they don’t want "Texas teeth" with dingy brown spots from fluoridation. These dark spots can never be removed.

FINDINGS LINKING CANCER TO FLUORIDATION CREATE IMPACT IN GREAT BRITAIN

"Thanks to the damning information on cancer deaths resulting from fluoridation of public drinking water, further fluoridation has been effectively and probably permanently ended in two countries abroad.

Dr. Dean Burk, former chief of the cytology section at the National Cancer Institute, has received word from England that the Water Authority has advised each Area Water Authority that the water supply may not be fluoridated without specific legislation by Parliament....

"The decision to halt further fluoridation there was precipitated, says Dr. Burk, by information contained in a report showing that between 25,000 and 30,000 cancer deaths per year in the United States are attributable to fluoridation of drinking water.

"The same information, televised in a seven-minute program in Holland, February 8, 1976, and viewed by hundreds of thousands of citizens as well as government officials, was responsible for the Parliamentary vote to defer fluoridation there for ten years. In that case, the Minister of Health, as well as the nation’s dentists, had fully expected Parliament to order nation wide fluoridation — inevitable until the nation became aware the cancer-fluoridation correlation."

THE EXPERIMENT

The first massive water poisoning experiment started in 1945 when Alcoa, the aluminum company, used people of Newburgh, New York, as human guinea pigs and poisoned their water system with sodium fluoride, just to see what would happen, and to sell a ten-year-supply of fluoride plus the expensive equipment. The city of Kingston near-by was left unfluoridated, to serve as a comparison control city.

After this ten-year stretch of public poisoning the Bureau of Health Services of New York reported,".... ... 50% more dental defects in fluoridated Newburgh than in unfluoridated Kingston."

K.K. Paleuv, an electrical engineer, had carefully studied the figures of this experiment and pointed out that "fluoride only postponed tooth decay for about two years then at the end of ten years it was destroying the kids’ teeth wholesale. This is the greatest con game of all time."

This two-year delay in decay gave the fluoride men a chance to jump to conclusions and advertise that fluoride was preventing decay, when it was actually slowly undermining the dental structure and causing widespread damage later on.

The fluoride pushers get so "grabby" to make a million dollar sale that they sometimes trip over their propaganda. For example:

In Mason City, Iowa, the fluoridationists were pushing for the kill, (we saw how they did it in Los Angeles,) with a lineup of warped doctors, dentists, PTA, radio, newspaper and a public officials endorsing it. "Local doctors and dentists (bought or pre-conditioned) testified that the tooth decay rate was something terrible and that all they needed to do was to vote fluoridation and dental decay would be reduced 65% and millions of dollars would be saved in dental bills. All they needed was l.ppm fluoride," they said.

But Mason City had one alert councilman who was not satisfied with merely listening to promises and propaganda; he went out and did some checking and found that the city already had water than contained 1.24ppm. That was more than the magic amount that was promised to do the miracle. All that fluoride was probably the cause of much of the terrible tooth decay, not the cure.

In Los Angeles, we already have .6ppm and that has not helped the problem of decay, so how can we expect a miracle with two more parts? The fluoride proponents promise that .8ppm is the "magic amount." Ridiculous!

(3) They Said That Fluoride is a Nutrient and is Beneficial to Health.

THE FACT IS:

The Food and Drug Administration says, "Fluoride is a drug and not a mineral nutrient."

The National Institute of Dental Research, Bethesda, Maryland, quotes Dr. F.J. McClure as saying, "fluorine has not been proved to be an essential for the proper functioning of either osseous (bones) or dental tissue, or for any other body tissue or body function."

At the 1954 Congressional hearing, the word from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology was: "Fluoride is not necessary for tooth formation. Many healthy teeth do not contain fluoride."or healthy

From the Forsythe Dental Infirmary for children at Boston, is the report: "There is no disagreement about the fact that fluoride is a protoplasmic and enzymatic poison."

The U.S. Dispensatory (24th Edition) states: "Fluorides are violent poisons to all living tissue because of their precipitation of calcium (leech calcium from bones) and make them porous and brittle…..The fluorides cause respiratory failure and general paralysis…."

Research in Italy and India indicates that fluoride hardens arteries.

(4) They Said That Because Certain Medical and Dental Groups Endorse it, we should accept it.

THE FACT IS:

The proponents of fluoridation use a smattering of impressive big names to pressure the city councils into thinking that it is the only right thing to do. They gave the AMA end endorsement, but when we trace it down we find that the American Medical Association never did give their endorsement. A letter from the AMA Law Department (Sept 7, 1961) states: ". . . . The A.M.A. does not engage in the approval, endorsement, guarantee, or acceptance of fluoridated water or of unfluoridated water." The letter was signed by their director, Bernard D. Hirsh.

A previous statement from the AMA had said that they were of the opinion that fluoride was safe." An opinion is not an endorsement. But the fluoride pushers used it in such a way as to sell many people on the idea that it was safe. The AMA admits it has never made any scientific tests that prove fluoride is safe.

Another big name the fluoridationists use is that of the U.S. Public Health Service. We have a letter from them dated May 10, 1966 which states: "The U.S. Public Health Service does not say that sodium fluoride is an essential mineral nutrient."

There have been no factual, scientific studies which have ever proved that fluorides are safe or effective in drinking water.

Dr. Miller studied 3,000 of these reports and states,

"All clinical tests that have been completed show the fluoride to be unsafe and dangerous."

    1. They Said That the Cost to the People is "Too Cheap."

THE FACT IS:

The fluoride sellers are in the business for profit and that’s all. While they were wooing the council for their vote they pretended it would not cost much — only a few thousand, while they promised the cities they would save millions of dollars in dental bills. After they got the "yes" vote from enough of the confused councilmen, then it came out that it would cost between $5,000,000 and $12,000,000 to fluoridate Los Angeles. The fluoride producers will sell the worthless poison at a high price and the machinery at a higher price. Los Angeles will have to buy new land and build new buildings for the 13 treatment locations, and the taxpayers who have not been consulted and who do not want it, will be forced to pay for it, and be poisoned besides.

In the private meeting behind closed doors, where they give their con men their instructions (I have a written transcript of the meeting) they said the cost would be $1.00 to $1.50 per head. We have about 8,000,000 people in Los Angeles County, so that would be either $8,000,000 or $12,000,000 for the taxpayers to give them for this mass poisoning caper. Even Al Capone didn’t try to get away with such a gigantic crime.

Our ten councilmen who voted for this shocking people-poisoning scheme were asked by a reporter why they voted for it, and they said they thought it would help the children’s teeth. If they really thought this poison would help the teeth they could have bought fluoride at 8 cents a year for each person who wanted it. We wonder what kind of weak-minded thinking was behind this $8,000,000 outlay of taxpayers’ money when they could get all the fluoride they wanted for about $50.00 for the few who wanted it. It’s doubtful that anyone would want fluoride when they learned the truth about it.

Council members of such questionable ability do not belong in the government of such a large and important city as Los Angeles. They should resign before they are ousted.

THE WATER POISONERS OF LOS ANGELES

Here are the names of those ten council members who voted to poison the people with sodium fluoride:

Edmund Edleman Dave Cunningham Emani Bernardi

John Ferraro Joel Wachs Pat Russell

John Gibson Marvin Braude Robert Wilkinson

Robert Farrell

They should be investigated —or bow out before it is necessary to probe.

Mayor Tom Bradley voted for fluoridation in 1966 when he was a councilman. This time (September, 1974) he was mayor and couldn’t vote but he could have vetoed the measure if he had the interest of the people at heart. He did not veto it. He arranged to be out of town on a vacation when the fluoridation vote was taken, so he would have an excuse not to veto it. He left Gibson in charge knowing that Gibson would vote for fluoridation and would not veto the measure. So Bradley is just as guilty as the other guilty ten who cast their vote to poison the water supply.

We had five good men on the council who stood their ground against the onslaught of the con men who used every underhanded trick in the book to sell fluoride. These five men could see through the fraud, as could millions of others who made any effort to be informed. There is plenty of factual evidence which condemns fluoride poisoning of the public water. These five reliable councilmen deserve a vote of thanks.

They are: Arthur K. Snyder
Gilbert W. Lindsey
Robert J. Stevenson
Donald D. Lorenzen
Louis R. Nowell

These men knew it would be wasteful and senseless to pay $12,000,000 to dope all the water when only .1% would be used by children, even if it was good, which it isn’t. The rest of the $12,000,000 doctored water would be wasted for washing cars, laundry, squirting on forest fires, flushing toilets, taking showers watering the garden (fluoride is bad for plants) etc. We wonder why those ten men voted for such an obviously crooked deal. Were they bribed or just lacking normal intelligence? Either of these things would disqualify them for the important work of the city council.

(6) They Said Fluoride Does Not Damage Water Pipes.

THE FACT IS:

Fluorine is known as one of the most dangerous and corrosive substances. Chemists have difficulty in getting any metal to contain it without destruction. Sodium fluoride is a fluorine compound and also is corrosive and poisonous. It ranks along with cyanide and arsenic in toxicity. Many fluoridated cities have had frequent breakdowns in their water systems. Three large water pumps were almost destroyed by fluoride corrosion in North Hampton, Massachusetts. In Newburgh, people reported that their water heaters squirted water like "rotten rubber hoses." Concord, New Hampshire had to pay over $200,000 to replace their fluoride-damaged city water system. Other cities, including San Francisco, reported similar difficulties.

If fluoride will do that to the hardest steel fixtures and pipes, what will it do to the delicate internal organs and soft tissues? No wonder there are so many diseases traced to fluoride poisoning. Fluoride is not eliminated like waste food, it accumulates in the body and causes deterioration.

Dr. Charles Dillon, researcher on fluoride wrote in THE CHEMISTRY OF FLUORIDES, "In severe and crippling fluorosis no toxic effects at all may be observed. . . . before the crippling effects become obvious."

Dr. C.A. Brusch, director of Brusch Medical Center, Cambridge, Massachusetts states: "Fluorides are protoplasmic poisons and have never been medically approved."

Dr. C.I. Betts of Toledo, Ohio investigated fluoridation for ten years and found that Bright’s disease (fatal kidney disease) increased 50% in fluoridated areas. There was also a 50% increase in brain damage and much mongoloidism. Diabetes more than doubled where fluoridated water was used regularly.

(7) They Said That Fluoridation Would Equalize the Dosage.

THE FACT IS:

Even the fluoride sellers admit it is an impossibility to so mix the fluoride at the water works in such a way as to get a uniform, (exact amount planned on,) coming out of the kitchen faucet.

It has been established by experts that we do not need any poison in the drinking water. But we already have .6 ppm. The poisoners say we should have .8 ppm. So, they are going to try to get .2 ppm mixed into a reservoir holding millions of gallons. They are not going to test it at every faucet every day to see that it does not exceed the deadly amount. Fluoride is an unpredictable chemical which accumulates and lodges in many places in pipes and fixtures. Researchers have found as high as 500. ppm in some pipes where there was supposed to be only 1. ppm No one can control it, or keep track of what is happening. Fluoride is a colorless, odorless, tasteless poison, so people would not be able to detect a deadly dose in the water. The government should throw these reckless poisøners in prison for life.

In order to get only .8 ppm per day, people would be restricted to only 4 glasses of water a day. If they drank diluted juices, soft drinks, coffee, tea (tea is extra high in fluoride) etc. they would get extra poison. If they cooked soups, vegetables, meats etc. in water, the water would boil down and double the fluoride, because fluoride does not evaporate with the water. People would be getting a dangerous dose every day. Those who drink more than 4 glasses of water a day, especially in hot weather, would be getting dangerous doses of poison.

In the council meeting when people complained about having to drink the poisoned water, the fluoride promoters merely said, "then buy bottled water." We wonder if the aluminum companies which sell the fluorides also own the bottled water companies. We should not have to be forced to buy bottled water when we are already paying high taxes for our public water system.

(8) They Said That the People and the Doctors, Dentists and PTA Want it.

THE FACT IS:

The people don’t want it. A straw vote was taken which showed that the people are overwhelmingly against it. The Herald —Examiner poll showed 40 to 1 against fluoridation.

Many dentists and doctors want fluoridation because it increases their business. Some reports show as high as 50% increase in cavities in fluoridated areas. The doctors find an increase in kidney trouble, diabetes, fractures, goiter, paralysis, mental diseases and several other diseases in fluoridated area.Why the PTA approves fluoridation I don’t know. They have everything to lose and nothing to gain. Poisoned water is 100% harmful, and the damage done costs them money. They should know better. The children suffer the most, and the PTA is partly to blame.

(9) The Fluoride Promoters Told the City Council Not to Let it go to a Public Vote.

This was because they knew the people have too much sense to want to be taxed millions of dollars just to be poisoned and then pay for the doctor bill besides. The fluoridationists figure that they can control the city councils because they are only politicians and sometimes not very bright. But there are too many intelligent people among the voters, and they cannot control their minds. The fluoridationists lose when it comes to a vote.

(10) They Said That Because Other Cities Accepted Fluoride, We Should. They also said that Los Angeles was the only large city left that wasn’t fluoridated, and that we were backward because of it.

THE FACT IS:

More than 2,500 communities across the country have rejected fluoridation and many more are discontinuing it after wasting thousands of dollars trying to make it work, only to find it caused more tooth decay and illness and expense than they could handle. Over 100 cities have rejected it after the bitter experience of paying for it and trying to live with it.

Just because some cities succumb to the high pressured sales pitch of the poison-squad does not prove that fluoride is good.

(11) They Said That Fluoride Makes Beautiful Teeth.

THE FACT IS:

Fluoride makes ugly, mottled, decayed teeth. Even the fluoride toothpaste causes ulcers of the mouth, gums and lips in many people. Fluoride is poison no matter how it is used. Rat and roach poison and flux is all it is good for.

In a class where fluoride salesmen (mostly dentists) were being trained, the question was asked what to do when the matter of fluoride damaged teeth came up when they were giving their sales speech in the council chambers. The instructor said to "use all the tricks necessary to make the sale, ignore the question, insult the questioner, ridicule him, change the subject or just hold up a picture of beautiful teeth (not fluoridated ol course) and say that fluoride is harmless and makes the mosi beautiful teeth you can imagine; some will believe it."

SHOULD OUR POLITICIANS PRESCRIBE MEDICINE FOR THE PUBLIC?

Medical doctrine states that "It is unlawful for a doctor or anyone else to prescribe or treat another person who is in full possession of his mental faculties, who objects to and refuses such treatment."

Sodium fluoride is a prescription drug.

The ten city council members who voted to add fluoride to the city water supply have illegally prescribed, and intend to force dangerous medication (a proved poison) on all 3,000,000 citizens in this city. (8,000,000 in Los Angeles County.) This long-term drug program has been initiated without diagnosis and without consideration for the individual differences and weaknesses, allergies or inability to handle this dangerous, even deadly poison, they have prescribed. They have not asked permission of the people to prescribe and treat them, and they do not have a medical license to prescribe and treat. I know of many qualified drugless doctors who were sent to prison for helping people recover, with health diets and with no drugs or harmful substances. They did not have a medical license to treat, so they were sent to jail. These ten councilmen are dealing with a dangerous drug. When will they be sentenced, fined and imprisonment.

They have violated our constitutional rights which guarantees protection of person and property; and they have violated the medical statues of prescribing, treating and practicing medicine without a license. They are lawbreakers subject to the penalty fitting a crime of such enormity.

 HIGHER CANCER RATE IN FLUORIDATED CITIES

Extensive research has been done showing the link between the increased cancer death rate in cities where the water has been fluoridated over a period of years. This data may be obtained in more detail from THE NATIONAL HEALTH FEDERATION — P.O. Box 688 — Monrovia, Calif. 91016.

The same information was published in a WHEN MAGAZINE dealing with world health and ecology, Vol. 6:7— page 8— (35c), P.O. Box #1, Palm Springs, Calif. 92262.

The article is titled DEFINITE LINK BETWEEN FLUORIDE AND CANCER DEATHS, by Dr. Yiamouyiannis. It contains five charts of official data similar to the chart reproduced on the preceding page. After studying these charts and the other information in the article, we can readily see that there should be no doubt whatsoever, that fluoride is a drastic poison and those who poison the public water supplies with it are killers and must be dealt with the same as any other willful murderers.

[Home]

 

Wednesday, November 11, 2009

Suspected Hemorrhagic Pneumonia Outbreak Hits Ukraine

Suspected Hemorrhagic Pneumonia Outbreak Hits Ukraine - by Stephen Lendman

On October 29, the Australian web site zik.com.ua reported that:

"Western Ukraine was hit by a severe epidemic of unidentified influenza, tentatively diagnosed by doctors as viral pneumonia. The number of dead has climbed dramatically. Doctors advise Western Ukrainians to stay home and use preventive medicine."

On October 30, Jane Burgermeister's theflucase.com reported that:

"More than 30 people have died in the Ukraine as a result of a mysterious new virus that has an affinity for the lungs," according to Swiss reports. Ukraine's Health Ministry said the virus' origin is unknown and showed "no signs of mutating to become more virulent." So far, 40,000 people were reported sick and 951 hospitalized.

On October 30, healthfreedomalliance.org reported that Ukraine's Health Minister, Vasyl Knyazevych, said two laboratories diagnosed 11 of 33 samples tested as "highly influenza A/H1N1." As a result, he considered declaring a nationwide quarantine, even though western areas alone were affected.

Since October 19, 30 deaths, including one child, from "acute respiratory infections," were reported, at first called SARS (severe acute respiratory syndrome, a serious form of pneumonia caused by a virus). Influenza A virus affects birds and some mammals like pigs.

WTO Fear Mongering

The WTO says Swine Flu is similar to seasonal strains. Most cases are mild, and many people recover unaided. Yet it called the virus "unstoppable" and, on June 11, declared its highest phase 6 alert, saying: "The world is now at the start of the 2009 influenza pandemic." On July 13, it stopped just short of mandating mass vaccinations to halt the pandemic's spread.

On its November 1 "Pandemic (H1N1) 2009" update, it said "more than 199 countries and overseas territories/communities have reported laboratory confirmed cases of pandemic influenza H1N1 2009, including over 6,000 deaths."

On November 3, it reported the outbreak in Ukraine, "confirmed (as) H1N1 (based on) samples taken from patients in two of the most affected regions," and concluded that "most (Ukraine influenza) cases are caused by the H1N1 virus.

Infectious disease expert, Dr. Donald Lau, disagrees, saying:

"The statistical probability of this being the same H1N1 virus (is) infinitesimally small." He believes a highly virulent new strain is to blame. Public health authority, Dr. Leonard G. Horowitz sees a deadly connection between governments and the drug cartel over dangerous, toxic vaccines. On You Tube, he recently warned that:

"These vaccinations contain highly unstable viruses that easily mutate, because they are 'live active' laboratory mutants that are being administered....People shed these 'live' viruses up to three weeks following vaccination. That means if you haven't been vaccinated, and you get near someone who has and then sneezes, you can get their H1N1 laboratory infection."

He explained that anyone contracting H1N1, from vaccinations or other Swine Flu-infected persons, risks combining it with other internal or environmental viruses, creating a lethal mix that can kill. He expressed great concern about vaccines used to transmit dangerous viruses, capable of mutating into deadly ones, believes this may be happening in Ukraine, and thinks America and other nations may be next.

Ukraine Reports of Overhead Aerosol Spraying

On October 31, Kiev newspaper editors got dozens of calls about light planes doing aerosol spraying during the day. In refuting the claims, the district's Emergency Response office said "no permission had been granted for small aviation aircraft to fly within the city limits." Yet eye-witness accounts from Lviv, Ternopil, and other Ukraine cities said the same thing.

On November 8, the South African web site fto.co.za reported that last June 26:

"Suspicious aircraft were forced to land. A US operated (Russian-made long-range heavy transport) AN-124 changed its call sign from civilian to military which then triggered a response from the IAF (Indian Air Force) upon entering Pakistani air space (forcing) the plane to land in Mumbai while (a) second one was forced down by Nigerian fighter jets that also arrested the crew."

"According to reports, China's People's Liberation Army Air Force contacted the Indian and Nigerian intelligence officials about the presence of these US operated Ukrainian aircraft amidst growing concern that the United States was spreading 'biological agents' in the Earth's atmosphere, which some Chinese officials believed to be an attempt to (commit) mass genocide via the spread of H1N1 swine flu."

These aircraft "were carrying 'waste disposal' systems that could spray up to 45,000kg (nearly 100,000 pounds) of aerial type mist from sophisticated....nano pipes" in the planes' wings - called chemtrails.
"Then last week, (aircraft) sprayed (an unknown) substance over Ukraine days before the (mysterious) plague outbreak."

Quarantine and Martial Law Declared

On October 30, president Viktor Yushchenko quarantined nine regions, ordered mobile military hospitals established throughout the country, and was expected to declare martial law. Reports from western Ukraine said a "severe outbreak of UNIDENTIFIED Influenza, (is) suspected by doctors to be a form of viral pneumonia."

On November 4, in a nationwide address, Yushchenko cited:

-- an "emergency epidemic situation in the country," caused by "infections of viral origin, including A/H1N1 flu (that are) rapidly spreading across Ukraine;"

-- "People are dying; the epidemic is killing doctors;"

-- "three pathogens of viral infections came to Ukraine at the same time: two of them are seasonal flu and the third is the A/H1N1; according to virologists, such a combination of infections due to mutation may produce a new, even more aggressive virus;"

-- "It is generally known that the only way to prevent any infection is vaccination;" Dr. Viera Scheibner, the world's foremost vaccine expert, calls it the worst way as vaccines often cause the diseases they're designed to prevent;

-- "in early October," it was known that "viral infections in the west of the country" were spreading;

-- "The current Constitution after alterations in 2004 makes the Government solely responsible for conducting state healthcare policy....(by) my decree I put" the National Security and Defense Council (in charge) of decision-making;"

-- "Failure to comply with its orders will immediately result in application to the law enforcement authorities."

In other words, Yushchenko declared martial law. He also ordered a crackdown on political protests, the arrest of public health officials opposed to mass Swine Flu vaccinations and quarantines, arrests of anyone not complying, and a ban on all infection medicines except Swine Flu vaccines.

By November 6, Deputy Health Minister, Zinovy Mytnyk, said "633,877 people (were) suffering from flu and acute respiratory infections," and "95" had died.

On November 7, healthfreedomalliance.org updated the totals to "871,037 Influenza/ARI (acute respiratory infection) cases, 39,603 hospitalized, and 135 deaths, and asked if Baxter released a bioweapon in Ukraine, saying "Evidence appears to suggest" it. It cited a February 24 bloomberg.com report that "Baxter Sent Bird Flu Virus to European Labs by Error (containing) contaminated (virus) samples...."

The problem was discovered when inoculated ferrets in a Czech lab died. Austrian health minister, Sigrid Rosenberger, confirmed that Baxter supplied batches "infected with a bird flu virus." Company spokesperson, Christopher Bona, blamed "human error." Others were skeptical, including Austrian journalist Jane Burgermeister.

On June 10, she filed sweeping criminal charges with the FBI in addition to earlier April 8 ones with the Vienna State Prosecutor's Office against Baxter AG, Baxter International and Avir Green Hill Biotechnology AG, "for manufacturing, disseminating, and releasing a biological weapon of mass destruction on Austrian soil between December 2008 and February 2009 with the intention of causing a global bird flu pandemic virus and of intending to profit from that same pandemic in an act that violates laws on international organised crime and genocide."

Baxter operates Biosafety Level 3 (BLS-3) labs that take strict precautions to assure against accidental H3N2 (human influenza) and H5N1 (bird flu) co-mingling contamination. Letting it happen suggests something more nefarious than an accident.

BLS-3 personnel are trained in handling pathogenic and potentially lethal agents and are supervised by competent, experienced scientists. In addition, these labs have specially engineered design features for added safety.

By combining H3N2 and H5N1 viruses, "Baxter produced a highly dangerous biological weapon with a 63 per cent mortality rate. The H5N1 virus is restricted in its human-to-human transmissibility, especially because it is less airborne."

"However when....combined with seasonal flu viruses (easily transmitted by air), a new flu virus is created which is unknown to the human immune system and which will have a severe impact on an unprotected population. A deadly virus of this kind could spread around the world in a short time and (potentially) infect millions (or) even billions of people."

Baxter (via Avir) "distributed (72 kilos of) contaminated (live bird flu) vaccines using false concealment and false labels to 16 laboratories in Austria and....other countries at the end of January/beginning of February, potentially infecting at least 36-37 laboratory staff, who (were) treated preventively for bird flu and ordinary flu." On the same day, 18 Avir employees were as well at Vienna's Otto Wagner Hospital.

Burgermeister cited a Baxter-Avir 2006 contract with Austria's Health Ministry for 16 million vaccine doses in case a bird flu pandemic was declared. This "laboratory incident shows that national and international authorities are not able to fulfill their obligations to ensure the safety of the Austrian people," and indicates they engaged in a cover-up.

"If a pharmaceutical company can breach laws - and almost trigger a bird flu pandemic, which (potentially could spread worldwide) - without being made accountable for it....then there is, de facto, no rule of law on Austrian territory."

She also contends that Baxter's production system, "namely, the use of 1200 liter bioreactors and vero cell technology," meets "the technical criteria to be classified as a secret dual purpose large-scale bioweapon production facility (able to produce) a huge amount of contaminated vaccine material....rapidly."

"If (this) material were added to the 1200 liter bioreactors, it would replicate and infect the entire batch of vaccine material in (it). Contaminated material could (then) be distributed among sections of the population using false labels and secretly marked batches (able to) infect millions of people."

Burgermeister accused high-level Austrian Health and other Ministry officials of knowledge and support of this practice. Otherwise, controls would have prevented it. In June, she named drug producers Baxter, Novartis and Sanofi Aventis; world agencies, including the WHO, UN, and CDC; and high-level officials in Austria, other European countries, and America.

Did Baxter Release a Bioweapon in Ukraine?

Baxter has a facility in Ukraine. Given the above evidence, it may be behind the current outbreak. A November 1 David Rothscum infowars.com article headlined: "Has Baxter International released a biological weapon," in citing an earlier Huffington Post report on a man named Joseph Moshe, a Mossad biological warfare expert. True or not, he warned, on an August radio program, about "a biological weapon....being made by Baxter International('s Ukraine facility) that would be spread through vaccine and would cause a plague upon its release." Having reported this two months before the outbreak lends credence to his story.

In August, Ukraine was almost influenza free. On October 30, earthtimes.org said only two cases of Swine Flu had been reported. According to fto.co.za, on March 26, reports were that "thousands of Ukrainians refused" to be vaccinated, because of fears about "diphtheria, mumps, polio, hepatitis B, tuberculosis, (and) whooping cough among others. Health officials said (this) could lead to disease outbreaks...." Perhaps unleashing a "biological weapon" is how to convince them and millions elsewhere.

Rothscum confirmed Moshe's credentials, noting that "massive numbers of microbiologists have been dying bizarre deaths." Among them:

-- Stephen Lagakos, Professor of Biostatistics and AIDS researcher at Harvard's School of Public Health, died in an October auto collision;

-- Malcolm Casadaban, reknown molecular geneticist, died of plague in September;

-- Wallace Pannier, noted germ warfare scientist, died in August of respiratory failure;

-- August "Gus" Watanabe, former Eli Lilly and Company Executive Vice President of Science and Technology and former head of its Research Laboratories, died of apparent self-inflicted wounds from a .38-caliber handgun; a note left behind cited depression over his daughter's death;

-- Caroline Coffey, Cornell University post-doctoral biomedicine researcher, died in June from massive cuts to her throat; and

-- Nasser Talebzadeh Ordoubadi, a Mind-Body-Quantum medicine pioneer and discoverer of an antitoxin treatment for bioweapons, died in February of "suspicious" causes.

On November 7, theflucase.com asked:

Is the Ukraine outbreak "the plague? A mutated virus? Or is the plague the cover for introducing a mutated virus?" Citing the South African web site fto.co.za., it wondered if the Ukraine Swine Flu strain "might have mutated (to) pneumonic plague."

It reported Ukraine's Deputy Minister of Health saying his nation has a different H1N1 strain than the rest of the world because of how many were infected so fast. Other officials disagree and suggest this one may have mutated to something else because it "has a much bigger rate of filling the lungs with blood....The plague or virus in the Ukraine has 10 times the mortality rate (attributed to) normal swine flu."

However, unconfirmed reports are that "people are going on as normal....they also say this is fear mongering" to promote voluntary vaccinations. "Everyone is waiting for the gene sequences which will confirm whether this has been hyped up, a real mutated H1N1, or just bad (Ukraine) health services." Perhaps exaggerated illness and death reports to stoke fear and be a pretext for what followed.

Ukraine is now under martial law. Civil liberties are suspended. By government edict, anyone may be criminally prosecuted. Scheduled January elections may be delayed or cancelled. Public demonstrations are banned. Political opponents are prohibited from traveling in quarantined areas. Borders are partially closed. Mandated vaccinations are coming. WHO fear-mongering is hyping the danger. A month before the outbreak, it took part in a bioterrorism plague exercise. On November 7, Lake of the Hills, IL police conducted their own against pneumonic plague as part of the McHenry County Department of Health's emergency planning.

Burgermeister suggests that Baxter, the:

"WTO and the international corporate crime syndicate that funds them may have decided they could go ahead with their plan to trigger a pandemic in Europe and the USA because the public awareness of the dangers of the vaccine has become too great, not least as a result of WHO and Baxter being caught contaminating 72 kilos of vaccine material with the live bird flu virus in February."

Opposition to Vaccinations in Europe

Across the continent, opposition is widespread. Few are showing up to get it. On November 7 in Paris, a public demonstration against them was held. As of November 5, less than 0.1% of the French population was inoculated despite a mass vaccination campaign. 90% of Greek health workers oppose them. Reports from Portugal say vaccine centers are nearly empty, and doctors and nurses won't take them. Sources expect a "revolution" if they're mandated.

A mid-October Der Spiegel article reported an "open rebellion" among general medical professionals and child physicians across Germany over dangerous Swine Flu vaccines. Dieter Ludwig, drug commission chairman of the German medical profession, said health authorities colluded with drug companies to promote them.

In Denmark, most public officials and healthcare workers won't take them, citing the danger and saying H1N1 is no different from seasonal flu. Throughout Scandinavia, sentiment is the same with up to 75% opposition. In Sweden, as few as several thousand have gotten them. Across the continent also, in the Netherlands, Spain, Belgium and elsewhere. Also large segments of the US, Canadian and UK populations voice strong opposition. Open protests are occurring in Austria. In other countries as well. Millions know the toxicity and won't touch them. Ukraine's outbreak may be a counteroffensive to force them, first there, then globally.

Ukraine Outbreak Spreads

On November 6, innworldreport.net headlined, "Pneumonic Plague Outbreak in China Follows Outbreak in Ukraine." The town of Ziketan (population 10,000) reported two deaths and a dozen others infected. The "area inside a 17-mile radius" was quarantined to contain it. The "highly contagious disease, one of the most virulent and deadly diseases on earth, (is) usually fatal within 24 hours. It attacks the lungs and kills nearly everyone who catches it unless treated rapidly with antibiotics."

On the same day, Belarus President Alexander Lukashenko called the panic over Swine Flu artificially created by drug companies. He urged people not to panic, and said authorities are monitoring the situation in neighboring Ukraine. Ten deaths were reported in the Minsk, "preceded by flu-like symptoms."

Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty disseminates US propaganda in 20 countries, including Russia, Ukraine, Iran, Iraq, and Afghanistan. On November 4, it headlined, "Swine Flu Fears Spread from Ukraine to Afghanistan," then reported, true or false, incidences showing up in Iran, Belarus, Turkmenistan, Serbia, and other Balkan countries. "Afghanistan has declared a nationwide public health emergency and closed all educational institutes for three weeks."

On November 2, the Chinese web site sina.com reported that authorities in a southeast Bulgarian district declared an A/H1N1 epidemic, according to local media accounts. The "sick rate" rose "to 200 per 10,000 people," and in some towns is approaching epidemic levels. A later report said 210 per 10,000. Two deaths were reported, and Bulgaria's chief health expert, Tencho Tenev, said "at least two million Bulgarians, or 30 percent of (the) population, could become infected with the flu virus over the coming months."

On November 9, thebirdflupandemic.com headlined, "Russia, Belarus and Bulgaria On The Verge Of A Flu Epidemic As Cases In Ukraine Near 1 Million."

Same day Ukraine reports said 1,031,597 people are sick with flu-like symptoms, 52,742 have been hospitalized, and 174 people have died. On November 6, Russia's Chief Health Official, Gennady Onishchenko, said most regions in the country "are on the verge of a flu epidemic."

"Disturbing reports are beginning to surface in western Europe. In Austria, special army units based in Korneuburg (where Baxter's facilities are located), have been conducting pandemic emergency exercises and quarantining patients in hospitals. Are they expecting something to happen?"

WHO "Whole-of-Society Pandemic Readiness Guidelines for Pandemic Preparedness and Response in the Non-Health Sectors"

Prepared in April 2009, the same month Swine Flu was reported in Mexico, it was revised in July and now easily accessed coincidently with the Ukraine outbreak. Its aim is:

"to prepare the whole of society, beyond the health sector, for pandemic influenza....including public and private sector organizations and essential services."

The flucase.com says it "outlines how WHO will take over a country's essential services, including water and sanitation; fuel and energy; food; health care; telecommunications; finance; law and order; education; and transportation under the pretext of a pandemic emergency."

The "guidelines" state:

"National inter-ministerial pandemic preparedness committees should map out the central government's roles, responsibilities, and chain of command and designate lead agencies," answerable to the WHO that's perhaps enforceable during a "health emergency." It may work like this.

Vaccine law attorney, Alan G. Phillips says:

"....underlying laws.... allow states to mandate vaccines in an emergency....throw out exemptions, (and) impose quarantines and isolation outside of our homes."

US laws are similar. They can mandate vaccinations and let states isolate and quarantine influenza victims if authorities call the disease infectious and life-threatening. Under the 2006 Public Readiness and Emergency Preparedness (PREP) Act, the HHS Secretary may declare any disease an epidemic or national emergency requiring mandatory vaccinations, quarantine, or other protective measures. It's a short step to empowering WHO with authority over most nations in short order.

Its "guidelines" also want Defense Ministries to designate military assets to enforce vaccinations and quarantines under pandemic conditions. They also say:

"Ministries of Justice should consider what legal processes could be suspended during the pandemic and make alternate plans to operate courts" while it continues.

According to theflucase.com:

"leaked (French) documents show that the Minister of Justice has ordered the suspension of the most basic rights, and people can be incarcerated for up to six months without having to appear before a judge in a pandemic emergency."

Might America and other nations order similar measures under a "pandemic emergency," real or bogus.

Internal 2006 IBM Document Reveals Advance Knowledge of a Planned Pandemic

Titled, "Services & Global Procurement pan IOT Europe, Pandemic Plan Overview," it was distributed to upper-level management in France. It predicted a "100% chance (of a) planned (pandemic) occurring within the next 5 years," covering quarantines and operational procedures to be taken after an official WTO announcement. This document suggests what many believe - that governments and the drug cartel, in collusion with the WTO, orchestrated the current crisis, choosing Ukraine as the lead target. The situation there deserves close monitoring because of what may happen globally.

Advance Pandemic Warning and Early Preparations

Replikins, Ltd. is a small Boston-based biotech firm that "develops and markets....predictive products and vaccines....based upon the company's discovery of Replikins, a new group of peptides related to the rapid replication function in viral and other diseases (capable of) predicting the emergence of virulent strains of particular diseases."

On April 7, 2008, a year before the reported Mexican H1N1 outbreak, it published a "FluForecast" stating the following:

"Replikins, Ltd. has found that the Replikin Count of the H1N1 strain of influenza virus has recently increased to 7.6 (plus/minus 1.4), its highest level since the 1918 H1N1 pandemic....A rising Replikin Count of a particular influenza strain, indicating the rapid replication of the virus, is an early warning which has been followed consistently by an outbreak of a specific strain. The current increase appears to be specific to H1N1; there was a concurrent 80% decline in the Replikin Count of (seasonal) H3N2, for instance."

"The current H1N1 appears to be rapidly replicating simultaneously in the US and Austria....However, the same virus replikin structures detected by FluForecast software in all three previous pandemics, namely 1918 H1N1, 1957 H2N2, and 1968 H3N2, as well as in H5N1 (Avian Flu), have not yet been detected in the currently evolving H1N1."

In an October 24, 2007 press release, the US Treasury Department discussed the "preliminary results of the industry-wide pandemic flu exercise....More than 2,700 organizations registered to participate anonymously (which) began in September and ran for three weeks." Involved were banks, insurance companies, securities firms and exchanges, and state and federal regulators.

"The exercise simulated a pandemic wave with a peak absenteeism rate of 49 percent....President Bush directed Treasury in May 2006 to coordinate with the banking and finance sector to better prepare its response to a pandemic crisis."

On December 12, 2007, FEMA Region I (for New England) hosted a joint federal-state exercise "to strengthen contingency plans for an influenza pandemic. Operation PANEX 07 is the first functional exercise of its type in this country designed to determine best practices for a coordinated multi-agency response to an outbreak."

Participating agencies included the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), Health and Human Services (HHS), and Defense (DOD) "in partnership with their counterparts in the six New England states."

On July 28, 2009, CNN reported that the Pentagon will "establish regional teams of military personnel to assist civilian authorities in the event of a significant outbreak of the H1N1 virus this fall, according to Defense Department officials....The plan calls for military task forces to work in conjunction with (FEMA)."

Consider the implications. On October 23, Obama declared a H1N1 national emergency. The Pentagon will be in charge if conditions warrant it. Civil liberties may be suspended. Martial law may be declared. Mandatory toxic, dangerous vaccinations may be ordered, known to cause auto immune diseases ranging from annoying to debilitating to life-theatening. The situation in Ukraine bears watching. It may signal what's soon heading everywhere.

Stephen Lendman is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization. He lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net

Also visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to The Global Research News Hour on RepublicBroadcasting.org Monday - Friday at 10AM US Central time for cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on world and national issues. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://republicbroadcasting.org/Global%20Research/index.php?cmd=archives.year&ProgramID=33&year=9
   

 

KYMATICA

A look inside yourself and your world.....A visual observance to the world within which creates  the world without. A look at how we are all connect to the universe as well as to one another. A view point on meeting ones self as an independent human.

 

Kurt Sonnenfeld : Exclusive interview
9/11 FEMA videographer at Ground Zero goes public

As official videographer for the U.S. government, Kurt Sonnenfeld was detailed to Ground Zero on September 11, 2001, where he spent one month filming 29 tapes: "What I saw at certain moments and in certain places ... is very disturbing!" He never handed them over to the authorities and has been persecuted ever since. Kurt Sonnenfeld lives in exile in Argentina, where he wrote "El Perseguido" (the persecuted). His recently-published book tells the story of his unending nightmare and drives another nail into the coffin of the government’s account of the 9/11 events. Below is an exclusive interview by The Voltaire Network.


 

 22 June 2009

From
Buenos Aires (Argentine)



 

Kurt Sonnenfeld graduated from the University of Colorado (USA) with studies in International Affairs and Economics, as well as in Literature and Philosophy. He worked for the United States government as official videographer and served as Director of Broadcast Operations for the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)’s National Emergency Response Team. Additionally, Kurt Sonnenfeld was contracted by several other governmental agencies and programs for classified and “sensitive” operations at military and scientific installations throughout the United States.

On September 11, 2001, the area known as “Ground Zero” was sealed from the public eye. Sonnenfeld, however, was given unrestricted access enabling him to document for the investigation (that never took place) and provide some “sanitized” pool video to virtually every news network in the world. The tapes that reveal some of the anomalies which he discovered at Ground Zero are still in his possession.

Accused of a crime that did not occur in a manifest frame-up scenario, especially in light of ensuing events [1], Kurt Sonnenfeld has been persecuted across continents. After several years of fear, injustice and isolation, he has decided to take a public stand against the Government’s official story and is prepared to submit his material to the close scrutiny of reliable experts.

Kurt Sonnenfeld

Interview

Voltaire Network: Your autobiographical book titled "El Perseguido" (the persecuted) was recently published in Argentina where you live in exile since 2003. Tell us who is persecuting you.

Kurt Sonnenfeld: Although it is autobiographical, it is not my life story. Rather it is a history of the extraordinary events that have happened to me and my family at the hands of U.S. authorities over the course of more than seven years, spanning two hemispheres, after my tour of duty at Ground Zero and becoming an inconvenient witness.

Voltaire Network: You explained that your request for refugee status within the terms of the Geneva 1951 Convention is still being considered by the Argentinean Senate, while in 2005 you were granted political asylum, albeit, on a provisional basis. That probably makes you the first U.S. citizen in that situation! And no doubt the first U.S. Government official with direct exposure to the events surrounding September 11, 2001 who has “blown the whistle”. Is this what drove you into exile?

Kurt Sonnenfeld: A refugee is a person who has been forced to leave (or stay away from) his or her country for reasons of persecution. It’s undeniable that many people have been persecuted unfairly as a result of the quasi-fascist laws and policies brought about by the shock of September 11, 2001, and they deserve refugee status. But the fact is, requesting refugee status is a risky and dangerous step to take. America is the world’s only remaining “superpower”, and dissent has been effectively repressed. Any person who requests refugee status on political grounds is by nature making an extreme statement of dissent. And if your request is denied, what do you do? Once you make the request, there can be no going back.

Personally, I wasn’t forced to leave the United States, and I certainly did not “flee”. At the time I was still fairly oblivious to what was actually brewing against me. I hadn’t connected the dots yet; so that when I left in early 2003 I had every intention of returning. I came to Argentina for a short respite; to try to recuperate after all that had happened to me. I traveled here freely, with my own passport, using my own credit cards. But because of an incredible series of events, I have since been forced into exile, and I haven’t been back.

Voltaire Network: What type of events are you referring to?

Kurt Sonnenfeld: I’ve suffered false accusations for “crimes” that demonstrably did not happen, abusive imprisonment and torture as a result of those accusations, as well as outrageous calumnies against my reputation, death threats, kidnap attempts and several other violations of civil and human rights as denounced by numerous international accords. My return to the United States would not only be a continuation of those violations, but would be aggregated by the separation - perhaps permanent - from my wife and three-year old twin daughters, the only thing remaining that I have to live for. And then, after the impossibility of receiving a fair trial for a crime that did not happen, I could be subject to the death penalty.

Voltaire Network: In 2005, the U.S. Government lodged a request to have you extradited, which was turned down by a Federal Judge. Then, in 2007, the Argentinean Supreme Court – in a show of integrity and independence - turned down the U.S. appeal, but your Government persisted. Can you shed some light on the situation ?

Kurt Sonnenfeld: In 2008, the US government appealed again, this time with absolutely no legal foundation, to the Supreme Court, which will surely uphold the two already unassailable rulings made by the Federal Judge.

In one of those rulings, it was also noted that there were too many “sombras”, or shadows, surrounding my case. There were many, many obvious fabrications in the extradition order sent here by US authorities, and, thankfully, we were able prove that. The fact that there were so many fabrications has actually served to support my request for asylum. We were also able to show that we had been subject to a prolonged campaign of harassment and intimidation from US intelligence services. As a result, since my family has been assigned round-the-clock police protection. As one senator has noted about my case: “It is their behavior that belies their true motivations”.

Sonnenfeld and his family are frequently harassed, followed, and photographed, as shown in this photo.

Voltaire Network: They want you pretty badly for a “crime that did not happen”! How do you account for such doggedness? As a FEMA official, you must have been trusted by your government. At what point did the situation capsize?

Kurt Sonnenfeld: In hindsight, I realize now that the situation had capsized some time before I actually became aware that it had capsized. Initially, the false accusation against me was completely irrational, and I was totally destroyed by it. It is incredibly difficult to have suffered the loss of someone you love to suicide, but to then be accused of it is too much to bear. The case was dismissed based on a mountain of evidence that overwhelmingly absolved me (Nancy, my wife, had left behind a suicide note and a journal of suicidal writings ; she had a family history of suicide ; etc.). The prosecution was 100% sure of my innocence before requesting the dismissal of charge.

But the sustained incarceration even AFTER it was indicated that I was to be freed was what proved to me that something was happening under the surface. I was held in jail for FOUR MONTHS after my lawyers were informed that the case was to be dismissed and was finally released in June 2002. During that time, an amazing series of strange events began to occur. While still being held, I had a telephone conversation with FEMA officials in an effort to resolve the issue, but I realized that I was considered “compromised”. I was told it had been agreed that “the agency had to be protected”, especially in light of the upheaval that was threatening with the implementation of the “Patriot Act” and the expected usurpation that would come with the new Department of Homeland Security. After all the dangers I had risked, all hardship and difficulties I had endured for them for almost 10 years, I felt betrayed. It left a void in my soul.

Because of their abandonment, I told them I didn’t have the tapes, that I gave them to “some bureaucrat” in New York, and that they would have to wait until I was released to retrieve any other documents in my possession. Soon after that conversation, my house was “seized”, the locks were changed, and men were observed by neighbors entering my house, though there is no record in the court of their entry, as would be required. When I was finally released, I discovered that my office had been ransacked, my computer was missing, and that my tape library in my basement had been dug through and several were missing. Men were constantly parked on the street near my house, my security system was “hacked” more than once, outdoor security lights were unscrewed, etc., to the point that I went to stay with some friends at their condo in the mountains, which was then ALSO broken into.

Anyone who looks for the truth recognizes that there has been an amazing series of irregularities in this case and that an appalling injustice is being carried out on me and my loved ones. This intense campaign to return me to American soil is a false pretext for other darker motives.

Voltaire Network: You have suggested that you observed things at Ground Zero that did not tally with the official account. Did you do or say anything to arouse suspicion in this respect?

Kurt Sonnenfeld: In that same telephone call I said that I would “go public”, not only with my suspicions about the events surrounding September 11, 2001, but about several contracts I had worked on in the past.

Sonnenfeld at Ground Zero, investigating a “void” beneath fallen steel beams.

Voltaire Network: What are your suspicions based on?

Kurt Sonnenfeld: There were many things, in hindsight, that were disturbing at Ground Zero. It was odd to me that I was dispatched to go to New York even before the second plane hit the South Tower, while the media was still reporting only that a “small plane” had collided with the North Tower — far too small of a catastrophe at that point to involve FEMA . FEMA was mobilized within minutes, whereas it took ten days for it to deploy to New Orleans to respond to Hurricane Katrina, even with abundant advance warning! It was odd to me that all cameras were so fiercely prohibited within the secured perimeter of Ground Zero, that the entire area was declared a crime scene and yet the “evidence” within that crime scene was so rapidly removed and destroyed. And then it was very odd to me when I learned that FEMA and several other federal agencies had already moved into position at their command center at Pier 92 on September 10th, one day before the attacks!

Rubber landing-gear tyres visible in evidence container marked “FBI Plane Parts Only.”

We are asked to believe that all four of the “indestructible” black boxes of the two jets that struck the twin towers were never found because they were completely vaporized, yet I have footage of the rubber wheels of the landing gear nearly undamaged, as well as the seats, parts of the fuselage and a jet turbine that were absolutely not vaporized. This being said, I do find it rather odd that such objects could have survived fairly intact the type of destruction that turned most of the Twin Towers into thin dust. And I definitely harbor some doubts about the authenticity of the “jet” turbine, far too small to have come from one of the Boeings!

“Boeing” jet turbine at Fresh Kills island landfill.

What happened with Building 7 is incredibly suspicious. I have video that shows how curiously small the rubble pile was, and how the buildings to either side were untouched by Building Seven when it collapsed. It had not been hit by an airplane; it had suffered only minor injuries when the Twin Towers collapsed, and there were only small fires on a couple of floors. There’s no way that building could have imploded the way it did without controlled demolition. Yet the collapse of Building 7 was hardly mentioned by the mainstream media and suspiciously ignored by the 911 Commission.

Voltaire Network: Reportedly, the underground levels of WTC7 contained sensitive and undoubtedly compromising archival material. Did you come across any of it?

Kurt Sonnenfeld: The Secret Service, the Department of Defense, the Federal Bureau of Investigation, the Internal Revenue Service, the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Office of Emergency Management’s “Crisis Center” occupied huge amounts of space there, spanning several floors of the building. Other federal agencies had offices there as well. After September 11, it was discovered that concealed within Building Seven was the largest clandestine domestic station of the Central Intelligence Agency outside of Washington DC, a base of operations from which to spy on diplomats of the United Nations and to conduct counter terrorism and counterintelligence missions.

There was no underground parking level at Seven World Trade Center. And there was no underground vault. Instead, the federal agencies at Building Seven stored their vehicles, documents and evidence in the building of their associates across the street. Beneath the plaza level of US Customs House (Building 6) was a large underground garage, separated off from the rest of the complex’s underground area and guarded under tight security. This was where the various government services parked their bomb-proofed cars and armored limousines, counterfeit taxi cabs and telephone company trucks used for undercover surveillance and covert operations, specialized vans and other vehicles. Also within that secured parking area was access to the sub-level vault of Building 6.

Approaching the entrance to the sub-level areas of Building 6

When the North Tower fell, the US Customs House (Building 6) was crushed and totally incinerated. Much of the underground levels beneath it were also destroyed. But there were voids. And it was into one of those voids, recently uncovered, that I descended with a special Task Force to investigate. It was there we found the security antechamber to the vault, badly damaged. At the far end of the security office was the wide steel door to the vault, a combination code keypad in the cinder block wall beside it. But the wall was cracked and partially crumbled, and the door was sprung partially open. So we checked inside with our flashlights. Except for several rows of empty shelves, there was nothing in the vault but dust and debris. It had been emptied. Why was it empty? And when could it have been emptied?

Voltaire Network: Is this what set alarm bells ringing for you?

Kurt Sonnenfeld: Yes, but not immediately. With so much chaos, it was difficult to think. It was only after digesting everything that the “alarm bells” went off.

Building Six was evacuated within twelve minutes after the first airplane struck the North Tower. The streets were immediately clogged with fire trucks, police cars and blocked traffic, and the vault was large enough, 15 meters by 15 meters by my estimate, to necessitate at least a big truck to carry out its contents. And after the towers fell and destroyed most of the parking level, a mission to recover the contents of the vault would have been impossible. The vault had to have been emptied before the attack.

I’ve described all of this extensively in my book, and it’s apparent that things of importance were taken out of harm’s way before the attacks. For example, the CIA didn’t seem too concerned about their losses. After the existence of their clandestine office in Building Seven was discovered, an agency spokesman told the newspapers that a special team had been dispatched to scour the rubble in search of secret documents and intelligence reports, though there were millions, if not billions of pages floating in the streets. Nevertheless, the spokesman was confident. “There shouldn’t be too much paper around,” he said.

The bizarre hollowed-out vestiges of The US Customs House (Building Six)

And Customs at first claimed that everything was destroyed. That the heat was so intense that everything in the evidence safe had been baked to ash. But some months later, they announced that they had broken up a huge Colombian narco-trafficking and money-laundering ring after miraculously recovering crucial evidence from the safe, including surveillance photos and heat-sensitive cassette tapes of monitored calls. And when they moved in to their new building at 1 Penn Plaza in Manhattan, they proudly hung on the lobby wall their Commissioner’s Citation Plaque and their big round US Customs Service ensign, also miraculously recovered, in pristine condition, from their crushed and cremated former office building at the World Trade Center.

Voltaire Network: You weren’t alone on the Ground Zero assignment. Did the others notice the same anomalies? Do you know whether they have they also been harassed?

Kurt Sonnenfeld: Actually there were a few people on two different excursions that I know about. Some of us even discussed it afterwords. They know who they are and I hope that they will come forward, but I’m sure they have strong apprehensions as to what will happen to them if they do. I will leave it to them to decide, but there is strength in numbers.

Voltaire Network: With the publication of your book, you have become a "whistle-blower" – yet another step on which there is no going back! There must be many people with inside knowledge about what really happened or did not happen on that fateful day. Yet, hardly any have stepped up to the plate and certainly no one who was directly involved in an official capacity. This is what makes your case so compelling. Judging from your ordeal, it is not difficult to imagine what is holding such people back.

Kurt Sonnenfeld: Actually, there are several other very smart and credible people blowing whistles, too. And they are being discredited and ignored. Some are being harassed and persecuted, as I am.

People are gripped by fear. Everybody knows that if you question US authority you will have problems in some way or another. At minimum you will be discredited and dehumanized. Most likely you’ll find yourself indicted for something completely unrelated, like tax evasion — or something even worse, as in my case. Look at what happened to Secret Service whistle-blower Abraham Bolden, for example, or to chess master Bobby Fischer after he showed his disdain for the US. There are countless other examples. In the past I asked friends and associates to speak out for me to counter all the lies being planted in the media, and all of them were terrified as to the ramifications to themselves and their families.

Voltaire Network: To what degree would your discoveries at Ground Zero expose the government’s involvement in those events? Are you familiar with the investigations that have been carried out by numerous scientists and qualified professionals which not only corroborate your own findings but, in some instances, far exceed them? Do you regard such people as "conspiracy nuts"?

Kurt Sonnenfeld: At the highest levels in Washington, DC, someone knew what was going to happen. They wanted a war so badly that they at least let it happen and most likely even helped it happen.

Sometimes it seems to me that the “nuts” are those who hold to what they’ve been told with an almost religious fervor despite all of the evidence to the contrary — the ones who won’t even consider that there was a conspiracy. There are so many anomalies to the “official” investigation that you can’t blame it on oversight or incompetence. I am familiar with the scientists and qualified professionals to whom you refer, and their findings are convincing, credible, and presented according to scientific protocol — in stark contrast to the findings of the “official” investigation. In addition, numerous intelligence agents and government officials have now come forward with their very informed opinions that the 911 Commission was a farce at best or a cover-up at worst. My experience at Ground Zero is but one more piece of the puzzle.

Voltaire Network: Those events are nearly 8 years behind us. Do you consider that uncovering the truth about 9/11 continues to be an important objective? Why?

Kurt Sonnenfeld: It is of absolute importance. And it will be equally as important in 10 years, or even 50 years if the truth still has not been exposed. It is an important objective because, at this point in history, many people are too credulous to whatever “authority” tells them and too willing to follow. People in a state of shock seek guidance. People who are afraid are manipulable. And being able to manipulate the masses results in unimaginable benefits to a lot of very rich and very powerful people. War is incredibly expensive, but the money has to go somewhere. War is very profitable for the very few. And somehow their sons always end up in Washington DC, making the decisions and writing the budgets, while the sons of the poor and the poorly-connected always end up on the enemy lines, taking their orders and fighting their battles. The enormous black-budget of the US Department of Defense represents an unlimited money machine for the military-industrial complex, figuring in the multi-trillions of dollars, and it will continue to be so until the masses wake up, recuperate their skepticism and demand accountability. Wars (and false pretexts for war) will not cease until the people realize the true motive of war and stop believing “official” explanations.

Voltaire Network: What is referred to as the 9/11 Truth Movement, has been asking for a new, independent investigation into those events. Do you think that the Obama Administration holds out some hope in this respect?

Kurt Sonnenfeld: I really hope so, but I’m skeptical. Why would the leadership of any established government willingly undertake any action that would result in a serious compromise to their authority? They will prefer to maintain the status quo and leave the things the way they are. The conductor of the train has been changed, but has the train changed its course? I doubt it. The push has to come from the public, not only domestically, but internationally, like your group is doing.

Voltaire Network: A number of human rights and activist groups are supporting your plight, not least Peace Nobel Prize winner Adolfo Pérez Esquivel. How have the Argentinean people in general responded to your situation?

Kurt Sonnenfeld: With an incredible outpouring of support. The military dictatorship is still fresh in the collective memory of most of the people here, along with the knowledge that the dictatorship (along with the other South American dictatorships at the time) was backed by the CIA, directed at the time by George Bush Senior. They remember well the torture centers, the secret prisons, the thousands of people “disappeared” for their opinions, the living in daily fear. They know that the United States today will do the same thing if they consider it beneficial, that they will invade a country to achieve their political and economic interests and then manipulate the media with fabricated “causus belli” to justify their conquests.

Kurt Sonnenfeld with Adolfo Pérez Esquivel, Nobel Peace Prize 1980

My family and I are honored to have Adolfo Pérez Esquiveland his advisers at Servicio de Paz y Justicia (SERPAJ) among our dearest friends. We have worked together on many causes, including the rights of refugees, the rights of women, for children without families and children with HIV/AIDS. We are also honored to have the support of the Abuelas de Plaza de Mayo; Madres de Plaza de Mayo, Línea Fundadora; Centro de Estudios Legales y Sociales (CELS); Asamblea Permanente de Derechos Humanos (APDH); Familiares de Detenidos y Desaparecidos por Razones Políticas; Asociación de Mujeres, Migrantes y Refugiados Argentina (AMUMRA); Comisión de Derechos Humanos de la Honorable Cámara de Diputados de la Provincia de Buenos Aires; Secretaría de Derechos Humanos de la Nación; and the Programa Nacional Anti-Impunidad. On an international level, Amicus Curiae have been presented in our favor by REPRIEVE of Great Britain, along with the collaboration of NIZKOR of Spain and Belgium. In addition, my wife, Paula, and I have been received in the Congress by La Comisión de Derechos Humanos y Garantías de la Honorable Cámara de Diputados de La Nación.

Voltaire Network: As we said, deciding to write this book and to go public was a huge step. What pushed you to do it?

Kurt Sonnenfeld: To save my family. And to let the world know that things are not what they seem.

Voltaire Network: Last but not least: what will you do with your tapes?

Kurt Sonnenfeld: I am convinced that my tapes reveal many more anomalies than I am capable of recognizing given my limited qualifications. I will therefore cooperate in any way that I can with serious and reliable experts in a common endeavour to expose the truth.

Voltaire Network: Thank you very much !

 

 

Friday, July 31, 2009

 

BOMBSHELL: BIN LADEN WORKED FOR US TILL 9/11

 

Former FBI translator Sibel Edmonds dropped a bombshell on the Mike Malloy radio show, guest-hosted by Brad Friedman (audio, partial transcript).

In the interview, Sibel says that the US maintained 'intimate relations' with Bin Laden, and the Taliban, "all the way until that day of September 11."

These 'intimate relations' included using Bin Laden for 'operations' in Central Asia, including Xinjiang, China. These 'operations' involved using al Qaeda and the Taliban in the same manner "as we did during the Afghan and Soviet conflict," that is, fighting 'enemies' via proxies.

As Sibel has previously described, and as she reiterates in this latest interview, this process involved using Turkey (with assistance from 'actors from Pakistan, and Afghanistan and Saudi Arabia') as a proxy, which in turn used Bin Laden and the Taliban and others as a proxy terrorist army.

Control of Central Asia
The goals of the
American 'statesmen' directing these activities included control of Central Asia's vast energy supplies and new markets for military products.

The Americans had a problem, though. They needed to keep their fingerprints off these operations to avoid a) popular revolt in Central Asia ( Uzbekistan, Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan and Turkmenistan), and b) serious repercussions from China and Russia. They found an ingenious solution: Use their puppet-state Turkey as a proxy, and appeal to both pan-Turkic and pan-Islam sensibilities.

Turkey, a NATO ally, has a lot more credibility in the region than the US and, with the history of the Ottoman Empire, could appeal to pan-Turkic dreams of a wider sphere of influence. The majority of the Central Asian population shares the same heritage, language and religion as the Turks.

In turn, the Turks used the Taliban and al Qaeda, appealing to their dreams of a pan-Islamic caliphate (Presumably. Or maybe the
Turks/US just paid very well.)

According to Sibel:
This started more than a decade-long illegal, covert operation in Central Asia by a small group in the US intent on furthering the oil industry and the Military Industrial Complex, using Turkish operatives, Saudi partners and Pakistani allies, furthering this objective in the name of Islam.
Uighurs
Sibel was recently
asked to write about the recent situation with the Uighurs in Xinjiang, but she declined, apart from saying that "our fingerprint is all over it."

Of course, Sibel isn't the first or only person to recognize any of this.
Eric Margolis, one of the best reporters in the West on matters of Central Asia, stated that the Uighurs in the training camps in Afghanistan up to 2001:
"were being trained by Bin Laden to go and fight the communist Chinese in Xinjiang, and this was not only with the knowledge, but with the support of the CIA, because they thought they might use them if war ever broke out with China."
And also that:
"Afghanistan was not a hotbed of terrorism, these were commando groups, guerrilla groups, being trained for specific purposes in Central Asia."
In a separate interview, Margolis said:
"That illustrates Henry Kissinger's bon mot that the only thing more dangerous than being America's enemy is being an ally, because these people were paid by the CIA, they were armed by the US, these Chinese Muslims from Xinjiang, the most-Western province.

The CIA was going to use them in the event of a war with China, or just to raise hell there, and they were trained and supported out of Afghanistan, some of them with Osama Bin Laden's collaboration. The Americans were up to their ears with this."

Rogues Gallery
Last year, Sibel came up with a brilliant idea to expose some of the criminal activity that she is forbidden to speak about: she
published eighteen photos, titled "Sibel Edmonds’ State Secrets Privilege Gallery," of people involved the operations that she has been trying to expose. One of those people is Anwar Yusuf Turani, the so-called 'President-in-exile' of East Turkistan (Xinjiang). This so-called 'government-in-exile' was 'established' on Capitol Hill in September, 2004, drawing a sharp rebuke from China.

Also featured in Sibel's Rogues Gallery was 'former' spook
Graham Fuller, who was instrumental in the establishment of Turani's 'government-in-exile' of East Turkistan. Fuller has written extensively on Xinjiang, and his "Xinjiang Project" for Rand Corp is apparently the blueprint for Turani's government-in-exile. Sibel has openly stated her contempt for Mr. Fuller.

Susurluk
The Turkish establishment has a long history of mingling matters of state with terrorism, drug trafficking and other criminal activity, best exemplified by the 1996
Susurluk incident which exposed the so-called Deep State.

Sibel
states that "a few main Susurluk actors also ended up in Chicago where they centered 'certain' aspects of their operations (Especially East Turkistan-Uighurs)."

One of the main Deep State actors,
Mehmet Eymur, former Chief of Counter-Terrorism for Turkey's intelligence agency, the MIT, features in Sibel's Rogues Gallery. Eymur was given exile in the US. Another member of Sibel's gallery, Marc Grossman was Ambassador to Turkey at the time that the Susurluk incident exposed the Deep State. He was recalled shortly after, prior to the end of his assignment, as was Grossman's underling, Major Douglas Dickerson, who later tried to recruit Sibel into the spying ring.

The modus operandi of the Susurluk gang is the same as the activities that Sibel describes as taking place in Central Asia, the only difference is that this activity was exposed in Turkey a decade ago, whereas the organs of the state in the US, including the corporate media, have successfully suppressed this story.

Chechnya, Albania & Kosovo
Central Asia is not the only place where American foreign policy makers have shared interests with Bin Laden. Consider the war in Chechnya. As I documented
here, Richard Perle and Stephen Solarz (both in Sibel's gallery) joined other leading neocon luminaries such as Elliott Abrams, Kenneth Adelman, Frank Gaffney, Michael Ledeen, James Woolsey, and Morton Abramowitz in a group called the American Committee for Peace in Chechnya (ACPC). For his part, Bin Laden donated $25 million to the cause, as well as numerous fighters, and technical expertise, establishing training camps.

US interests also
converged with those of al-Qaeda in Kosovo and Albania.

Of course, it is not uncommon for circumstances to arise where 'the enemy of my enemy is my friend.' On the other hand, in a transparent democracy, we expect a full accounting of the circumstances leading up to a tragic event like 9/11. The 9/11 Commission was supposed to provide exactly that.

State Secrets
Sibel has famously been dubbed the most gagged woman in America, having the State Secrets Privilege imposed on her twice. Her
3.5 hour testimony to the 9/11 Commission has been entirely suppressed, reduced to a single footnote which refers readers to her classified testimony.

In the interview, she says that the information that was classified in her case specifically identifies that the US was using Bin Laden and the Taliban in Central Asia, including Xinjiang. In the interview, Sibel reiterates that when invoking the gag orders, the US government claims that it is protecting " 'sensitive diplomatic relations,' protecting Turkey, protecting Israel, protecting Pakistan, protecting Saudi Arabia..." This is no doubt partially true, but it is also true that they are protecting themselves too, and it is a crime in the US to use classification and secrecy to cover up crimes.

As Sibel says in the
interview:
I have information about things that our government has lied to us about... those things can be proven as lies, very easily, based on the information they classified in my case, because we did carry very intimate relationship with these people, and it involves Central Asia, all the way up to September 11.

Summary

The bombshell here is obviously that certain people in the US were using Bin Laden up to September 11, 2001.

It is important to understand why: the US outsourced terror operations to al Qaeda and the Taliban for many years, promoting the Islamization of Central Asia in an attempt to personally profit off military sales as well as oil and gas concessions.

The silence by the US government on these matters is deafening. So, too, is the blowback.

 

 

Make a Free Website with Yola.